UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME PROJECT OF THE GOVERNMENT OF CAMBODIA PROJECT SUPPORT DOCUMENT

Transcription

1 UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME PROJECT OF THE GOVERNMENT OF CAMBODIA PROJECT SUPPORT DOCUMENT Project Number: PIMS 2177 Project Title: Establishing Conservation Areas Landscape Management (CALM) in the Northern Plains Short Title: Cambodia CALM Estimated Start Date: August 2004 Estimated end Date: August 2011 Management Arrangement: National Execution Executing Agent: Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fishery (MAFF) Implementing Agent: Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fishery (MAFF) and Ministry of Environment (MoE) Cooperation Agency: WCS Project Site: Cambodia Summary of UNDP and Cost-Sharing/ Trust Fund Inputs (as per attached budgets) UNDP: US$ - TRAC (1&2) - Other Cost-sharing/Trust Fund: - GEF: $2,300,000 - GEF PDF-B: $210,000 Total: $2,510,000 Parallel Financing: WCS - Grant: $1,100,000 - In Kind: $500,000 - Prep phase: $475,400 Seila/PLG (in-kind) $463,407 Total $2,538,808 Classification Information ACC Sector and Subsector: Environment/Environment Policies, Planning and Legislation DCAS Sector: Natural Resources/Policy and Planning Primary Areas of: Focus/Sub-focus Promotion of Sustainable Natural Resource Management Primary Target Beneficiaries: Target organizations/government organizations Government Inputs In kind (prep phase) $21,500 In kind (full project) $105,210 Inhouse Review: 26 October 2004 LPAC Review Date: 21 December 2004 Programme Officer: Environment Cluster 1

2 Brief Description: The Northern Plains of Cambodia are the largest remaining extensive intact block of a unique landscape of exceptional global importance for biodiversity conservation. The area is either a last refuge for, or maintains a key population of 36 species on the IUCN Red List, including six listed as Critically Endangered. The project addresses the problem of escalating biodiversity loss across the Northern Plains, caused by increasing human land and resource use. This is achieved through a seven-year, three-pronged approach: (1) the introduction of biodiversity considerations into provincial level land use processes; (2) the demonstration of specific mainstreaming interventions at four key sites (including community land-use tenure, community contracts and incentives for biodiversity supportive land-use practices, as well as work to mainstream biodiversity into the forestry and tourism productive sectors); and (3) strengthen biodiversity management by government at the four key sites. The Landscape Species Approach has been used to identify the four sites. The CALM project is consistent with the GEF Strategic Priority BD-2 (Mainstreaming Biodiversity in Production Landscapes and Sectors). The project interventions will work to introduce biodiversity values into landscape-level land-use planning processes. Implementation will focus particularly on building the capacity of provincial departments and authorities and integrating specific project initiatives with established provincial planning processes (supported through the Seila/PLG programme). These specific project initiatives include the direct implementation of the new land law and sub-decree on community forestry to develop management plans for natural resource areas that include conservation of key components of biodiversity. The project will also work with the forestry and tourism sectors, and the provincial departments of agriculture and environment, to enhance the recognition of key components of biodiversity in planning and management strategies. The project achievements are therefore in line with objective (a) of the GEF Strategic Priority: facilitate the mainstreaming of biodiversity within production systems. However the situation analysis in the Project Proposal highlights the marginal nature of production sectors across the Northern Plains. Changes in land-use practices to incorporate conservation impacts will involve a loss of short-term earnings (from wildlife trade, timber etc ) in favour of long-term gain (e.g. income from wildlife tourism, sustainable resin-tapping, community forests, etc ). Encouraging these changes will require not only an increase in security of tenure, but also positive incentive measures to replace the short-term loss of production income. The project will therefore also work at key landscape biodiversity sites across the Northern Plains to demonstrate more specific mainstreaming interventions such as community land-use tenure, community contracts and incentives for changes in land-use practices, biodiversity-friendly resin tapping, and - most importantly - working to mainstream biodiversity into 2 production sectors; forestry (in the concession sites) and tourism. This is in line with objective (c) of the GEF Strategic Priority: demonstration. 2

3 Approved on behalf of: Government: Signature: Date: Name/Title H.E. Mr. Keat Chhon, Senior Minister, Minister of Economy and Finance Executing Agent: UNDP: Chan Sarun, Minister, Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Mr. Douglas Gardner Resident Representative 3

4 Table of Contents SECTION I : PROJECT DOCUMENT AND ANNEXES: ELABORATION OF THE ANALYSIS PART I: SITUATION ANALYSIS... 9 BACKGROUND... 9 PROBLEM TO BE ADDRESSED CURRENT SITUATION (BASELINE) PART II: STRATEGY...20 PROJECT RATIONALE (THE ALTERNATIVE) RELEVANCE TO UNDP OUTCOMES NATIONAL SUPPORT FOR THE ALTERNATIVE PROJECT SUSTAINABILITY, PARTNERSHIPS AND LINKAGES IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY RISKS AND RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY RESULT FRAMEWORKS PART III: MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENT EXECUTION IMPLEMENTATION (SEE ANNEX 7 FOR TERMS OF REFERENCE) ADAPTIVE MANAGEMENT AUDIT PART IV: MONITORING AND EVALUTION CONSERVATION IMPACT MONITORING PROJECT INCEPTION PHASE MONITORING RESPONSIBILITIES AND EVENTS WORK PLAN AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS EVALUATION LEARNING AND KNOWLEDGE SHARING PART V: LEGAL CONTEXT ANNEXES TO SECTION ANNEX 1.1: THE GLOBAL BIODIVERSITY VALUE OF THE NORTHERN PLAINS OF CAMBODIA ANNEX 1.2: MAPPING KEY SITES FOR CONSERVATION IN THE NORTHERN PLAINS ANNEX 1.3: THREATS AND PROBLEMS ANALYSIS ANNEX 1.4: RESULTS MEASUREMENT FRAMEWORK ANNEX 1.5: LOGICAL FRAMEWORK ANNEX 1.6: INCREMENTAL COST MATRIX ANNEX 1.7: TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) ANNEX 1.8: LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK ANNEX 1.9: LINKAGES BETWEEN CALM PROJECT AND SEILA PROGRAMME ANNEX 1.10: STAKEHOLDER CONSULTATIONS AND PARTICIPATION PLAN ANNEX 1.11: CONSERVATION AWARENESS AND COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION (CACP) CONSIDERATIONS IN PREAH VIHEAR PROTECTED FOREST ANNEX 1.12: CHEY SEN & CHHEP DISTRICTS SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASSESSMENT

5 ANNEX 1.13: POTENTIAL FOR ECO-TOURISM ANNEX 1.14: MAPS SECTION II : TOTAL WORKPLAN AND BUDGET SECTION III : OTHER AGREEMENTS SECTION IV : APPROVED EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND ANNEXES 5

6 ABBREVIATIONS AAH APR ASEAN BPAM CALM CARERE CBD CCF CDC CG CITES CTIA DAFF DNCP DoE FA FAO GAP GEF GEF-SEC GIS GTZ IA ICF IUCN KPWS LMAP LSA MAFF MDGs MLMUPC MoE MOU MRC MRD MWRM MYFF NBSAP NBSC NEAP NGO NREM NTFPs OP PA Action Against Hunger Annual Project Review Association of South-East Asian Nations Biodiversity and Protected Areas Management Project Conservation Areas through Landscape Management Cambodia Area Reconciliation and Rehabilitation (UNDP) Convention on Biodiversity Country Co-operation Framework Council for the Development of Cambodia Consultative Group meeting (RGC and International Donors) Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora Cambodia Timber Industry Association Department of Agriculture, Forests and Fisheries Department of Nature Conservation and Protection Department of Environment Forest Administration of MAFF United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization Government Action Plan Global Environment Facility Global Environment Facility Secretariat Geographical Information System German Technical Corporation Implementing Agency International Crane Foundation International Union for the Conservation of Nature Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary Land Management and Administration Project (of MLMUPC, funded by GTZ) Landscape Species Approach Ministry of Agriculture, Forests and Fisheries Millennium Declaration Goals Ministry of Land Management and Urban Planning and Construction Ministry of Environment Memorandum of Understanding Mekong River Commission Ministry of Rural Development Ministry of Water Resources and Meteorology Multi-Year Funding Framework National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan National Biodiversity Steering Committee National Environmental Action Plan Non-Government Organisation Natural Resource and Environment Management Non-timber forest products Operational Programme Protected area 6

7 PDF Project Development Facility PDP Provincial Development Plan PIR Project Implementation Review PLG Partnership for Local Governance (component of Seila funded by UNDP) PLUP Participatory Land Use Planning PRDC Provincial Rural Development Committee (chaired by Governor) PSC Project Steering Committee PvSC Project Provincial Steering Committee RCAF Royal Cambodian Armed Forces RGC Royal Government of Cambodia SEDP II Socio-Economic Development Plan Seila Social Economic Integration in Local Administration ( Foundation Stone in Khmer) STAP Scientific And Technical Advisory Panel (of the GEF) TOR Terms of Reference TPR Tri-partite review TWG-FE Technical Working Group on Forestry and Environment UN United Nations UNDAF United National Development Assistance Framework UNDP United Nations Development Programme UNDP-GEF UNDP s Global Environment Facility Office (with the Bureau for Development Policy) WB World Bank WCS Wildlife Conservation Society WS Wildife Sanctuary 7

8 SECTION I : PROJECT DOCUMENT AND ANNEXES : ELABORATION OF THE ANALYSIS 8

9 PART I: SITUATION ANALYSIS Background 1.Since 1995 Cambodia has been a ratified signatory of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). As part of its response to the CBD Cambodia has developed a National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP), with support from a GEF Enabling Activity through UNDP. The strategy provides a framework for action at all levels, which will enhance Cambodia s ability to ensure the productivity, diversity and integrity of its natural systems and, as a result, its ability as a nation to reduce poverty and improve the quality of life of all Cambodians. Specifically, the NBSAP highlighted the importance of the Northern Plains landscape. 2. The Northern Plains is a very remote region of Cambodia, a country that ranks amongst the poorest in South-East Asia. From the early 1970s the region was a central base of the Khmer Rouge and as a consequence experienced long periods of conflict and civil war, which only ceased in During this time the local population was translocated and forced to adopt collectivized paddy rice growing. As security improved from the 1980s onwards families returned home and, to some extent, re-established traditional livelihood practices. The region is presently sparsely populated, with densities as low as 5.5 people/km² in some areas. The vast majority of families rely on subsistence rain-fed paddy rice growing, collection of forest products and seasonal fishing. Chamkar (shifting cultivation) is practiced by many families for vegetables and either to supplement rice production from paddyfields, or as an alternative. Fish, and to some degree wildlife, is the principal source of protein. Livelihood assessments (see Annex 12 for an example) have highlighted the prevailing food insecurity in the region, which is only mitigated by the extensive availability of forest products. 3. The Northern Plains landscape is defined by the geography of the area, its boundaries being naturally delimited by the Dangrek Mountains to the north, the Mekong River to the east and the Tonle Sap Great Lake to the south and west. The total region covers over 18,000km². Land tenure in the area is complex as the Northern Plains stretches across the borders of five Provinces: Oddar Meanchey, Banteay Meanchey, Siem Reap, Preah Vihear and Stung Treng. Government authority over the majority of the area is centred on the provincial capitals and the Provincial Governors Office. Jurisdiction for natural resource issues falls under the Provincial Department of the Environment (DoE) and the Provincial Department of Agriculture, Forests and Fisheries (DAFF, particularly the Provincial Forestry Office). The DoE is responsible for Protected Areas and DAFF for forest and agricultural lands. Overall development priorities for the Province are set out in the Provincial Development Plan produced by the Provincial Governors Office in collaboration with all line departments and the Provincial Rural Development Committee (PRDC). 9

10 4.The Northern Plains of Cambodia are the largest remaining extensive intact block of a unique landscape of exceptional global importance for biodiversity conservation. The area is either a last refuge for, or maintains a key population of 36 species on the IUCN Red List, including six listed as Critically Endangered (see Annex 1). The 1997 National Biodiversity Prospectus lists the Northern Plains as a landscape of national and international importance, because it is the largest remaining example of a forest type that once covered large areas of Indochina. Many species that rely on these forests are known to be extinct elsewhere, thus heightening the value of this region. One, the Giant Ibis Pseudoibis gigantea, was only known from a handful of records in the 1900s, until re-discovered during the PDF-B in considerable numbers in the Northern Plains. Conservation of these species is particularly challenging because the majority of them - large birds and mammals - have large spatial requirements. 5. The landscape supports one of the most intact remaining examples of the bird community of the dry forests of central Indochina. Many large bird species are dependent upon waterbodies, including Green Peafowl Pavo muticus, White-winged Duck Cairina scutulata, Sarus Crane Grus antigone, White-shouldered and Giant Ibises Pseudibis davisoni and P. gigantea, Greater and Lesser Adjutants Leptoptilus dubius and L. javanicus and Black-necked Stork Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus. These resources are spatially restricted and seasonal in nature, so the bird species rely on a few key locations during the dry season and disperse across the landscape following the rains. 6. There are strong linkages between the Northern Plains landscape, and one of the other major landscapes in Cambodia, the Tonle Sap lake. A host of globally threatened waterbirds, such as Spot-billed Pelicans Pelecanus philippensis, Painted Storks Mycteria leucocephala, Greater and Lesser Adjutants breed on Tonle Sap, but disperse across the Northern Plains in the wet season. Conversely, Sarus Cranes and White-shouldered Ibis breed in the Northern Plains and return to the large permanent wetlands on the floodplain and the edge of the Northern Plains at the beginning of the dry season. Maintenance of one landscape would be insufficient for the conservation of these species. Ang Trapeang Thmor, a man-made reservoir on the edge of the Northern Plains in Banteay Meanchey province, is the dry season feeding refuge for the largest flock of eastern Sarus Crane in Southeast Asia and has probably the single largest herd of Eld s Deer Cervus eldi siamensis in Indochina. 7. Raptors, especially White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis, Slender-billed Vulture G. tenuirostris and Red-headed Vulture Sarcogyps calvus have large home ranges and rely on extensive areas of intact habitat for their food supply. However, they also have restrictive spatial requirements for breeding, because they are dependent upon isolated tall trees. The same Gyps species have undergone > 97% declines in the last 5-10 years in the Indian subcontinent due to poisoning by a veterinary drug, and are expected to become extinct within a few years. Cambodia has one of only two existent refuge populations of these once widespread species (now listed by the IUCN as critically endangered). 8. In addition to their key value to birds, the plains are also crucial to large mammal conservation in Cambodia and, in fact, the entire Indo-Malayan Realm. Many formerly widespread species are now only found in a few areas of which the Northern Plains is one of the largest and has high potential for conservation. Examples of these include Lyle's Flying Fox Pteropus lylei, Eld's Deer Cervus eldii, Banteng Bos javanicus, Tiger Panthera tigris, Fishing Cat Prionailurus viverrina and Asian Elephant Elephas maximus. Like the water birds, these species rely on 10

11 being able to concentrate in a few key resource areas during infertile or dry times and disperse widely across the floodplains when the water enriches the soil. Range sizes are poorly known, but data from other countries would indicate that many of these species require large areas; even the spatially restricted Eld s Deer has been recorded moving 20 km in a single night in Myanmar, crossing areas of unsuitable habitat (e.g. village rice fields and dense forests). Other large mammals, e.g. Elephants and large cats, have much more greater requirements. 9. Although the landscape is of demonstrated global biodiversity importance, current conservation efforts are inadequate to mitigate the threats to biodiversity. Such is the vulnerable nature of the environment during the seasonal extremes, that although keystone resources (permanent water bodies, semi-evergreen forest, mineral licks) are distributed across a wide area, they are small in number, localized and especially vulnerable, so that the removal of even one such resource could have significant detrimental affects on unique components of biodiversity across a large distribution. Accordingly, an integrated conservation management strategy must ensure sufficient maintenance of these resources across the landscape in order to be successful. In addition, to incorporate the range requirements of large mammal species some extensive areas of habitat, within the human-use landscape, will need to be retained. 10. All forest resources and land are technically managed by MAFF, which has very little provincial capacity for this task. For example, the Forestry Office in one province has 16 staff for 130,000 inhabitants. Historically, communities had no legal right to use forest resources, beyond some trival activities (e.g. firewood collection), and their traditional ownership systems (e.g. of resin trees) are not recognised. Further, 25 years of conflict has disrupted traditional forms of land management, and encouraged a prevailing attitude of insecurity, promoting a short-term approach to resource extraction based upon competition with other individuals or groups. The people who benefit most from this situation tend to be those who are richer and better equiped (generally people from outside or members of the military or police), at the expense of local people. 11. Hunting of wildlife (particularly turtles and lizards) is an important seasonal protein source for local people. Commercial hunting of large mammals and waterbirds is undertaken by a limited group of people who either have guns, or rent them from the police or army. Substantial declines in the populations of large mammals in the last 10 years have probably reduced the number of people engaged in this activity. Wildlife is principally sold to Thailand, or occasionally Laos PDR. Two border crossing points to Thailand (one of which is not recognised) are the main exit points for wildlife products. The prices paid are comparatively high - e.g. $50 for a Sarus Crane chick, $150 for an Eld s Deer, and $ for a Tiger. In comparison, average family resin-tapping income is around $150/year. 12. Commercial activities are limited. The principal legally traded product is the resin of dipterocarp trees, which is transported to Vietnam or Laos PDR for processing. Historically, resin-tapping was a traditional activity undertaken for fuel and lighting and it became commercially widespread only since the late 1980s. The tapping is probably sustainable (Evans et al A study of resin-tapping and livelihoods in southern Mondulkiri, Cambodia, with implications for conservation and forest management, WCS Report), and is undertaken by the families that are recognized, by the community, as owning a particular group of trees. Studies have indicated that resin income is particularly important for livelihood security - families use resin income to buy food, in times of shortage, or are able to borrow money from the trader 11

12 against future tapped resin. In recent years conflicts have arisen between the tappers and loggers (either concessionaires or illegal logging by armed forces), who do not recognize the communities traditional ownership system. The implication of the removal of family resin income on livelihood security is the subject of a present study (by the Cambodia Development Resource Institute and WCS). The communities surrounding the Chendar Plywood concession organized themselves into a local NGO as a consequence of logging of resin trees in Logging was undertaken by various groups in the s, and more recently by concessionaires. The concessionaire system was established in the late 1990s, with 5 concessions across the Northern Plains (TPP, Chendar Plywood, Timas, Samrong, Pheapimex Fuchan, see Map 1). Cambodia declared a ban on all logging in 2001, following which all concessionaires were required to submit revised management plans and environmental and social impact assessments. Five concessions have been re-approved, including Chendar Plywood in the centre of the Northern Plains and logging is anticipated to re-commence in In the meantime, illegal logging by armed forces (police or military) has been widespread. Community involvement is restricted to acting as guides to show the armed teams the locations of the best trees, for which they are paid around $2.5/day. Problem to be Addressed Problem Statement 14. Escalating land and resource use across the Northern Plains is leading to competing humanwildlife requirements and loss of key biodiversity values. Human land and resource use has increased partly as a result of increasing human population and in-migration, although population densities remain fairly low, but also because as security returns to the area there is much greater potential for resource exploitaiton. The conflicts are exacerbated by the current open-access management system of natural resources across the Northern Plains, which manifests through the following threatening processes: a) Over-exploitation of wildlife resources 15. Local communities do not rely on large mammal or bird species for their food security, although they do hunt other wildlife species (e.g. monitor lizards) at particular times of the year. Most protein consumed in villages comes from fish. Hunting equipment is relatively small-scale such as wire or rope snares and activities tend to accompany trips for other purposes - such as resin-tapping or fishing. As such, disturbance is primarily focused in areas that are also critical for wildlife (dense forest areas, rivers and seasonal waterbodies). Invariably, people are accompanied by dogs on these trips, which is one of the principal causes of disturbance and incidentally hunting of wildlife. Dogs are a particular threat to the globally threatened Whitewinged Duck when they are moulting or have young, flightless, chicks. 12

13 16.Uncontrolled commercial hunting has led to a massive decline in many species across the landscape. Hunting of large mammals mainly requires guns and metal snares and is performed by a relatively small group of people who have access to this equipment (generally connected to police or military). The peak hunting season follows the first rains, when large mammal species are attracted by new grass shoots in burnt, low-lying, regions of the landscape that are adjacent to denser forest areas (used for hiding, such as the Chendar concession). Later in the wet season large mammals can be attracted by the new rice growth in paddyfields and shifting cultivation plots, and are easy targets for hunters. Large waterbirds start to nest in the wet season, and are particularly susceptible to collection of eggs and chicks. Some of this collection is opportunistic (e.g. Giant Ibis), whilst for other species hunters undertake specific trips (e.g. Sarus Cranes). Large-scale hunting with guns and snares and collection of eggs and chicks is driven by their commercial value from the wildlife trade. Wildlife is sold through a series of middlemen either for the national markets, or the international trade, principally across the Thai border. These border crossings are controlled by the police and military on both sides. In the wet season traders will periodically visit villages to buy eggs and chicks, again mainly for sale to Thailand or Laos PDR. b) Over-exploitation of forest resources 17. Strong economic incentives promote logging, recently by military and police, and historically by concessionaires. Logging occurs in areas of dense, evergreen, forest also used by large mammal species for shelter and browsing, and by some species of birds for breeding (e.g. Whitewinged Duck nests in tree-holes, Adjutants and Vultures nest in large trees). Whilst logging activities do not directly threaten these species it does contribute to a high level of disturbance and removal of too much of the forest canopy which can lead to forest degradation, soil erosion and an insufficient number of large trees for nesting purposes. More importantly, the construction of logging roads opens up new areas and poor salaries given to loggers (concessionaire and military) create ideal opportunities for hunting to supplement income and food. Logging can have major implications for local villagers, who rely on timber and the products that the forests provide. In particular, the loss of resin trees removes the major cash income source for local people and the livelihood security that this provides. Present logging by the military is on-going in the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, the Chendar Plywood concession, Phnom Tbeng and surrounding several communities in the region. 18. Shifting cultivation by communities and the associated forest clearances is not a major problem for biodiversity conservation, especially as these activities are generally located near settlements and key biodiversity resources are mostly further distant. All communities complain of over-exploitation by outsiders as the principal factor creating the present situation, and they benefit little from these activities. For example, a villager may be paid $2.5/day to show military loggers suitable trees for felling. However, under present land management systems the communities have no tenure or title over land or natural resources adjacent to their villages and accordingly have no legal right to prevent exploitation by outsiders. Forest land and resource management resembles an open-access system where there is no barrier, other than capacity, to anybody exploiting the resource in any particular way. 13

14 c) Seasonal destruction of key water bodies 19. Waterbodies are a critical resource in the Northern Plains, and most of the key components of biodiversity are dependent upon them for some of the year for food, water and habitat. Human use of waterbodies is also essential for local livelihoods, as people are dependent upon fish for protein, and traveling groups rely on particular watersources along forest trails. In the late dry season, when only a few locations still contain water, competitive exclusion of wildlife from waterbodies by humans may have serious implications for species populations. 20. The same open-access system that is causing degradation of the forest resource has similar implications for the management of water bodies. The driving incentive is to maximise returns as quickly as possible. This encourages over-exploitation of water resources and the use of unsustainable methods. The most obvious and destructive include the illegal use of bomb, poison and electric fishing techniques. These are generally used by temporary migrants (sometimes military or police), who enter an area to remove all the fish and then leave. Communities have more limited availability to such techniques, and are more aware that the use of these methods reduces future yields in their area. All communities complained of reductions in fish yields resulting from the use of unsustainable fishing methods by outsiders, although communities are known to be increasing the use of electric fishing methods. Underlying Causes 21. The threatening processes outlined above are caused by main production sectors operating across the Northern Plains: the wildlife trade; NTFP collection; timber production; and fishing. Biodiversity conservation or sustainable use considerations are clearly not factors shaping the operation of these sectors. Partly this is a function of the fact that these sectors can barely be considered established sectors: They operate in and outside of the Royal Government of Cambodia s legislative framework and rule of law. The wildlife trade is not only on the whole illegal, but is also in contravention of international agreements, such as the CITES. The timber production sector has historically included legal as well illegal elements. However, currently logging is undertaken in the shadow of the 2001 ban. Electric, poison and bomb fishing methods are technically illegal. They operate at commercial and subsistence levels. As has already been explained, much of the productive activity of local communities is at the subsistence level or at least at non-commercial levels. This applies to the timber production and fishing sectors. Commercial scale production logging and fishing takes places (generally by outsiders) and while destructive, only a small proportion of these operations are formal (and legal). Resin tapping has been a commercial activity since the early 1990s, but it is unclear how many potential sources remain (i.e. most trees are now tapped). Even where productive activities are legal, they have been undertaken largely in an open-access regime. This is a consequence of the short history of democratic governance in the Northern Plains and the debilitatingly low baseline of systemic, institutional and individual capacity that the long periods of conflict have created. The resultant insecure tenures and rights shorten the planning horizons and promote the pursuit of short-term rents at the expense of sustainability. 14

15 Changes in land-use practices to incorporate conservation impacts will involve a loss of short-term earnings (from wildlife trade, timber etc ) in favour of long-term gain (e.g. income from wildlife tourism, sustainable resin-tapping, community forests, etc ). Encouraging these changes will require not only an increase in security of tenure, but also positive incentive measures to replace the short-term loss of production income. 22. As a result, the Northern Plains are characterized by varying land and resource use gradients, creating an ad-hoc mosaic of biodiversity pressures and exploitations. Given the distribution of relatively limited keystone resources that the globally significant large mammals and waterbirds require, this invariably leads to an escalation of human-wildlife conflicts across the Northern Plains with a corresponding loss of biodiversity. 23. Further, tourism is a growing production sector for the Northern Plains. In 2003, the Royal Government of Cambodia set a new policy to transform the Northern Plains into a new Tourism Zone Destination through a Triangle Tourism Development Strategy between Cambodia, Laos PDR and Thailand. This will require a significant level of infrastructure rehabilitation and development, potentially contributing further to biodiversity conflicts. 24. A final underlying cause of biodiversity decline relates to populations of key species of carnivores and scavengers (e.g. Tigers and Vultures). Research in other countries has shown that these species are critically dependent upon abundant prey populations. The maintenance of these species in the landscape can only, therefore, be achieved by addressing the threats outlined (above) and ensuring that populations of prey species return to previous levels. The present low numbers of these species across the Northern Plains is one of the major threats to carnivore and scavenger species. Research during the PDF-B revealed that populations of Vultures are critically low. Current Situation (Baseline) Legal Setting 25.Environmental management and biodiversity conservation in Cambodia has the potential to build upon a strong, developing, base of legislation, policies and institutional structures. Articles 58 and 59 of the Cambodian Constitution (Rot Tommanuoen) relate specifically to the natural environment, and Article 59 states in part: The State shall protect the environment and balance of abundant natural resources and establish a precise plan of management [of environmental resources]. 26.The legislative framework governing the management of land and forestry has been improved greatly by the RGC within the past three years (see Annex 8). This includes Cambodia s first land law (2001), the new forestry law (2002), and sub-decrees on community forestry and wildlife protection (2003). The Commune Administration Law (2001) established, through local elections, authorities to manage small groups of villages (communes), government funds for their work, and a local development planning process. Together this framework provides, for the first time in Cambodian history, sufficient legislation to address issues of land tenure, community rights and participation in management of natural resources. 15

16 The framework substantially improves laws regarding the enforcement of forest crime, wildlife hunting and wildlife trade, and will be strengthened further with new sub-decrees on wildlife protection. These laws apply both inside and outside protected areas and forests, and therefore have the potential to be implemented across the whole of the Northern Plains landscape. However, there is no current facility to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of these new laws and it will be necessary for NGOs and other agencies to help increase understanding of the implications and possibilities arising from these laws if they are to be implemented. 27.The new land law establishes a clear classification system for land, both public and private (see Appendix 3 of Annex 8) and the usufruct rights of communities - the right to use natural resources. A process of participatory land-use planning (PLUP) has been adopted by the Ministry of Land Management, whereby facilitators assist communities to identify and map the land that they use and to develop plans for its improved management. PLUP maps can eventually be registered, achieving formal ownership (land title and resource tenure). Several projects, supported by a variety of donor agencies including GTZ, UNDP and FAO are using PLUP to improve natural resource management in Cambodia, although outside of the Northern Plains. 28.The new forestry law (2002), follows and respects the community title of the Land Law and goes further in ensuring user rights for forest products to local communities living in or near forests, even those who may not be able to obtain title under the land law (see Annex 8). The mechanism defined in the forestry law to protect these community rights is a Community Forest Agreement between the Forestry Administration and the local community for a specific area within state forest land that the community traditionally uses for subsistence uses. The new subdecree on community forestry (2003, see Appendix 1 of Annex 8) sets out the required procedures. Whilst this is a marked improvement over previous legislation, the complexity and novelty of the law, and the relative inexperience of provincial authorities with regard to law, require that support be given to all stakeholders in the coming few years. Further, the Community Forest Agreement only covers the use of forest NTFPs, one of the three threats identified (above). Additional tools would be required to improve management of waterbodies or hunting and trade of wildlife. 29. Seila (see below) is the principal promotion agency of decentralization, including the transfer of implementation responsibilities over national programs included in the new laws. However Seila has only recently started to function in some of the provinces within the Northern Plains landscape, and initiatives relating to the new land and forestry laws are only being implemented in one of the four provinces, Siem Reap. LMAP (see below) is the principal implementation project of the new land law, however only Siem Reap belongs to the priority provinces. Some assistance will still be provided to non-priority provinces, including support for a provincial land conflict resolution committee. Agencies can, however, be informed by Seila projects in other areas - particularly the provinces of Ratanakiri and Mondulkiri (with LMAP). Without the assistance from another Agency the implementation of the new legislative framework in the Northern Plains would be weak. 30. Some existing legislation contains minor provisions on hunting and trade of wildlife issues. However they fail to address several key issues or provide MAFF with incentives necessary for adequate enforcement. Inside a protected area, enforcement is governed by MoE. A series of wildlife protection sub-decrees is currently being enacted, developed by the Forest Administration, with technical legal assistance from WCS. 16

17 31. Despite substantial improvements in Cambodia s legal framework within the past three years there is no current facility to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of these new laws and it will be necessary for many agencies to help increase understanding of the implications and possibilities arising from these laws. In addition, without positive incentives to encourage changes in land use that are allowed for by the new laws current patterns of land management may not be altered, despite implementation. Seila programme and LMAP (see Annex 9) 32. Seila Programme is an aid mobilization and coordination framework in support of the Royal Government s decentralization and deconcentration reforms, and its goal is to contribute to poverty alleviation through good governance. The core Seila component is PLG (Partnership for Local Governance), which provides technical assistance and funding to provincial government, provincial departments and district and communal authorities in support and implementation of development plans. PLG is entirely funded by UNDP. At the province level, the Provincial Rural Development Committee (PRDC) chaired by the Governor and including all Department Directors, District Chiefs and senior officials from the military and police, are responsible for the administration and management of the provincial territory. At the Commune level the Commune Development Committees (CDC), chaired by the commune chief and elected representatives are responsible for the administration and development of the commune. This includes management of natural resources (including forests), however in general these issues are afforded lower priority than those relating to health, education, and so on. 33. Seila/PLG also provides support to provincial departments in their decision-making and implementation, especially where it is relevant to national strategies. Recently, support as been provided to the provincial Department of Environment, in establishing a community forestry area inside the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, and the provincial Department of Agriculture, Forests and Fisheries to establish a community forest. However, capacity constraints mean that these initiatives are likely to remain localized, and will not consider the landscape priorities in the allocation of future funding. Institutional Framework 34. Two ministries, MAFF and MoE, are responsible for the management of components of biodiversity. Planning in both ministries does not incorporate landscape conservation values. For example, the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary contains 20,000 people in 4,000km². Recently the provincial department of the environment has requested that several villages be moved, for conservation purposes. However, these villages are located in areas with few of the key components of biodiversity, or resources that they depend upon. Further, the villages are located along a main road and are being settled by people moving out of a region that contains several species of key conservation concern. 35. Enforcement of laws governing logging and the hunting and trade of wildlife is the authority of Forest Administration (FA) of MAFF, and, inside a protected area only, MoE. The capacity for MoE for enforcement is weak, mainly due to a lack of training, equipment, infrastructure and (particularly) provincial-level support. 17

18 36. The new FA structure has created a four-tiered hierarchy of administration units from Sangkats (covering several communes), Divisons (one or more districts), Cantonments (effectively Provinces) and Inspectorates (each governing approximately a quarter of Cambodia). This decentralization has led to large numbers of staff being relocated to provincial areas, and has led to an increase in law enforcement and regulation. The new Sangkat boundaries do not particularly reflect forested regions or conservation priorities. In addition, in a similar manner to MoE, staff lack training, equipment, infrastructure and provincial-level support. In some cases, FA staff have been involved in the confiscation of small-scale hunting gear and logging equipment used by local communities and of incidental trade of lizards of turtles. However, these activities ignore areas of much greater importance for biodiversity and much more serious threats (hunting with guns, large-scale logging, wildlife trade to Thailand, activities by armed forces etc.). Some activities, for example placement of small traps around rice fields, may be illegal but have little impact on the key components of biodiversity, which are generally found further from villages. 37. In the past few years development projects have begun to transform the landscape. New roads have been built bisecting the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and a road is planned across the Preah Vihear Protected Forest. One road through the wildlife sanctuary split an area that, in the wet season, supports a colony of breeding large waterbirds. A logging concession (TPP) was declared that included a steep-sided plateau, Phnom Tbeng. However, logging of the slopes would seriously increase the risk of landslides and floods and would have implications for the quality of the water supply to one of the provincial capitals. 38. In general, Government capacity to address conservation issues at the landscape scale still remains very weak at all levels, although it is improving. The capacity at provincial level to implement and enforce laws is still low. Coordination between government agencies and with relevant stakeholders is lacking. The capacity of the local community and provincial departments to participate in decision-making and in land use planning and management is limited. The only exception is the management of Ang Trapeang Thmor reservoir. This site was declared a Crane Reserve by Royal Decree in 2001, under the responsibility of MAFF. Subsequently, ICF (the International Crane Foundation) has provided financial and technical support to MAFF site officers, including land use planning. Given this continued support the importance of at least one landscape feature for biodiversity conservation should be recognized. Summary of Baseline 39. The baseline response to the threats and underlying causes can best be characterized as having a strong new legislative framework, but very little implementation of that framework with consideration of conservation objectives would be achieved for the following reasons: Government staff and institutions are not yet using the new framework; partly because it is a new development, but also largely because they lack the capacity for implementation. There is little awareness amongst government staff and institutions regarding the globally significant biodiversity values of the Northern Plains, and how these could be incorporated into implementation of the new laws. Implementation of the new framework would be slow and fragmented, with different government institutions promoting particular aspects (e.g. land rights, enforcement, and so 18

19 on). Although changes might be achieved these would probably be too late to sustainably manage the keystone landscape resources that wildlife populations require. Low incentives for armed forces to participate in implementation of the new legislative framework. Low incentives for alternative land use options amongst local communities means that present land use management may not change, despite implementation of the new legal structure. Existing management support to MAFF at Ang Trapeang Thmor means that this is the only key site in the landscape recognized for biodiversity values. Consequently, exploitation of the landscapes natural resources will continue through unrestrained and unmanaged land use and development. This will lead to increased conflict with wildlife movements across the Northern Plains and their reliance on keystone resources. 19

20 PART II: STRATEGY Project Rationale (The Alternative) 40. The CALM project applies a three-pronged approach to augmenting the baseline efforts in order to achieve global environmental outcomes: (i) introduce biodiversity into provincial-level land use processes (using PLUP, land tenure and the implementation of new Laws). These interventions will occur across the Northern Plains by virtue of the fact that they will be strengthening provincial level institutional capacities. This will be done through Component 1. (ii) road test more specific mainstreaming interventions at 4 key sites - community land-use tenure; community contracts and incentives for changes in land-use practices, biodiversityfriendly resin tapping, and - most importantly - working to mainstream biodiversity into 2 production sectors; forestry (in the concession sites) and tourism. This will be done through Components 2. They can be scaled-up by contributing to Component 1. (iii) strengthen biodiversity management at 4 key sites within the landscape mosaic by ensuring the needs of the landscape species (waterbirds and large mammals) are understood and addressed. This will be done through Component 3. An additional Component 4 will cover Project Management and Evaluation, including adaptive management, project reviews and reporting to GEF. 41. The second and third prongs will be developed under the Landscape Species Approach to achieving biodiversity results at the landscape level. The approach is consistent with the GEF Strategic Priority BD-2 s rationale of integrating biodiversity conservation into the broader development agenda through capacity building and demonstration 1. Introducing Biodiversity at the Provincial Level 42. The project intervention will work to introduce biodiversity values into landscape-level landuse processes. Implementation will focus particularly on building the capacity of provincial departments and authorities and integrating specific project initiatives with established provincial planning processes (supported through Seila/PLG ). These specific project initiatives include the direct implementation of the new land law and sub-decree on community forestry to develop management plans for natural resource areas that include conservation of key components of biodiversity. The project will also work with the forestry and tourism sectors, and the provincial departments of agriculture and environment, to enhance the recognition of key components of biodiversity in planning and management strategies. These activities are described in Component 1 of the full project. The aim of the work will be to ensure biodiversity considerations are incorporated into the new land use planning and management regimes anticipated under the land law and forestry law. The project therefore is in line with objective (a) of the GEF Strategic Priority: facilitate the mainstreaming of biodiversity within production systems. Additional Measures to Achieve Biodiversity Results Across Production Landscapes the LSA 1 GEF/C.21/Inf.11 20

21 43. The earlier explanation of the underlying causes of biodiversity loss (see paragraph 21) set out the marginal nature of production sectors across the Northern Plains. The ramifications of this are that landscape-level biodiversity outcomes are unlikely to be achieved by mainstreaming biodiversity considerations into the production systems alone. 44. As a result of these ramifications, the GEF alternative will also deliver biodiversity outcomes at the production landscape level through the application of innovative landscape-level conservation tools. This is in line with objective (c) of the GEF Strategic Priority: demonstration. New and better land use management practices are required to help people and wildlife share the same landscapes. The project will apply the Landscape Species Approach (LSA) a wildlife-based strategy used to define conservation landscapes, identify threats and achieve conservation outcomes at the landscape scale in a cost-effective manner (by prioritizing conservation investments). LSA helps identify where human and biological landscapes intersect. It is a tool to mainstream biodiversity values into human uses of landscapes (i.e. productive processes). 45. Pioneered internationally by WCS through its Living Landscapes Program, the LSA centres on preserving the ecological integrity of a large area or wilderness through understanding and conservation of a suite of landscape species, selected as being ecologically representative of that landscape. The Living Landscape philosophy is to develop strategies for the conservation of large, complex ecosystems that are integrated in wider landscapes of human influence which includes, but is not restricted to, protected areas, community land, forestry concessions, plantations and other areas of economic importance. For landscape scale conservation to be socially as well as ecologically sustainable, strategies must succeed in a mosaic of different land uses that not only conserve biodiversity, but also allows people to make a living. 46. The focus on landscape species (wildlife) allows the landscape to become geographically tangible and ecologically meaningful and makes the targets for, and outcomes of, conservation investments explicit and measurable. In other words, the approach guides where interventions should touch the ground in order to have broader landscape-level impacts. The Northern Plains are ideally suited to this approach as the main biodiversity values reside in populations and unique assemblages of large mammals and waterbirds. Both groups include very good landscape species. 47. Simple decision rules were used to select a suite of 10 landscape species (or species groups) that had particular habitat requirements and were threatened by particular human behaviours (see Annex 1). The Living Landscape philosophy states that interventions designed for the conservation of these species will be sufficient to address the threats faced by and habitat requirements of the other key components of biodiversity found across the landscape. During the PDF-B the distribution of each species was mapped across the Northern Plains (see Map 2). This distribution was analysed in comparison with the human threats (see Map 3) and used to select four key sites for conservation (Map 4), comprising a total of 12 core and 8 buffer areas (see Annex 2). A fifth key site, Ang Trapeang Thmor, was not included due to the existing strong management support to MAFF provided by ICF. 21

22 48. The selection of these key sites implies that the successful management of each, for all of the key species, will result in the maintenance of all components of biodiversity across the Northern Plains landscape. However, only one of the key sites, Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, lies within a formal PA, and, in addition it has a population of over 20,000 people. Another is within the Preah Vihear MAFF-designated protected forest for which management guidelines are yet to be established but will include conservation objectives together with productive uses. Ang Trapeang Thmor is a Protected Area by Royal Decree, although again management regulations are unclear. ICF is currently working with MAFF to develop a management structure. The remaining sites are the O Scach and O Dar rivers within the Chendar Plywood logging concession, which is contiguous with the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, and the Phnom Tbeng plateau, inside the TPP logging concession. The CALM project is designed to integrate biodiversity values within the human land-use systems found in these key sites, with the aim of maintaining local populations of key species. If the assumptions of the Living Landscape approach are valid then the suite of sites selected will (importantly) be sufficient for the successful conservation of all key components of biodiversity across the landscape. 49. At the four key sites the project will test specific project initiatives that aim to mainstream biodiversity values into the human use of the landscape. These initiatives will include the use of PLUP with communities and authorities to map and approve community land-use areas and establish management plans for these areas that recognize biodiversity values (Component 2). Community land-use will include the establishment of security of tenure for the owners of resin trees, in order to promote this sustainable form of forest use. A program of contracts will provide direct incentives to those communities that incorporate measures for the conservation of key biodiversity components into their management plans, and lead to tangible changes in resource-use behaviour (Component 2). An education and awareness program (Component 3) will be necessary to increase the capacity of communities to plan and manage natural resources with consideration of the impact of decisions on biodiversity components. The products of Component 2 will be integrated into provincial-level (and hence landscape-level) processes through Component Lack of know-how has been identified during the PDF-B phase as a key barrier to sustainable natural resource management that needs to be addressed - in addition to securing tenure and user rights. Simple usufructual rights will not promote sustainable management if communities are unaware of the alternatives to short-term over-exploitation. The project will support the removal of some of the key knowledge barriers to sustainable natural resource management through Component 2: a) Economic and financial viability The conditions necessary for the economic and financial viability of sustainable natural resource management have not been elaborated in the Northern Plains. Clear guidelines are needed for practitioners and planners to be able to recognize the conditions under which the new legislative framework can provide adequate incentives for communities to adopt sustainable practices. This will be evaluated by activity 4.2. b) Technical know-how Provincial authorities and local communities need to understand appropriate harvesting systems and management strategies for forest NTFPs and water resources. In addition, they lack the technical knowledge of how to use the results of community-based monitoring to define sustainable harvesting limits. c) Financing Provincial authorities and local communities lack appropriate knowledge of accounting systems and the costs and benefits of sustainable natural resource management. 22

23 d) Enforcement Practitioners need to know what types of internal and external enforcement/control/oversight mechanisms to recommend for sustainable natural resource management and how to maintain these functioning systems. 51. In some cases improved knowledge may be insufficient to encourage a change to sustainable management practices, particularly if they are viewed with suspicion, or require foregoing financially attractive but highly unsustainable alternatives. If the new land-use management regime is to be effective in achieving biodiversity conservation outcomes and sustainable livelihoods it will have to generate much more substantial incentives for local communities. Support in protecting their natural resources from illegal activities will help, but it is expected that additional incentives will be required. 52. The incentive scheme and the community contracts (Component 2) are therefore essential requirements of the intervention. Recent reviews of Integrated Conservation and Development Projects have shown that there are very few incidences where increasing peoples livelihoods or meeting developmental needs has contributed to conservation objectives (e.g. Wells, M., S. Guggenheim, A. Khan, W. Wardojo, and P. Jepson Investing in Biodiversity. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Washington D.C.). Many conservation projects around the world are emphasizing more direct incentives approach or in some cases a direct payment for biodiversity conservation. These might be in the form of easements for nonuse and performance payments based conservation outcome. These payment plans are based on a person or group of people producing conservation outcomes in exchange for a payment in cash or exchange (Ferraro, P. J., and A. Kiss Direct Payments to Conserve Biodiversity. Science 298). In the Northern Plains, these incentives will replace income lost through reductions in current exploitation patterns in the short-term whilst long-term sustainable practices are developed (including wildlife tourism, resin-tapping, community forests and fisheries). Options will be investigated during the first year of the project, but might include: 1. The leasing of keystone watersources in the short-term, replaced by a tourism observation platform in the longer term. 2. Payments for reductions in incidences of poison fishing in the short-term, in the longerterm the establishment of community fisheries and the recovery of fish populations would demonstrate the clear benefit of the cessation of unsustainable fishing methods. 53. An evaluation system would be established for the incentives scheme, and rewards only provided if the community contract is upheld. During the PDF-B CALM established a pilot project that serves as an example of how the incentives scheme might work. The village of Tmatboey was selected as an eco-tourism site. An agreement was made with the village whereby CALM would facilitate tourist visits to see Giant Ibis, in exchange for a commitment not to hunt with guns, collect eggs or chicks (or assist others with these activities). Each tourist group was levied a fee, and the agreement states that this money will be dispersed to the village at the end of the 2004 wet season, if the agreement has been upheld. Village meetings will be held before this time for the community to decide how the funds should be spent. 54. Activity 2b2 of the intervention will specifically research the requirements for the incentive scheme. In particular, there will be an economic analysis of the environmental values being compensated, and the benefits of short-term over-extraction. This will be used to determine an appropriate level of payment under the incentive scheme. Activity 2b2 will also establish the mechanism (rules and processes) by which incentives are provided to communities, and the 23

24 procedure for evaluation of the scheme. Finally, Component 3 will address the sustainability of the scheme, by calculating its long-term running costs and identifying the source of future revenue. 55. Within the same key sites the project will strengthen biodiversity management through support to the relevant government structure (MoE in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and the FA in the remaining sites). At the MoE site activities will be managed by the WS Director, with support from project officers. At FA sites local activities will be managed by the Sangkat and Division directors of the FA, with site co-ordination provided by a FA Site Manager. WCS/FA have successfully adopted this management structure for another project in Mondulkiri. This implementation structure ensures that project activities are integrated within government structures, thus increasing the sustainability of initiatives. The FA and MoE site managers will be responsible for approving and promoting agreements made with communities (including Community Forestry Agreements and PLUP maps) established during Component 2. Some immediate government action will be necessary at these sites if the threats from outside individuals and armed forces are to be reduced and biodiversity is to be maintained. However, in the longer term project initiatives (Component 2) will strengthen local community governance and reduce the need for FA and MoE management. 56. In Component 3 the project will provide site assistance to the local FA or MoE management structures - particularly through training, equipment and infrastructure to address the knowledge barriers outlined. Site staff will be supported in the production of management plans, particularly focusing on the importance of adaptive management and the ability to respond to prioritize responses to threats across jurisdictional units. The project will ensure that there is a structure for sound management of long term activities. Site management staff will be members of the appropriate authority (FA or MoE) with jurisdiction over the area including key sites. The project will not therefore create new (non-government) management structures, instead providing support to existing systems. Component 3 will also ensure that sufficient training is provided to government managers and provincial staff. Activities under this component will further establish the infrastructure and necessary equipment for long-term management of key sites. 57. At each site, the project will train and support FA or MoE staff in the legal framework and law enforcement (Component 3). Government staff will then work to address site threats and, across their jurisdictional control (FA Sangkat or MoE WS), to target threats such as the wildlife trade. Enforcement will be conducted within the limits set by agreements made between the users of key sites (such as communities or concessionaires) and the local authority (FA or MoE). The primary objective of law enforcement teams will be the mitigation of the immediate and substantive threat caused by outside individuals and the armed forces, and supporting the rights of communities established under Component 2. This threat will also be addressed through the education program (Component 3), which will operate both within key sites and for threats (e.g. military bases) across the landscape. In addition, the project will seek the active engagement of armed forces in law enforcement, through their direct involvement in enforcement teams. This model has been used at several locations in Cambodia to reduce threats caused by armed forces. 24

25 58. A monitoring program (Component 3) will establish the progress of the project in meeting the objective of maintained biodiversity, in order to inform adaptive management. The LSA implies that the successful management of each site, for all of the key species, will result in the maintenance of all components of biodiversity across the Northern Plains landscape. Component 3 will monitor populations of wildlife and their habitats across each of the sites to ensure that this objective is met. Results will be used to inform an annual process that will prioritize activities for each site (Component 4, Project Management). This will ensure that the project does not adopt a site-by-site approach, whereby site activities are completed in isolation and without consideration of the status of other sites. For example, an immediate land encroachment problem would be solved by mobilization of PLUP teams from other sites where threats were lower. 59. Activities within Component 3 will include an initiative to monitor the remaining population of Gyps vultures in the Northern Plains. These species will become extinct in the Indian subcontinent within the immediate few years as a consequence of poisoning by a veterinary drug - a drug that is not used in Cambodia. The Cambodian and Myanmar populations will therefore represent the only wild populations in existence. Within Component 3 the project will use techniques (vulture restaurants) developed during the PDF-B to monitor the vulture populations in the Northern Plains. 60. Many project activities (Component 1, 2-3) will be completed within the 7 year project plan. For other activities (Components 2 and 3) and management support (Component 3) start-up costs will be covered by the project and long-term running costs are expected to be low. Component 3 will assess the cost of maintaining necessary project activities in the longer-term and identify funding sources (see below). The final Component 4, Project Management and Evaluation, will include reporting to GEF, adaptive management across implementation units and project reviews. Relevance to UNDP Outcomes 61.The project will directly contribute to the achievement of the service line 3.5 Conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity under the second Multi-Year Funding Framework (MYFF) of UNDP. The linkages that the project will build with the provincial Seila programme (see Annex 9) will help to integrate environmental concerns into the local planning process and thus will strengthen the framework and strategies for sustainable development at the local level (service line 3.1). In addition, the project will develop community land use planning, monitoring and law enforcement mechanisms, thereby helping to control deforestation and land degradation (service line 3.4). At the landscape-level the project will facilitate the incorporation of biodiversity conservation values into provincial and national planning processes, including, for example, the recognition of key sites for conservation. The project will contribute to the achievement of the target 9 of MDG 7, to integrate the principles of sustainable development into country policies and programmes, specifically indicators 25 (forest cover), 26 (protected areas). National Support for the Alternative 62.The Royal Government of Cambodia s key policy documents illustrating support for the objective of the project are: (i) the Second Socio-Economic Development Plan (SEDP II) adopted in 2002; (ii) the National Environmental Action Plan (NEAP) adopted in 1997; (iii) the 25

26 National Climate Change Action Plan; (iv) the Cambodia's Initial National Communication to the UNFCCC; (v) the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan adopted in 2002; (vi) Cambodia Report to the World Summit on Sustainable Development (WSSD) approved in 2002; (vii) the Governance Action Plan (GAP)2 adopted in April 2001; (viii) the National Poverty Reduction Strategy (NPRS) launched in March 2003; (ix) the Cambodia Millennium Development Goals (MDG) Report; and (x) the Rectangular Strategy. The National Biodiversity Strategy and Action (NBSAP) highlighted the importance of the Northern Plains landscape and the necessity for improved management of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. 63. Through the development of new laws on land, forests and wildlife protection within the past three years, the RGC has demonstrated a strong willingness to improve the management of forested areas and their wildlife components. Cambodia is presently undergoing a forestry review period that includes evaluating alternatives to commercial forestry, such as community forests, the sustainable harvesting of NTFPs by indigenous communities, and biodiversity conservation. The policy of the national Forestry Administration (FA) of MAFF aims to improve forest management through the development of strategies that complement or provide alternatives for commercial forestry. The CALM PDF-B has directly informed the decision of MAFF to designate the Preah Vihear Protected Forest. In other regions of Cambodia these protected forests are being used to develop models for forest management. 64.The Royal Government of Cambodia considers good governance as the backbone of the national strategy to alleviate poverty. The National Development Objectives outlined in the SEDP II focus on Three Pillars : Economic growth that is broad enough to include sectors where the poor derive a livelihood Social and cultural development Sustainable use of natural resources and sound environmental management. The RGC s Rectangular Strategy focuses on addressing forestry reform based on the forest sector strategy that will ensure sustainable forestry management based on the three Pillars as follows: 1. Sustainable Forest Management Policy: to ensure the rational and strict monitoring of forest exploitation according to the international best practices in forest management that require adequate forest reserves for domestic consumption, protection against drought and floods as well as wetlands that serve as fish sanctuary; 2. Protected Area System to protect biodiversity and endangered species; 3. Community Forestry as a sound, transparent and locally managed program The Prime Minister Samdech Hun Sen and other senior officials of the RGC have on many occasions publicly acknowledged that achieving effective governance will be essential to Cambodia s sustainable development including a substantial reduction in corruption, will be especially important to overcoming the aforementioned economic challenges. In particular, the Prime Minister stated on 16 July 2004 that Good governance is the most important pre-condition to economic development with sustainability, equity and social justice. Good governance requires wide participation, enhanced sharing of information, accountability, transparency, equality, inclusiveness and the rule of law. In this regard, good governance will ensure that: corruption be reduced to the minimum, the 2 Reform of natural resources management (land, forestry and fisheries) is one of 8 priority areas to which the RGC has committed itself through the implementation of the GAP. 26

27 views of minorities and the voices of the most vulnerable in society be fully heard and considered in the decision making processes. Indeed, the attainment of good governance is crucial to the proper functioning of society both in the present and the future. 65. The latest Royal Government of Cambodia Donor Consultative Group (CG) meeting took place on 6-7 December At the meeting government and donors, through established technical working groups, proposed the following benchmarks relevant to CALM: Area Cross-cutting for Agriculture and Natural Resources Management Key proposed relevant Benchmarks - Increase transparency of state management of natural resources through immediate public disclosure of existing contracts and compliance status (royalties and other key provisions) of contracts governing economic land concessions, mining concessions, fishing lots and continued disclosure of status of review of forest concessions Forestry - Increasing emphasis, with donor support, for local benefit sharing arrangements for management of natural resources including local communities, private sector and decentralized resource management agencies - The Technical Working Group on Forestry and Environment (TWG- FE) will implement its agreed work plan and benchmarks for RGC disclose the location and legal status and process for termination of mining concessions, Military Development Zones, economic land concession and other development arrangements situated on forest land or in protected areas and inconsistent with law governing management of these areas CALM will directly assist the TWG-FE to implement its workplan, by contributing to the following indicators: Benchmark 1. Major part of the natural forests rationalized, reclassified and dedicated to their ecosystems protection and biological conservation functions. 2. Socio-economic value of forest ecosystems protection and biodiversity conservation of forest resources promoted. 3. Benefits to local people from the use and management of forest resources optimized via implementation of forestry and wildlife management concepts based on the participation of local Indicator Item Rationalization /reclassification and practical implementation of Forest Demarcation and protected areas demarcation completed for 1 mill ha, giving due consideration the claims of indigenous people and settled communities Items and National Forest Management and Protected Area Plans are prepared, and implemented and managed accordingly. Item Sustainable increase forestry incomes and environmental services in consistent with the real forestry potentials. Item Partnership forestry approach testing initiated in pilot communes for contributions to local development. Demarcation of protected areas in Northern Plains (Component 3) Management Plans for Protected forest and Wildlife Sanctuary (Component 3) Improvements in forestry community livelihoods measured by CALM impact indicators (Component 2) Establishment of community natural resource management systems (Component 2) 27

28 populations 4. Capacity building, institutional strengthening and research program implemented at all levels through the adopted Overall Capacity Building Program for Forestry Sector. Item Overall Capacity Building Program implemented Capacity-building for government staff and local authorities (Components 1,2,3) 66. UNDP considers sustainable management and rational use of the natural resources of Cambodia a necessary supplementary prerequisite to the national strategy to alleviate poverty. Accordingly, and in line with the government s national priorities, support to good governance in the fields of environmental and natural resource management is also a priority area for both the UN system and the RGC. This is elaborated in the first United National Development Assistance Framework (UNDAF ) and the second UNDP Country Co-operation Framework (CCF ). Sustainable management of natural resources is one of the four programme areas of concentration in the UNDAF for Cambodia. The UNDAF provides for the UN system focusing on supporting national efforts in land use planning, sustainable forestry and fisheries activities, and the promotion of environmental awareness and protection. 67.Under this overall framework, UNDP s second CCF for Cambodia has identified the Management of Sustainable Resources as one of the three programme areas. Under the CCF UNDP s support to Cambodia in the area of environment and natural resources, management is focused on: I. Strengthening monitoring and assessment of environmental sustainability. II. Promoting national policy, legal and regulatory framework for environmentally sustainable development III. Enhancing national capacity for participation in global conventions, regulatory regimes and funding mechanisms for environmentally sustainable development. 68.The proposed CALM project reflects on all three programme areas. By strengthening the sustainable development strategy of Cambodia through capacity development and good governance, the project is consistent with the UNDAF/CCF. 28

29 Project Sustainability, Partnerships and Linkages The Royal Government considers as a top priority the strengthening of partnerships with all development partners, including the donor community, the private sector and civil society. The mechanisms of partnership with the donor community shall be established consistent with the Resolutions of the General Assembly of the United Nations, the principles of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Development Assistance Committee, as well as the initiatives of the World Bank and the United Nations Development Programme (UNDP)... Civil society shall become an effective partner of the Government in nation building. To this end, the Royal Government will encourage the activities of the Non-Government Organizations and other duly registered associations working to serve and benefit the people and the nation. The Royal Government welcomes the participation of the NGOs in the process of socio-economic rehabilitation and development. Statement by Prime Minister Hun Sen National Ownership 69.National ownership of project activities and outputs is critical for successful implementation. Ownership will be achieved by the fact that activities and processes will be dictated and carried out entirely by Cambodians through a series of national stakeholder consultations. 70.The project steering committee will be set up to oversee the project s direction and strategies. The ownership of the project will be broadly linked with the current UNDP supported decentralization program (Seila/PLG). The project activities and plans will be integrated into the Provincial Seila/PLG Programme thus the project will be recognized and will operate within the provincial annual planning framework. The Provincial Rural Development Committee/EXCOM will be used to provide leadership forums to discuss and coordinate to integrated landscape conservation and development into Seila/PLG. The existing National Biodiversity Steering Committee will provide an overview on how the project should contribute to the achievement of the national conservation agenda as set in the National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan. The National Committee on Discussion, Recommendation and Conflict Resolution of Protected Areas, which was established in 2000 will be used to resolve any institutional conflicts regarding the management objectives of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary in particular and regarding the management of the productive landscape in general. 71.To implement Component 2 participatory land use planning (PLUP) will be used as a tool to generate consensus on how land is management and allocated to local communities. This will contribute to the objectives of conservation and sustainable use of the landscape. Commitments, Partnerships and Linkages 72.The Royal Government of Cambodia has committed to long term conservation and sustainable use of natural resources in the region through the establishment of the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and the Preah Vihear Protected Forest in the region. UNDP is committed to capacity building and sustainable management of natural resources in Cambodia. 29

30 73. The Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) Cambodia Program will be the major non- Governmental implementing agency, operating under its existing MoU with both the Government implementing agents. The Royal Government of Cambodia and UNDP have preselected this NGO based on its proven technical expertise and both global and Cambodiaspecific experience in conservation and promoting a community based participation in conservation in the project area. Moreover, WCS already operates under a 5-year MoU signed on 13 December 1999 with MAFF and MoE defining a co-operative programme on biodiversity conservation in Cambodia. WCS has now been required to sign individual Project MoUs. The project agreement with MAFF for the Northern Plains was signed in December 2003 and lasts for the duration of the 7 year project (until 2011). WCS is committed to the conservation of the Northern Plains landscape having contributed $475,400 to activities during During the full project WCS is looking to mobilise co-financing of about $1,600, Specific linkages to GEF and IA programs and activities include: UNDP/GEF/ADB Integrated Resource Management and Development in the Tonle Sap Region There is an important relationship between the Northern Plains and the Tonle Sap that is essential for the existence of a unique assemblage of wildlife. Reflecting this, the project would complement the current UNDP-GEF for Integrated Resource Management and Development in the Tonle Sap Region. Many of the globally threatened species that breed on the Tonle Sap, such as Spot-billed Pelicans Pelecanus philippensis, Painted Storks Mycteria leucocephala, Greater and Lesser Adjutants Leptoptilus dubius and L. javanicus are heavily reliant on being able to disperse across the Northern Plains in the wet season when resources on the lake are scarce. Conversely, Sarus Cranes Grus antigone and White-shouldered Ibis Pseudibis davisoni breed in the Northern Plains and return to the large permanent wetlands on the floodplain at the beginning of the dry season. However, far from being a simple flow of wildlife following the flood line, the regeneration of habitats and the movements of wildlife are complex and little understood. Of the two landscapes, the lake has received nearly all of the recent conservation attention, and has been designated a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. Whilst warranted, the status of the Northern Plains as, firstly, a unique biome and, secondly, as an integral ecological cornerstone for the Tonle Sap, has been entirely neglected. This bias in conservation resources has long-term dangers, which, if ignored, could result in the loss of a significant proportion of regional biodiversity. WB/GEF Biodiversity and Protected Areas Management Project (BPAMP) BPAMP s overall objective is to improve the MOE s capacity to plan, implement and monitor an effective system of protected areas (PA s). The immediate objectives focus on developing and testing measures to minimize degradation of the biodiversity of Virachey National Park (VNP) and to use the field experiences for the development of the national PA system. At national level, the project has made important contributions towards improving the capacity of the MOE by strengthening the Geographical Information System (GIS) Unit and drafting a Protected Area Law. The final enactment of this law, possibly in 2004, will be particularly relevant for CALM and activities in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. BPAMP has also achieved significant local successes in developing best practice models for some project components, which are suitable for implementation inside and outside of Protected Areas in the Northern Plains. 30

31 These include the development of community-based NRM planning and its integration with provincial planning, and the on-going implementation of a management information system (MIST) originally designed for use in Ugandan National Parks. CALM has held consultations with BPAMP staff to understand how linkages can be made with these components. A trainer from BPAMP participated in the CALM PLUP training course, including a detailed description of the activities undertaken to setup community NRM committees. The MIST software is particularly relevant for use by enforcement teams, to enable reporting and analysis of patrolling effort and trends in illegal activities, and might suitable to transfer to the Northern Plains as part of Component 3 (Law enforcement) of CALM. BPAMP has also recently developed a management plan for VNP, which, although relatively complicated, might provide a model for plans developed by CALM for Kulen Promtep later in the project. During the full project these linkages will be investigated further. According to BPAMP s mid-term review the project s impact has been limited by (i) insufficient technical support (especially from international advisors), (ii) the physical distance between the two project offices; (iii) the weak institutionalisation of the project which limited the scope of project operation and continue to make planning and agreements beyond the project period difficult; and (iv) rapid changes in legislation which made it difficult for the project to pursue a coherent strategy towards the local communities. Two of these (ii and iii) are relevant to CALM, whilst the others are less applicable. CALM has, for example, been developed with strong international assistance from WCS, and this relationship will be maintained through the full project. Further, the legislative framework (with the exception of the new PA law) is now established and further changes in policy are unlikely, although individual components may be strengthened through sub-decrees. However, the physical remoteness of the Northern Plains is likely to have a strong impact on the project, and this should be taken into account when determining where project staff should be stationed. CALM should also take into account the relative weakness of BPAMP to produce institutional arrangements within MOE, or to form linkages with other ministries (especially MAFF) and projects. This has particular relevance to Components 1 and 3 of CALM, although both ministries are implementing agencies and are represented on the project steering committee. Project activities and management structures should be rapidly integrated during the full project with ministerial and provincial departments, if the project is to achieve government ownership and management sustainability. Opportunities for forming cross-linkages between staff working on similar components in MAFF and MOE areas should be pursued, to foster ministerial cooperation at multiple levels. UNDP/GEF Medium-size Project for the Cardamom Mountains The Management of the Cardamom Mountains Range Project focuses on the consolidation of management activities in the region s three protected areas: the Central Cardamom Protected Forest (CCPF), the Phnom Aural and Phnom Samkos Wildlife Sanctuary (PSWS). The project aims to build national and local government capacity to manage the three areas, combined with sustainable development interventions designed to reduce pressure on the sites from local populations. The project is being co-implemented by the Forest Administration (FA) of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (MAFF) and the Department of the Nature Conservation and Protection (DNCP) of the Ministry of Environment (MoE) in partnership with Conservation International (CI) and Fauna and Flora International (FFI) respectively. The CI/FA component will last until August 2004; while FFI/MoE component will last until April

32 The project will improve the planning, management and regulatory framework for these protected areas, for example through management plans and land-use zoning systems, practices that could be shared with the CALM Project. The two projects will be able to exchange information regarding wildlife, monitoring and data management to provide a better understanding of landscape management issues. The Cardamom Project will also provide examples of the engagement of local communities in sustainable natural resource management through the use of agreements and the PLUP process. These initiatives are similar to those proposed by CALM under Component 2. UNDP Seila/PLG The project activities and plan will be integrated into the Provincial Seila/PLG Program, thus the project will be recognised and will operate within the provincial annual planning framework. The Provincial Rural Development Committee/EXCOM will be used to provide leadership forums to discuss and coordinate to integrated landscape conservation and development into the Provincial Development Plans (PDPs). At the commune level, the CDC will be responsible for drawing commune PLUP maps and producing management plans for natural resource areas. PLG is part of the larger Seila programme. Seila is establishing community-based natural resource and environmental management programmes in other provinces, including Ratanakiri (building on the CARERE initiatives) and Siem Reap (supported by DANIDA). The Siem Reap provincial project will extend to an area including one of the Northern Plains key sites for conservation in Experience from these other initiatives will be used to understand how to implement CALM initiatives within the Seila/PLG framework in the Northern Plains. UNDP-GEF Mekong River Basin Wetlands Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Use Programme The Northern Plains covers four provinces including the Ramsar Site of Stung Treng located on the Mekong River, which is the demonstration site of the Mekong Wetland Project. The sustainable use and conservation of the Ramsar site should be seen as part of the landscape management strategy and would significantly contribute to the conservation of habitats for migratory bird species. The Mekong Wetland project aims for conservation and sustainable use of biodiversity in the Lower Mekong Basin through strengthening capacity at regional, national and local level, formulating mechanisms to effectively manage wetlands. The project involves four countries sharing the Mekong wetland river basin: Cambodia, Laos, Thailand and Vietnam. At the regional level, the program will develop and apply technical tools for conservation and management of wetlands, as well as developing systems for all the countries to collaborate in wetland conservation. Given the importance of Mekong wetlands for migratory birds within the Northern Plains region, the two projects will provide direct benefits to each other. At national level, by encouraging a multi-sector approach through building capacities and increasing public involvement, the programme will enhance planning processes. The information base needed to support sound wetlands policy, planning and management decision-making will also be strengthened through the development of specialists network, awareness campaigns, adequate tools, and Wetland Action Plan. At the local level, within the demonstration site of Stung Treng, integrated planning and community-based natural resource management will be implemented. The programme will identify the values of the fresh water ecosystem and work with local people to develop improved management systems and alternative livelihood options. 32

33 Training will be provided and information will be disseminated as part of a targeted awareness campaign. Sharing lessons learnt from local governance, community based natural resource management and ecotourism, as well as national policy implication from GEF projects will benefit conservation of biodiversity in the respective projects. WB/Land Management and Administration Project (LMAP) The overall goals of the project are to reduce poverty, promote social stability and stimulate economic development. The specific objectives of the project are to improve land tenure security and promote the development of efficient land markets. The project is planned to run from and is managed by the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction. LMAP has supported the establishment of the Council on Land Policy Reform by the Government. LMAP is developing legislation and policies to strengthen land tenure through implementation of the land law, which is directly relevant to component 2 of CALM. LMAP has set up Provincial Cadastral Commissions to resolve land disputes and conflicts, following the guidance of the recently approved Sub-decree. CALM will help local communities and Government officials to understand and use these commissions to help secure community tenure and title as part of component 2. LMAP is also producing guidelines and case studies to improve land-use mapping and zoning and CALM will be able to learn from these findings and integrate them into the management of the Northern Plains. MAFF/ICF management of Ang Trapeang Thmor Ang Trapeang Thmor is a large man-made reservoir, constructed during the 1970s. The large wetland and grassland areas provide an essential dry season feeding refuge for the majority population of Eastern Sarus Crane Grus antigone. The site is also important for many stork species, Spot-billed Pelican Pelecanus philippensis, and has probably the largest single herd of Indochinese Eld s Deer Cervus eldi siamensis. Earlier surveys by WCS, the International Crane Foundation (ICF) and MAFF had identified Ang Trapeang Thmor as a critical landscape feature for biodiversity conservation. This led to the proclamation, by Royal Decree, of the site as a Conservation Area for Sarus Crane. Ang Trapeang Thmor continues to be managed by MAFF with support from ICF. It is therefore not recognised as a key site for CALM due to the existing management assistance. CALM will be able to learn from the experiences of that project, particularly in establishing a site management structure and the importance of land-use planning. Sustainability 75. CALM will build the capacity of the government staff at the national and local levels to maintain project ownership. This will include considerable support to the new local government system, the Commune Councils, which were established by elections in The commune officials will be primarily responsible for developing community regulations on natural resource management. Further, CALM will build cross-institutional coordination amongst relevant government agencies. Key project outcomes will be endorsed by the appropriate government 33

34 authorities. Consultation and participatory processes will generate a better understanding of conservation priorities and better cooperation with relevant government agencies. The participatory and consultation processes will also be promoted to generate trust and respect the voices of various national stakeholders. 76.The project will develop leadership of key national staff in planning, decision making and coordination. The implementation process will be led by Cambodian nationals with the minimum of technical assistance from external consultants. This will ensure that there is very little dependency on external resources after completion of the project. The use of participatory land-use planning processes with communities and stakeholders will build local capacity for land management and development planning. Component 1 will develop a landscape conservation plan, which will be mainstreamed into the local, provincial and national planning process. The project will integrate the principles of good governance such as improving accountability and transparency of decision making process. 77.Several factors will help to ensure the sustainability of necessary project activities and benefits beyond the completion of the GEF project. - Conformity of project activities with new RGC legislation and policy development strategy, and specifically by integrating the project into the Provincial Development Plans (PDPs). - High level of commitment from the RGC for integrated forest management in the Northern Plains. Evidence for this includes the recent designation of a major new protected area (Preah Vihear Protected Forest) and the commitment already shown during the PDF-B phase. - Strong level of commitment from NGOs to support continued biodiversity conservation and community natural resource management in the Northern Plains. - Conformity with the RGC s policy of decentralisation. The project will raise provincial and community capacity to manage biodiversity and natural resources, in order to substitute expensive centralised control. 78.The project will be designed to cover all setup costs, and ensure that any necessary long-term maintenance costs of project initiatives are minimal. Many components will be completed within the timescale of the project: Landscape Conservation Framework (Component 1). Establishment of community land-use tenure and title (Component 2) and resource management plans (Component 2). Environmental Education program (Component 3) For other components or activities initial costs will be high, however necessary maintenance costs will be low: Incentives scheme (Component 2). Law enforcement (Component 3). As security and institutional structures are established the capacity of local communities and provincial government to enforce laws should be strengthened so that available resources are sufficient to cover long-term costs. Monitoring (Component 3). However it is recognised that sufficient financial sustainability must be established to cover these maintenance costs, especially the incentives scheme and monitoring program. An incremental cost matrix will be produced to identify the costs and activities. Opportunities for key-species eco-tourism have been researched during the PDF-B, and there is potential for tourism to fund 34

35 necessary project activities, especially the village incentive scheme (Component 2). During the full project, activities will create a framework for key species eco-tourism that benefits both biodiversity and local communities. Further activities will investigate the potential for establishing a trust fund, or securing long-term additional government and NGO financial commitment, to fund other necessary project activities (e.g. the monitoring program). 79. WCS/FA/MoE has successfully piloted a model for biological monitoring at a project site in Mondulkiri. The same model will be implemented in the Northern Plains as part of Component 3, and was established at the Preah Vihear Protected Forest during the PDF-B. Although the start-up costs can be quite high, by year 4 the annual cost of this program is about $10, Through Component 3, the project will ensure that there is a structure for sound management of long term activities. Site management staff will be members of the appropriate authority (FA or MoE) with jurisdiction over the area including key sites. The project will not therefore create new (non-government) management structures. The only exception is the Site Project Manager; this position will follow a model created by WCS and the FA for another region in Cambodia. In this region, the FA employs a site manager to co-ordinate activities between FA jurisdictional units within a landscape of importance for biodiversity conservation. Component 1 will ensure that the importance of particular sites within the landscape is recognised and provide support for the continued existence of site managers in the long term. Component 3 will ensure that sufficient training is provided to government managers and provincial staff. Activities under this component will also establish the infrastructure and necessary equipment for long-term management of key sites. Implementation Strategy Inter-Agency Cooperation 81.The Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, the executive agency of the PDF-B, will also be the executing agency for the full project. As remarked earlier, one of the current constraints faced by MAFF is the lack of an inter-sectoral approach. Through this landscape project, strong ties with MAFF and MoE (relatively the Forestry Administration of MAFF and the Department of Nature Conservation and Protection of MoE) will be established by the project. During the progress of the project, senior staff and technical representatives from various relevant departments at both national and provincial levels will be required to interact, serving to promote multi-sectoral collaboration addressing landscape conservation in the Northern Plains. At policy level, a project steering committee will be established to coordinate policy and management issues. At technical level, a project technical advisory committee will be established to coordinate technical issues. Stakeholder Consultation 82.Inclusion of all stakeholders is critical to the formulation of the project relevant outputs. Stakeholder identification and outreach are needed to ensure participation of a wide range of interests and concerns, including marginalized groups. Extensive consultation through the means of interviews, seminars and workshops will assist in improving planning and decisionmaking under the project. Annex 10 gives the stakeholder consultations completed under the PDF-B, and gives the participation plan for the full project. 35

36 Risks and Risk Management Strategy 83. There are five risks to the project intervention (see Risk Management Strategy table): 1. Provincial support to the implementation of the new legal structure and government initiatives (land management and administrative policy, forestry reform and law development). 2. Failure to engage the armed forces. 3. Inadequate financial resources for long term running of necessary project activities. 4. Land mines. 5. Security. 6. Corruption 1. Ensuring Provincial support 84. The project relies heavily on the assumption that present national government initiatives continue. Although national policy and legislation is advanced, provincial implementation has been slow and therefore this project will be one of the first to apply the framework in a forested region. Success will be dependent on the extent to which provincial governments are interested and required to execute the new initiatives, though experience with the PDF-B suggests that this interest will remain relatively high. Developing provincial capacity and awareness will be particularly important. The high level of support from national government, and the activities of Seila/PLG means that there are be several mechanisms to ensure the engagement of provincial government in project activities. 2. Engagement of Armed Forces 85. Project success will require the engagement of the Royal Cambodian Armed Forces (RCAF) and Police Forces. The military and police are influential bodies in the Northern Plains, particularly in the border regions, and the governor of Preah Vihear province is a military general. The involvement of the military will be especially necessary if border wildlife trade and logging is to be controlled and if community management plans are to be successful. Issues with military in Cambodia and CALM site Although Cambodia has established democratic government with support from the international community, the country is still in the process of strengthening governance, in particular at the local governance. The lack of strong governance, coupled with a high level of poverty, particularly in the provinces, provides a high incentive for officials to be involved in illegal activities. Provincial soldiers, for example, often receive little more than a monthly ration of rice as salary, and therefore require an alternative source of income to maintain their base. Since the military are armed their capacity for corruption and illegal activities is considerably greater than other officials. The Northern Plains is no exception. In the area of CALM project, military threat to biodiversity includes - Illegal logging: Military are the principal proponent of illegal logging in the Northern Plains; local community people sometimes act as guides to show the armed teams the locations of the best trees 36

37 - Large-scale hunting: Since the gun confiscation programs in the late 1990s firearms are restricted to the Military and Police who use them for hunting, or loan the guns to others. - Wildlife trade in border: wildlife is sold through a series of middlemen either for the national markets, or the international trade, principally across the Thai and Laos PDR border. These border crossings are controlled by the police and military on both sides, and sometimes, the military is involved in such trade. These activities are possible in the Northern Plains because there is little associated cost. 25 years of conflict has disrupted traditional forms of land management, and encouraged a prevailing attitude of insecurity, promoting a short-term approach to resource extraction based upon competition with other individuals or groups. In addition, the lack of effective law enforcement means that these activities are not penalised. The people who benefit most from this situation tend to be those who are richer and better equiped (generally people from outside or members of the military or police), at the expense of local people. CALM project addresses these threats by the following: 1) Strengthen governance/system of land and natural resource management 86. Engaging the RCAF and Police Forces in conservation will not be a simple matter. Enduring biodiversity results will only come from overall improvements in good governance. The 2003 UNDP Human Development Report considered the issue (Chapter 6: Public Policies to Ensure Environmental Sustainability ). It suggests two responses to institutional failures and poor governance: strengthened property rights and decentralisation of environmental governance (accompanied by efforts that build community capacity to manage environmental resources and influence planning and policy-making). The CALM project provides these responses. In collaboration with other agencies, the project will establish the first land management system, based upon tenure and title, in the Northern Plains (Components 1 and 2). This will result in the demarcation of land allocated to community management, and clear demarcation of state land. Through the system of community agreements and contracts on land-use capacity and understanding of the management of natural resources will be increased, both by communities and by government officials responsible for authorising land management systems. These activities will establish responsibilities for land and natural resources management, consequently the impact and occurrence of illegal activities will become clearly defined. Component 1 will integrate these outputs at higher government levels. Land-use maps and community management plans will require authorisation from Provincial Government, and thus the government will assume some responsibility to ensure that they are not violated by other governmental agencies. The project will support provincial and district-level consultation workshops so that the new land management system is disseminated to stakeholders, including the military. The new Land Law allows for a system of land conflict resolution through provincial Cadastral Commissions. These will be the principal authority used to judge situations where land violations occur. 37

38 87. The 2003 Human Development Report goes on to state: In many developing countries natural resources are plundered by corruption, benefiting powerful elites at the expense of poor people who depend on such resources. Countering corruption requires strengthening governance, with better enforcement, stiffer penalties and increased community involvement. In several countries citizens are assessing how well governments provide access to environmental decision-making and regularly monitor environmental governance. Both efforts will likely spur further progress. CALM fully supports this approach. The project alternative is to strengthen local community ownership of what are essentially open-access resources; by assisting with the application of new Land and Forestry Laws to provide land tenure or usufructual rights and also to develop Community Management Plans for these reousrces (Component 2). Importantly, by supporting an improvement in site-based management there will be much greater disincentive for armed forces to engage in illegal activities (Component 3). This improvement is an essential part of the intervention. A general increase in governance of the Northern Plains is hoped to squeeze the illegal activities out. 88. To achieve this squeeze, careful attention needs to be paid to making the link between biodiversity management and human development. CALM integrates biodiversity issues into the national development frameworks, by building on the new legislative framework. The project will also strengthen decentralisation for environmental management by supporting the new laws and working through the Seila/PLG programme. It aims to empower civil society through an environmental awareness program and by demonstrating mechanisms to strengthen civil management of biodiversity resources. It also seeks to reduce environment-related conflict by working at four sites specifically chosen to minimize the potential for conflict. 2) Awareness raising Component 3b of the project will increase the awareness of military personnel towards natural resources, management issues, and the role that the military should adopt. The boundaries of community resource areas and state areas will be clearly defined and their significance explained. It is important for military personnel who are involved in illegal activities or who are unsustainably exploiting natural resources to be aware of their actions. The project is piloting an education and awareness program for military personnel, which, if successful, could be extended across the Northern Plains through Component 3b. The new Military Commander, Key Nonn, has assisted project staff in visiting remote army bases to conducted education awareness. Such activities provide a useful example of both increasing awareness of military and engaging them in the project. Since the authority of the Commander must be sought, and he accompanies the project team, this provides an opportunity for him to learn about CALM and its objectives. The project will develop and disseminate a code of environmental conduct for military and police that will be approved by Ministry of Defence, with MoE and MAFF. The process should involve extensive consultations with both military, MAFF and MoE. The Ministry of Defence has a Department of Training, which has been involved in the prodcution of similar codes in other areas, and whose input will be sought. 3) Support from high government officials 38

39 It is also important that high officials from military, understand the importance of conservation and natural resource management. If key personnel do not understand issues associated with natural resources management, regulations, and management responsibilities, it would be difficult to make all the military personnel to follow the rules. CALM will negotiate with military and senior government officer to obtain evidence of afirm and substantive commitment from RCAF and the Provincial Military, MAFF, and MoE before the project starts. This will include formal discussions and minutes of these meetings, In addition, the project will support greater dialogue between these agencies. Conflicts will be resolved through higher bodies inside the MoE and MAFF. In other areas of Cambodia conflicts have been successfully resolved through high level discussions between MAFF and the Ministry of Interior or Ministry of Defence. Frequent reporting to national government will be necessary so that the executing ministry, MAFF, is aware of those situations where local initiatives are failing. Experience with other projects suggests that national government is driven and able to intervene in those situations where conflicts arise. The most important of the project s key sites, the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, was declared by Government sub-decree in 2002, and its borders determined by the same government staff who have worked on developing CALM. National government has also shown considerable interest in the threats to biodiversity, such as those the project aims to reduce. Recently there has been positive commitment from the Prime Minister himself in addressing illegal forest related activities through (1) The Prime Minister s Public Announcement on 31 May 2004 on a government-wide campaign against deforestation; (2) The Prime Minister s Decision of 06 June 2004 on the establishment of a national committee to prevent, eliminate and suppress the acts of clearance, burning, earth working and encroaching forest lands to claim ownership; and (3) the Prime Minister s Order of 09 June 2004 on the prevention, suppression, burning, earth working and encroaching forestland to claim ownership. All government agencies are charged with developing their own procedures to implement these orders. 4) Military and Police engagement in conservation Projects in other areas of Cambodia have shown that it is difficult to achieve conservation goals if the Military and Police are not engaged in project activities (e.g. through Component 3c). Approval for joint enforcement teams will be sought from military and police commanders, MoE and MAFF. This model has been adopted in other areas, where it has successfully involved military staff and their officers in conservation activities and goals. In later years, the project will work with provincial and national authorities to request the relocation of military checkpoints and camps away from key sites for conservation (except in those cases where there is a clear National Defence objective). 5) Monitoring Through the site monitoring program (Component 3d) illegal activities performed by the military will be recorded and used to produce yearly reports on the success of the project at reducing this threat. 39

40 3. Financial Sustainability 89. The project is assuming that it will be possible to ensure financial sustainability of necessary activities, particularly the incentives scheme. This will be essential if the project is to create structures for long-term biodiversity conservation. The section on sustainability (above) has already considered this issue. 4. Land Mines. Land mines are prevalent in a few sites inside project areas, however the project will mitigate their impact through continuing consultations started during the PDF-B with de-mining agencies, local authorities charged with identifying and prioritising mined areas (e.g. LUPU) and with local communities, so that mined areas are understood and cleared. The project will not develop land-use regulations (e.g. community forestry) for mined areas. Safety and security protocols developed by the project office will make sure that activities are not undertaken in or across mined areas. 5. Security Since 1998 there has been a steady increase in security in the project area, and it is hoped that this trend will continue as governance and access improves. Nevertheless bandits remain a problem in one project site, and security in this area was particularly poor during the PDF-B. The project took this problem extremely seriously and worked to mitigate its impact through consultations with provincial and district police authorities and direct communication with the Provincial Governor. As a consequence several arrests were made and the situation has since improved. During the full project all staff will operate within Safety and Security Protocols developed by the project office, and continuing the policy of advising police authorities on local staff movements. In addition, it is anticipated that project activities will contribute to a continued increase in security. Support to site management authorities and law enforcement teams should lead to a general improvement in the local security situation (Components 3a and 3c). Increases in governance through Component 1 should create awareness of local problems and stimulate higher authorities into taking action (as happened during the PDF-B). 6. Corruption Corruption could be a problem for project implementation. A strong monitoring and evaluation framework has been incorporated into the project design: by maintaining an open and transparent implementation process, with independent review, oversight by the project management staff and auditing of expenses it is hoped that this risk will be minimised. The PDF-B was audited and it was concluded that no funds had been misappropriated during project formulation. It is hoped that this initial foundation will be continued. Addressing fundamental governance issues (low government pay, etc ) is not an outcome of this project, however by linking with Seila/PLG it is anticipated that the project will assist general on-going efforts to improve governance, and, indeed, serve as a model for future projects. 40

41 Risk Management Strategy 1. Risks 2. Current status of risk 3. Risk rating 1. Provincial support to on-going medium Mitigation activities at the provincial the implementation of the level will include improving local new legal structure and governance (mainly through existing government initiatives Seila/PLG mechanisms) and awareness (land management and of sound environmental and natural administrative policy, resource management. The National forestry reform and law Project Steering Committee will have an development) continues. oversight role, and could intervene if required. 4. Mitigation activities 5. Relevant project activities Awareness raising - 1. Consultations during PDF-B have suggested that provincial authorities interest is high, and central government is willing to support project initiatives if required (Annex 10). 2. Raising awareness of provincial authorities. Improving local governance - 3. Development of provincial capacity 4. Integration of project activities into Seila/PLG supported provincial planning processes (Annex 9). Seila/PLG s aim is to support local governance, through decentralised planning, accountability and transparency. 5. Provincial Steering Committee to All Activities under Component 1: Incorporating biodiversity into the implementation of new laws. Particularly including training and awareness-raising (1.1 and 1.2), Seila/PLG integration workshops ( ), Provincial Steering Committee integrated into PRDC (1.6). Development of community land-use plans and their approval by authorities (Component 2, particularly Activities 2a.4 2a.6). Environmental Education program (Component 3), particularly Activities 3b.3 3b.4. Agreements made with local authorities and military and police commanders (Activity 3c.1) National-level Project Steering 41

42 review project progress and resolve conflicts, integrated into PRDC. 6. Involvement of additional implementing agencies and projects during the 7-year period of CALM. Example DANIDA will support an NRM component to Seila in Siem Reap province in Committee (Activity 4.2) National level 7. Project Steering Committee, involving national ministries, can identify barriers to implementation and mobilise centrallevel support if necessary. 42

43 2. Failure to engage the armed forces. 3. Financial Sustainability of Activities on-going high See description in of Project Document 1. Strengthen governance/system of land and natural resource management 2. Awareness raising 3. Support from high government officials 4. Military and Police engagement in conservation 5. Monitoring long term low See Sustainability section of Project Document. The project includes a large number of activities that aim to build the capacity of communities and provincial authorities to manage land and natural resources. These activities will be completed within the timescale of the project (see Para. 77 of Project Document). For others the start-up costs will be high, but maintenance costs will be low. Activities include 1. Community land-use plans, tenure and title (Component 2)) supported and recognised by provincial government (Component 1). Site-based management systems (Component 3a) and law enforcement teams (Component 3c). 2. Education (Component 3b) 3. Meetings and workshops conducted with high-ranking provincial and government officials during Component 1 and the Project Steering Committee. 4. Involvement of armed forces in law enforcement teams (Component 3c). 5. Site-based monitoring (Component 3d). Component 3a will specifically identify necessary long-term costs and create a funding plan so that these activities can continue. 43

44 4. Land-mines short to medium term 5. Security short to medium term low medium to low Land mines are prevalent in a few sites inside project areas, however the project will mitigate their impact by: 1. Continuing consultations with demining agencies, local authorities charged with identifying and prioritising mined areas (e.g. LUPU) and with local communities, so that mined areas are understood and cleared. 2. Land-use regulations (e.g. community forestry) will not be developed for mined areas. 3. Facilitating visits by de-mining agencies and provincial authorities to communities with adjacent mined areas. Promoting clearing of areas important for local livelihoods. 4. Ensuring that no project personnel work in mined areas. Considerable progress has been made in de-mining the project areas during the past few years and if these efforts continue hopefully the risk of land mines will be much reduced in the longer term. The security situation at one project site was poor in 2003, although with the formation of a new government it has subsequently improved. The project takes local security problems, and their threat to communities and staff, extremely seriously and has worked to mitigate this problem during the PDF-B by: Liaison with communities, LUPU and de-mining agencies will occur during the preparation of community land-use plans (Component 2) and their approval (Components 1 and 2). Participation by project representatives in district and provincial integration workshops (Activities and 1.8) will ensure that local priorities for de-mining can be promoted at higher levels. Project safety and security protocols will be developed by the Project Office (Activity 4.1), including the risk of land mines. Project safety and security protocols will be developed by the Project Office (Activity 4.1). Project will improve site-based management through Component 3, in particular 44

45 1. Extensive consultations with provincial police authorities, PLG and the Provincial Governor. These consultations led to several arrests in 2004 and the establishment of new police posts. 2. Development of project security protocols. 3. Advising provincial police on staff movements. These activities will continue during the full project. In addition, by supporting site-based management and agreements with local authorities the project aims to achieve a general improvement in governance in these areas. support to management authorities (3a) and law enforcement (3c). Improvements in governance will be achieved through agreements with local commanders and authorities (Activity 3c.1) and Component 1 (see Risk 1). 6. Corruption short to long term low Overall since 1998 there has been a steady increase in security in the project site and it is hoped that this trend will continue as governance and access improves. Strong Monitoring and Evaluation framework Project Management Component 4. Independent project technical advisors Annual Adaptive Management reviews and Independent Evaluations Chief Technical Advisor, TPR and steering committee meetings (Component 1). Partnership with Seila/PLG Annual Auditing 45

46 Result Frameworks 90.The CALM project will deliver the GEF alternative through four components over the seven year project duration (see Logical Framework [Annex 5], Incremental Cost Matrix [Annex 6], Budget and Workplan [Section II]). The overall project goal is the effective conservation of key components of Cambodia s Northern Plains Landscape. Component 1: Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Outcome 1 - Integrated conservation and development planning at the landscape-level 91.Cambodia is currently developing and implementing new land management legislation, of which the Land Law is the most significant at the national level, but within this, biodiversity conservation values are not yet fully recognised. Provincial implementation of this policy is weak, and an opportunity exists to integrate conservation management objectives at the landscape scale, working both inside and outside the current protected areas network. To do this, the project will work in cooperation with the UNDP-funded Seila/PLG programme to build the capacity of provincial planners and land management decision-makers to consider and apply biodiversity values. The project will also integrate the results of Components 2 and 3 into commune plans, district integration workshops and provincial planning processes. Through the project steering committee and Provincial Rural Development Committee a framework will be established for integrated conservation planning at the landscape scale. The framework will include dialogue and agreements made with all relevant stakeholders on activities. Component 2: Applying Mainstreaming Measures Outcome 2a - Establishment of appropriate community land tenure and resource-right use 92.Current land and resource-use patterns reveal an open-access system that results in general over-exploitation with no incentives for sustainable or co-ordinated management. The Royal Government of Cambodia s new Land Law permits the process of Participatory Land-use Planning (PLUP) for all land estate, including forest estate and protected areas. Elements of the PLUP process will be used to determine rights, title and demarcate village land-use areas. This process of planning will subsequently highlight where and how tenure may be sought and, using additional PLUP elements, how appropriate tenure systems should be established over particular resources and resource areas. These activities are essential in order that more complex resourceuse issues can be addressed in Component 3. Since two of the project key sites lies within concession forests, the land use planning process will enable biodiversity to be mainstreamed into the forestry sector. Outcome 2b - Community engagement in natural resource management 93.A participatory process will work with villages to produce management plans for the land areas and resources for which tenure and title were negotiated as part of Component 2. Initially management plans will cover simple issues where there is considerable agreement between authorities and villages. For more complicated issues where agreement cannot be reached, such as forest fires or hunting with dogs, an incentive scheme will be introduced to reward improved management. The scheme will provide benefits in return for improved management and maintenance of wildlife populations (measured by Component 3d) to encourage the concept of ownership and the value of the wildlife resource. An on-going evaluation of the incentive 46

47 scheme will be conducted for adaptive management. This evaluation will include collection of data on community livelihoods, which will be used to monitor the impact of the project on local people. Through the use of incentive schemes and land use planning at potential eco-tourism sites, the project aims to mainstream biodiversity into this sector. Component 3: Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Outcome 3a - Establishment of long-term financial and management sustainability 94. The project will be designed to cover all setup costs, and ensure that any necessary long-term maintenance costs of project initiatives are minimal. Many components will be completed within the timescale of the project: Landscape Conservation Framework (Component 1). Establishment of community land-use tenure and title (Component 2a) and resource management plans (Component 2b). Environmental Education program (Component 3b). For other components or activities initial costs will be high, however necessary maintenance costs will be low: Incentives scheme (Component 2b). Law enforcement (Component 3c). As security and institutional structures are established the capacity of local communities and provincial government to enforce laws should be strengthened so that available resources are sufficient to cover long-term costs. Monitoring (Component 3d). 95. However it is recognised that sufficient financial sustainability must be established to cover these maintenance costs, especially the incentives scheme and monitoring program. An incremental cost matrix will be produced to identify the costs and activities. Further, the project will establish a structure for sound management of these activities. Site management staff will be members of the appropriate authority (FA or MoE) with jurisdiction over the area including key sites. This will provide the necessary sustainability of project management. Opportunities for key-species eco-tourism have been researched during the PDF-B, and there is potential for tourism to fund necessary project activities, especially the village incentive scheme (Component 3). During the full project, activities will create a framework for key species eco-tourism that benefits both biodiversity and local communities. Further activities will investigate the potential for establishing a trust fund, or securing long-term additional government and NGO financial commitment, to fund other necessary project activities (e.g. the monitoring program). Outcome 3b - Increased public awareness of the key project sites for conservation and the need for sustainable use of natural resources 96.While environmental awareness will be an important theme throughout the work of Components 1, 2a and 2b, additional supplementary activities will be needed to target specific groups and specific issues (e.g. those with communities living in close proximity to breeding bird colonies). This work needs to be both specialised and to have its achievements measurable if it is not to avoid conventional pitfalls of education/awareness activities. This Component will run concurrently with the PLUP process, with which it is closely linked, and seek to identify specific activity needs that the process will highlight. 47

48 97.A mobile education unit will be formed to increase awareness levels in and around key sites for conservation and a school support program will target local education efforts. The program will aim to build awareness and pride in key species conservation. Particular focus will be placed upon education and awareness activities for armed forces and at military bases to encourage their participation in conservation. An on-going evaluation scheme will assess and adapt the education activities to improve their impact. The setup costs (teacher training, production of materials and so on) will be covered by this component. However, by training provincial teachers and provincial department staff it is anticipated that activities will continue with minimal funding beyond the 7 year project. Outcome 3c - Reduction in illegal commercial exploitation of biological resources and their components 98.Effective law enforcement will be necessary for successful biodiversity conservation, particularly with respect to reducing commercial hunting and wildlife trade. This will require improvements in the technical training, equipment and available infrastructure (e.g. offices for FA Sangkats) for government staff. Law enforcement teams will include representatives from relevant provincial authorities and the armed forces and work within guidelines determined by authorities and village natural resource management agreements. Additionally, once community organisations are established and tenure issues have been resolved, then local representation on these enforcement teams will begin in order to better involve locals, increase community responsibility for NRM management, and to build local methods of dealing with forest crime. The timing and nature of this participation will be linked to the achievements of Component A data management system will be designed to collect and collate information gathered during patrols and enforcement activities, and a reporting system established to monitor these activities and their impacts. This data system will probably be modelled on that already implemented by BPAMP project in north-eastern Cambodia. Outcome 3d - Adequate data for conservation management and project evaluation purposes 100. The results framework will use five indicators to measure the project s impact: Biological populations Habitat extent Level of human activities identified as threats Community livelihood indicators Extent of Government support 101. The first three determine the immediate success of the project in achieving the objective, the the fourth monitors the project s impact on local people and the last will be crucial if activities are to be sustained. Site monitoring programs will collect standardised data to allow rigorous conclusions to be made about the levels of the first three indicators; activities during Component 2 will measure the fourth and government plans, reports and proclamations will measure progress on the final indicator. This will require the development of a database management system for input of field data and analysis of results. Training in data collection and analysis techniques will ensure that there is sufficient capacity for provincial staff and communities to understand the results of the monitoring program and the implications of these results for project activities. A pilot database was developed during the PDF-B phase and staff trained in its use. 48

49 Under this component, one activity will use the vulture restaurant program, also developed during the PDF-B, to monitor the population of Gyps vultures in the Northern Plains. The Cambodian population will represent only one of two existent populations following the dramatic declines in the Indian Subcontinent This component will monitor and quantify the ecological impacts and requirements of the innovative sustainable natural resource management being trialled at the four key sites. These will be used to generate knowledge on the application of sustainable natural resource management techniques in the Northern Plains. The results will be used to provide adequate data to inform conservation management decisions by site authorities. Protocols for data collection and monitoring will be developed and improved as part of the adaptive management process. To the extent possible, community-based monitoring techniques will be developed and used. Component 4: Project Management and Evaluation Outcome 4: Adequate reporting on project outcomes and indicators A Project Management Office will be required for the duration of the project only, to coordinate administration and reporting on GEF activities. This component will include required activities to evaluate progress towards achieving impact and outcome indicators. Baseline information on indicator levels has already been collected during the PDF-B, and will be augmented by data collected in year 1 of CALM. It will also include the annual project reviews, adaptive management missions and planning meetings, adaptive management technical expertise, mid-term evaluation ($30,000) and final evaluation ($30,000) Each year there will be a major, participatory adaptive management review of each of the four key sites. The missions will be timed so that they benefit from as up to date monitoring results as possible, but more importantly, can provide timely input to the annual project review. The adaptive management reviews will also include a focus on knowledge management (through formal lessons learned preparation etc and informal consultations and feedback loops), as well as dissemination to practitioners across the Northern Plains. Tools will be developed for adaptive management both for the improvement of outcomes at the key sites and to contribute to the broader application of biodiversity considerations in land management processes at the provincial levels The project is adopting a landscape conservation strategy, with targeted interventions at particular sites. These sites have been selected because together they are necessary and sufficient for successful conservation of all species found in the landscape. An annual evaluation process, informed by data collected during the monitoring program, will be necessary to set intervention priorities for the following year. The objective should be the maintenance of key species at all the identified sites. This annual evaluation will be necessary if the project is to avoid a site by site implementation strategy that will not result in successful landscape-level conservation. 49

50 PART III: MANAGEMENT ARRANGEMENT Execution 106.In accord with UNDP's policy promoting national ownership, leadership and accountability, the CALM project will be nationally executed. The Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (MAFF), which was the executing agency of the PDF-B, is the designated Executing Agent for the Project. 107.As per UNDP s National Execution guidelines, the Executing Agency, MAFF, will be primarily responsible for the planning and overall management of the activities of the project, including reporting, accounting, monitoring and evaluation, and management of the audit. MAFF will thus be responsible to the Government of Cambodia and UNDP for the production of outputs, the achievements of programme objectives and therefore the use of UNDP resources. This includes coordination of implementation arrangements (project committee meeting, quarterly or semi-annual project monitoring meeting, field monitoring); advocating the relevance and importance of project to Government policy and strategy; resolving any project conflict, reviewing and endorsing financial reports; seeking support from RGC and relevant Ministries to meet project expected outputs; resolving project challenges, and addressing project risks. Implementation (see Annex 7 for Terms of Reference) 108.The project will be jointly implemented by the Department of Nature Conservation and Protection (DNCP) of the Ministry of Environment, the Forest Administration (FA) of MAFF and the Ministry of Land Management (MLMUPC). DNCP has a mandate over the management of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary while FA has a mandate over the management of the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, Phnom Tbeng and the concession forest that includes the O Scach River. Thus, the DNCP will play a leading role in implementing project activities in the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and the FA will lead project implementation of project activities in remaining areas. The Ministry of Land Management (MLMUPC) is the Government body responsible for the implementation of the Land Law and will be an essential partner in the Participatory Land-Use Planning (PLUP) process across the landscape, within both the Wildlife Sanctuary and the rest of the Forest Estate. 109.To facilitate the implementation of the project, and at the request of the executing agency, the UNDP Cambodia Country office will provide support services to the project in accordance with the UNDP procedures. These services include sub-contracts arrangements and the procurement of goods and services as described in the Letter of Agreement between UNDP and the Royal Government of Cambodia for the provision of support services. UNDP will be responsible for monitoring the progress of the project and reporting to GEF and for disbursement of GEF funds. Monitoring activities will include the project reviews (TPR meeting, mid-term and final evaluation). 50

51 110.The practical and technical implementation of the project will be assisted at all steps by the Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS). The Royal Government of Cambodia and UNDP have pre-selected this NGO based on its proven technical expertise and both global and Cambodiaspecific experience in conservation and promoting community based participation in conservation in the project area. Moreover, WCS already operates under a 5-year MoU with MAFF and MoE defining a co-operative programme on biodiversity conservation in Cambodia. In addition, the project agreement with MAFF for the Northern Plains was signed in December 2003 and lasts for the duration of the 7 year project. WCS s involvement in the project will be a major asset to the Government. Under the provisions of the UNDP Country Office direct support services, and as per UNDP rules and procedures, UNDP will enter into a subcontract with waiver for comparative binding with WCS to deliver project outputs, as described in the terms of reference for the sub-contracts. 111.A Project Steering Committee, chaired by the Minister of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, will be established to provide overall guidance for the implementation of the project. The Committee will consist of representatives of the relevant parties including the Council for Development of Cambodia, the Ministry of Environment, the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Ministry of Land Management Urban Planning and Construction, Ministry of Defense, Regional Representatives from Military, Police and Border Police, UNDP, WCS, Seila/PLG and Provincial Governors of 5 provinces, which share boundaries and territories with the Northern Plains landscape. Representatives of other ministries and organizations will be invited to attend as appropriate. The PSC will advise on project implementation, provide a mechanism for resolving implementation problems that go beyond single department mandates, and review progress. Meetings will take place at least twice yearly during the life of the Project. 112.The National Project Director (NPD) appointed by MAFF will serve as the overall government manager of the project and the Deputy Chairman of the Project Steering Committee. The same modality worked efficiently during the PDF-B phase and is therefore recommended to continue in the full project. A Project Implementation Office (PIO) has been established in Tbeng Meanchey (Preah Vihear province), since this region will be the focus of implementation activities and is in the centre of the landscape. A National Project Manager (NPM) will be recruited by CALM and will serve as the principal liaison between the project and the NPD and PSC. The NPM will be the secretary of the PSC and be responsible for reporting to the NPD, PSC, UNDP/GEF and WCS on the project s progress. A Chief Technical Advisor (CTA) will be recruited by CALM. The CTA will work closely with the NPM and unit coordinators on project implementation, monitoring, adaptive management and reporting. 51

52 Provincial Steering Committees (PvSC) will be formed in those provinces where the project has significant activities. The PvSC will be chaired by the Governor, or their representative, and will consist of representatives from Provincial Departments, Seila/PLG, WCS, Military, Police and Border Police. The PvSC will advise on project activities and provide a forum to integrate initiatives across the landscape. Several existing Provincial committees may be suitable for this role such as the Cadastral Commission on land management. Members of the PvSC (such as the Governor s office) will be responsible for approving site management plans produced by project components. Individual Project Implementation Units (PIU) will be responsible for project activities. Some activities relate to site-based management, and these will be coordinated through existing Government management authorities, such as the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. Other activities provide support to decentralized government processes, implementation of new laws and support to the formation of site-based plans by local authorities, and these will be coordinated by new PIUs that will be required only for the duration of the project. 113.The committee will be chaired by the Minister of Agriculture Forestry and Fisheries and the Minister of Environment on a rotational basis. It will meet twice a year, or more often, if required Detailed information on the institutional arrangements and project management structure (including capacity assessment guarantees and terms of reference for the Steering Committee etc.) will be provided in the final UNDP Project Document. Adaptive management 115. UNDP is intent on implementing a monitoring process that serves as an effective support tool to the project implementation team, allowing them to incorporate new scientific knowledge, and the results of lessons learned in similar projects elsewhere. This approach is particularly important for a project, which seeks to integrate conservation into a productive landscape Adaptive management will be promoted in order to create conditions that ensure greater success in project implementation. The term adaptive management is used in the context of experience developed by Foundation for Success, under the Biodiversity Conservation Network. They defined the concept as 3 : Adaptive management is a process of defining actions, decision-making, and learning in which a group responsible for the conservation of a particular area is responsive to biophysical and social changes and is able to respond quickly and appropriately to these changes. In order to make sound management decisions under complex and evolving conditions, a group must be able to: Continuously test assumptions and hypotheses; Experiment with alternative approaches to resolve problems and address pertinent issues; 3 From: Adaptive Management of Conservation and Development Projects: Transforming Theory into Practice. Biodiversity Support Program Reference No.: 39,

53 Generate, analyze and use relevant and reliable data and information; Determine the impacts of its chosen course of action; and Learn from failure as well as success and apply these lessons to future program decisions. An organization's ability to understand and react to the complex and dynamic ecological and social environments at a given project site is a major determinant of its success. Adaptive management is a useful tool in helping organizations deal with the complexity of managing conservation and development projects. 117.The objectives of the adaptive management reviews in the context of the CALM project will be: To strengthen the existing annual project review process (APR). The reviews will provide support to the project implementation team in preparation for the APR and will improve the basis for recommendations made by the PSC. To apply adaptive, learning-based approaches to project implementation. Adaptive, learningbased implementation requires a clear understanding of the project logic and periodic well structured events in which the project s experience (successes and failures) and changes in its operating context (opportunities and threats) can be examined in an objective manner by those involved. To promote exchange and learning across UNDP/GEF s portfolio of similar projects in the Asia/Pacific region. Progress in individual projects and across the UNDP/GEF portfolio will be enhanced by reciprocal visits that permit peer managers to examine and contribute to addressing issues raised by the execution of one another s projects. To improve the documentation and dissemination of project learning s and project accomplishments. This will ensure that the outcomes and lessons learned from each project are widely disseminated. Adaptive management reviews will be undertaken yearly by the CTA, NPM, MAFF, MoE, the project team and may include representatives from the UNDP Country Office. Individual project components will undertake their own adaptive management reviews prior to this. The review process will be used to: Generate the workplan for the coming year Update the risk assessment and risk management strategy Upadate the project logical framework Quantify progress towards meeting indicators in the results measurement framework (Annex 4) and logical framework (Annex 5). Identify Lessons learned Identify key project achievements that should be publicized (e.g. reports for publication, etc..). Audit 53

54 118.As per UNDP/GEF Administration and Financial Guidelines, projects exceeding expenditures of $20,000 per year should be audited annually. The audit will be conducted in conformity with generally accepted international standards, by UNDP internal auditors hired directly by UNDP Cambodia. Funds to finance the audit are included in the project budget. The audit report will be an integral part of the monitoring and evaluation process and its contents shall be taken into account in the annual progress review and evaluations of the project. 54

55 CALM Project Structure Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Forest Administration Project Steering Committee (CDC, MAFF, MoE, MLMUPC, MoD, Governors, UNDP, Seila, WCS) Ministry of Environment Department of Nature Conservation and Protection UNDP/GEF MAFF (Executing Agency) National Project Director WCS Project Implementation Office (Tbeng Meanchey) National Project Manager WCS Chief Technical Advisor Senior Administrator Province Steering Committees (Governor, Seila/PLG, ExCom, Provincial Departments, FA Cantonment) Preah Vihear Protected Forest Director Phnom Tbeng and O Scach Key Sites Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary Director Environmental Education Unit Communities and Natural Resource Management Unit Monitoring and Evaluation Unit 55

56 PART IV: MONITORING AND EVALUTION Project monitoring and evaluation will be conducted in accordance with established UNDP and GEF procedures and will be provided by the project team and the UNDP Country Office (UNDP-CO) with support from UNDP/GEF. The Results Measurement Framework in Annex 4 and the Logical Framework Matrix in Annex 5 provide performance and impact indicators for project implementation along with their corresponding means of verification. These will form the basis on which the project's Monitoring and Evaluation system will be built. MAFF and UNDP- Cambodia shall be responsible that the overall monitoring and evaluation framework for the CALM project will effectively assess the quality and appropriateness of the various outputs/results of the project activities, and contribute to the national development goals of the country. The following sections outline the principle components of the Monitoring and Evaluation Plan and indicative cost estimates related to M&E activities. Specific funds have been allocated in the CALM budget. Conservation Impact Monitoring 119.The conservation impact of the project will be evaluated using 4 key indicators (see Annex 4): a) Populations of key wildlife species (see Annex 1 for definitions) b) Habitat Extent c) Level of human activities identified as threats (see Annex 3) d) Government support, indicated by recognition for key sites 120.A monitoring and evaluation program will also be essential for: a) To provide the objective, quantifiable, measures of change required to determine reward rates for the community-based incentive scheme b) Inform law enforcement teams c) Provide information for internal project adaptive management at key sites 121.In the project logframe, the monitoring program is designated a separate component in recognition of its importance, and the necessity of maintaining independence between project activities and their evaluation. This is particularly relevant given that the results of the monitoring program will be used to set reward rates for the incentive scheme. The project recognises the critical need for quantifiable indicators, not just for management to adapt activities, but to provide a public and transparent process to evaluate project success. Both communities and government need to understand and accept monitoring results for there to be genuine stakeholder buy-in to the project. 122.A model for monitoring of biological populations has been developed by WCS/MAFF/MoE in another area of Cambodia and will be applied to the project site. Key species have been identified (see Annex 1), and will be the principal target of population monitoring. The necessary baseline data for the biological monitoring program was collected during the PDF-B phase, and this will be used to analyse future trends in populations during the full project. Key members of government and communities have received appropriate training in applying the methodologies. 56

57 123.Monitoring of habitat extent and quality will require the analysis of time-series remote sensing data, with field data collection for ground-truthing. Suitable baseline datasets already exist, both from aerial photography and satellite imagery. 124.Trends in human activities, where they impact on land-use, will also be monitored through the results of remote sensing data analysis. Data on other human activities, including illegal activities and other types of hunting, fishing and NTFP collection will be collected by field teams. The details of the data required will depend upon the threats analysis (see Annex 3) and those activities prohibited under agreed village management regulations. For the latter reason, monitoring systems may require different forms for particular villages. Baseline data needs will be determined early in the project, and data recorded before the implementation of management agreements and incentive schemes, in order that their impact can be evaluated. The Site-based monitoring systems (Component 3d) will measure the conservation impact indicators and will provide the results to site managers for their adaptive management review process (Component 3a) Project Inception Phase An Inception Workshop will be conducted with CALM, MAFF, MoE, Seila/PLG, Provincial Government, UNDP-Cambodia and other representatives as appropriate. Prior to the inception workshop the first Annual Workplan will be produced by the CALM team. This will include precise and measurable performance indicators (baselines and targets) for the first year in a manner consistent with the expected outcomes for the project. The indicators will be used to assess whether implementation is proceeding at the intended pace and in the right direction. A fundamental objective of this Inception Workshop will be to assist all stakeholders to understand and take ownership of the CALM s goals and objectives, as well as to review the first annual workplan on the basis of the project's logframe matrix. Additionally, the purpose and objective of the Inception Workshop will be to: (i) introduce project staff with the UNDP-GEF expanded team which will support the project during its implementation, namely UNDP-Cambodia and responsible Regional Coordinating Unit staff; (ii) detail the roles, support services and complementary responsibilities of UNDP-Cambodia and Regional Coordinating Unit staff vis a vis the project team; (iii) provide a detailed overview of UNDP-GEF reporting and monitoring and evaluation (M&E) requirements, with particular emphasis on the Annual Project Implementation Reviews (PIRs) and related documentation, the Annual Project Report (APR), Tripartite Review Meetings, as well as mid-term and final evaluations. Equally, the Inception Workshop will provide an opportunity to inform the project team on UNDP project related budgetary planning, budget reviews, and mandatory budget rephasings. The Inception Workshop will also provide an opportunity for all parties to understand their roles, functions, and responsibilities within the project's decision-making structures, including reporting and communication lines, and conflict resolution mechanisms. Linkages with other projects, including those supported by UNDP and GEF will be discussed. 57

58 Monitoring responsibilities and events A detailed schedule of project reviews meetings will be developed by CALM, in consultation with project implementation partners and stakeholder representatives and incorporated in the Project Inception Report. Such a schedule will include: (i) tentative time frames for Tripartite Reviews, and (ii) project related Monitoring and Evaluation activities. Day to day monitoring of implementation progress will be the responsibility of the NPM and CTA based on the project's Annual Workplan and its indicators. CALM will inform UNDP- Cambodia of any delays or difficulties faced during implementation so that the appropriate support or corrective measures can be adopted in a timely and remedial fashion. The NPM and the CTA will fine-tune the progress and performance/impact indicators of the project in consultation with the full project team at the Inception Workshop with support from UNDP-Cambodia and assisted by the UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit. Specific targets for the first year implementation progress indicators together with their means of verification will be developed at this Workshop. These will be used to assess whether implementation is proceeding at the intended pace and in the right direction and will form part of the Annual Workplan. The local implementing agencies will also take part in the Inception Workshop in which a common vision of overall project goals will be established. Targets and indicators for subsequent years would be defined annually as part of the internal evaluation and planning processes undertaken by the project team. Impact indicators, and their measurement, has been clearly described in the section about (Conservation Impact Monitoring) and Annex 4. Periodic monitoring of implementation progress will be undertaken by UNDP-Cambodia through quarterly meetings with CALM, or more frequently as deemed necessary. This will allow parties to take stock and to troubleshoot any problems pertaining to the project in a timely fashion to ensure smooth implementation of project activities. UNDP-Cambodia and UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit as appropriate, will conduct yearly visits to the Northern Plains, if required, to assess project progress. Visits will be scheduled in the CALM Annual Workplan. Any other member of the Steering Committee can also accompany, as decided by the PSC. A Field Visit Report will be prepared by UNDP- Cambodia and circulated no less than one month after the visit to CALM, all PSC members, and UNDP-GEF. Annual Monitoring will occur through the Tripartite Review (TPR), undertaken by the Project Steering Committee (PSC). This is the highest policy-level meeting of the parties directly involved in the implementation of a project. CALM will be subject to Tripartite Review (TPR) at least once every year. The first such meeting will be held within the first twelve months of the start of full implementation. CALM will prepare an Annual Project Report (APR) and submit it to UNDP-Cambodia and the UNDP-GEF regional office at least two weeks prior to the TPR for review and comments. 58

59 The APR will be used as one of the basic documents for discussions in the TPR meeting. CALM will present the APR to the TPR, highlighting policy issues and recommendations for the decision of the TPR participants. CALM will also inform the participants of any agreement reached by stakeholders during the APR preparation on how to resolve operational issues. Terminal Tripartite Review The terminal tripartite review is held in the last month of project operations. CALM is responsible for preparing the Terminal Report and submitting it to UNDP-Cambodia and the UNDP/GEF Regional Coordinating Unit. It shall be prepared in draft at least two months in advance of the terminal TPR in order to allow review, and will serve as the basis for discussions during the review. The terminal tripartite review considers the implementation of the project as a whole, paying particular attention to whether the project has achieved its stated objectives and contributed to the broader environmental objective. It decides whether any actions are still necessary, particularly in relation to sustainability of project results, and acts as a vehicle through which lessons learnt can be captured to feed into other projects under implementation of formulation. The TPR has the authority to suspend disbursement if project performance indicators are not met. Indicators are provided in Annexes 4 and 5 and will be developed further at the Inception Workshop. Work plan and Reporting requirements The CTA and NPM in conjunction with the UNDP-GEF extended team will be responsible for the preparation and submission of the following reports that form part of the monitoring process. (a) Inception Report (IR) A Project Inception Report will be prepared immediately following the Inception Workshop. It will include a detailed First Year Work Plan divided in quarterly time-frames detailing the activities and progress indicators that will guide implementation during the first year of the project. This Work Plan will include the time-frames for meetings of the project's decision making structures. The Report will also include the detailed project budget for the first full year of implementation, and including any monitoring and evaluation requirements to effectively measure project performance during the targeted 12 months time-frame. A section will be included on progress to date on project establishment and start-up activities and an update of any changed external conditions that may effect project implementation. When finalized the report will be circulated to project counterparts who will be given a period of one calendar month in which to respond with comments or queries. Prior to this circulation of the IR, the UNDP-Cambodia and UNDP-GEF s Regional Coordinating Unit will review the document. (b) Annual Project Report (APR) The APR is a UNDP requirement and part of UNDP-Cambodia s central oversight, monitoring and project management. It is a self-assessment report submitted by the National Executing 59

60 Agency (MAFF) to UNDP-Cambodia and provides input to the country office reporting process, as well as forming a key input to the Tripartite Review (TPR). An APR will be prepared on an annual basis two weeks prior to the TPR, to reflect progress achieved in meeting the project's Annual Work Plan and assess performance of the project in contributing to intended outcomes through outputs and partnership work. The format of the APR is flexible but should include the following: An analysis of project performance over the reporting period, including outputs produced and, where possible, information on the status of the outcome The constraints experienced in the progress towards results and the reasons for these The three (at most) major constraints to achievement of results Annual Work Plan and other expenditure reports Lessons learned Clear recommendations for future orientation in addressing key problems in lack of progress (c) Project Implementation Review (PIR) The PIR is an annual monitoring process mandated by the GEF. It has become an essential management and monitoring tool for project managers and offers the main vehicle for extracting lessons from ongoing projects. Once the project has been under implementation for a year, a Project Implementation Report must be completed by UNDP-Cambodia together with the National Executing Agency (MAFF). The PIR can be prepared any time during the year and ideally two weeks prior to the TPR. The PIR should then be discussed in the TPR so that the result would be a PIR that has been agreed upon by the project, the executing agency and UNDP- Cambodia. The individual PIRs are collected, reviewed and analysed by the Regional Coordinating Office of UNDP/GEF prior to sending them to UNDP/GEF headquarters. The PIR and APR follow a standard harmonized format in recognition of their similarity. (d) Quarterly Progress Reports One week after the end of each quarter, the Executing Agency (MAFF) is required to prepare a summary report (maximum one page) of the project's substantive and technical progress towards achieving its objective as described in the annual work plan. These quarterly reports will include financial statements. The summaries are reviewed and cleared by UNDP-Cambodia one week before being sent to the UNDP/GEF Regional Coordinator. (e) Periodic Thematic Reports As and when called for by UNDP-Cambodia, UNDP-GEF or the Implementing Partner, the project team will prepare Specific Thematic Reports, focusing on specific issues or areas of activity. The request for a Thematic Report will be provided to the project team in written form by UNDP and will clearly state the issue or activities that need to be reported on. These reports can be used as a form of lessons learnt exercise, specific oversight in key areas, or as troubleshooting exercises to evaluate and overcome obstacles and difficulties encountered. UNDP is requested to minimize its requests for Thematic Reports, and when such are necessary will allow reasonable timeframes for their preparation by the project team. 60

61 (f) Project Terminal Report During the last three months of the project the project team will prepare the Project Terminal Report. This comprehensive report will summarize all activities, achievements and outputs of the Project, lessons learnt, objectives met, or not achieved, structures and systems implemented, etc. and will be the definitive statement of the Project s activities during its lifetime. It will also lay out recommendations for any further steps that may need to be taken to ensure sustainability and replicability of the Project s activities. Evaluation The project will be subjected to at least two independent external evaluations as follows:- (i) Mid-term Evaluation An independent Mid-Term Evaluation will be undertaken at the middle of the fourth year of implementation. The Mid-Term Evaluation will determine progress being made towards the achievement of outcomes and will identify course correction if needed. It will focus on the effectiveness, efficiency and timeliness of project implementation; will highlight issues requiring decisions and actions; and will present initial lessons learned about project design, implementation and management. Findings of this review will be incorporated as recommendations for enhanced implementation during the final half of the project s term. The organization, terms of reference and timing of the mid-term evaluation will be decided after consultation between the parties to the project document. The Terms of Reference for this Midterm evaluation will be prepared by the UNDP Country Office based on guidance from the Regional Coordinating Unit and UNDP-GEF. (ii) Final Evaluation An independent Final Evaluation will take place three months prior to the terminal tripartite review meeting, and will focus on the same issues as the mid-term evaluation. The final evaluation will also look at impact and sustainability of results, including the contribution to capacity development and the achievement of global environmental goals. The Final Evaluation should also provide recommendations for follow-up activities. The Terms of Reference for this evaluation will be prepared by UNDP-Cambodia based on guidance from the Regional Coordinating Unit and UNDP-GEF. Learning and Knowledge Sharing Results from the project will be disseminated within and beyond the project intervention zone through a number of existing information sharing networks and forums. In addition: The project will participate, as relevant and appropriate, in UNDP/GEF sponsored networks, organized for Senior Personnel working on projects that share common characteristics. UNDP/GEF shall establish a number of networks, such as Integrated Ecosystem Management, eco-tourism, co-management, etc, that will largely function on the basis of an electronic platform. 61

62 The project will identify and participate, as relevant and appropriate, in scientific, policybased and/or any other networks, which may be of benefit to project implementation though lessons learned. The project will identify, analyze, and share lessons learned that might be beneficial in the design and implementation of similar future projects. Identify and analyzing lessons learned is an on-going process. UNDP/GEF shall provide a format and assist the project team in categorizing, documenting and reporting on lessons learned every 2 years. Monitoring and Evaluation Work plan and corresponding Budget Type of M&E activity Responsible Parties Budget US$ Excluding project team Staff time Inception Workshop (UNDP staff travel costs to be charged to IA fees) Inception Report Measurement of Means of Verification for Project Impact Indicators Measurement of Means of Verification for Project Progress and Performance (on an annual basis ) CTA and NPM CALM staff UNDP Cambodia UNDP GEF CALM staff UNDP Cambodia See Annex 4. CTA will oversee the hiring of the contract for image analysis and interpretation, all other indicators will be measured by site monitoring teams (Component 3d) and community teams (Component 2b) CTA and NPM Measurements by individual activity coordinators APR and PIR NPM and CTA UNDP-Cambodia UNDP-GEF TPR (UNDP staff travel costs to be charged to IA fees) MAFF, MoE UNDP Cambodia NPM and CTA CALM staff Seila/PLG Provincial Government UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit $2000 None Image analysis and interpretation: $30,000 Site-based Monitoring teams: approximately $10,000/year. Community teams: approximately 5,000 in years 3 and 6. None: incorporated into annual reports by activity coordinators None Periodic status reports CALM As required, $8,000 included in budget. Technical reports CALM As required, $8,000 included in budget. Time frame Within first two months of project start up Immediately following Inception Workshop Habitat extent: start and end of project, Site-based monitoring teams: annual reports. Annually for the adaptive management review prior to APR/PIR Annually $14,000 ($2000/year) Every year, upon receipt of APR To be determined by CALM and UNDP Cambodia To be determined by CALM and UNDP- Cambodia 62

63 Mid-term External Evaluation Final External Evaluation NPM and CTA CALM staff UNDP-Cambodia UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit External Consultants (i.e. evaluation team) NPM and CTA CALM staff UNDP-Cambodia UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit External Consultants (i.e. evaluation team) Terminal Report NPM and CTA CALM staff UNDP-Cambodia Audit UNDP-CO Project team Visits to field sites (UNDP staff travel costs to be charged to IA fees) UNDP Cambodia UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit (as appropriate) Government representatives TOTAL INDICATIVE COST Excluding project team staff time and UNDP staff and travel expenses $30,000 In Year 4. $30,000 In Year 7. None $21,000 (average $3000 per year) US$ 240,000 At least one month before the end of the project Yearly As required. 63

64 PART V: LEGAL CONTEXT 125.This Project Document shall be the instrument referred to as such in Article I of the Standard Basic Assistance Agreement between the Royal Government of Cambodia and the United Nations Development Programme, signed by the parties on 19 December The host country implementing agency shall, for the purpose of the Standard Basic Assistance Agreement, refer to the government co-operating agency described in that Agreement. 126.UNDP acts in this Project as Implementing Agency of the Global Environment Facility (GEF), and all rights and privileges pertaining to UNDP as per the terms of the SBAA shall be extended mutatis mutandis to GEF. 127.The UNDP Resident Representative in Cambodia is authorized to effect in writing the following types of revision to this Project Document, provided that he/she has verified the agreement thereto with the Executive Coordinator, GEF Unit, UNDP (or designated Officer-in- Charge/Representative) and is assured that the other signatories to the Project Document have no objection to the proposed changes: Revision of, or addition to, any of the annexes to the Project Document; Revisions which do not involve significant changes in the immediate objectives, outputs or activities of the project, but are caused by the rearrangement of the inputs already agreed to or by cost increases due to inflation; Mandatory annual revisions which re-phase the delivery of agreed project inputs or increased expert or other costs due to inflation or take into account agency expenditure flexibility; and Inclusion of additional annexes and attachments only as set out here in this Project Document.

65 ANNEXES to SECTION 1 Annex 1.1 : The Global Biodiversity Value of the Northern Plains of Cambodia Annex 1.2 : Mapping Key Sites for Conservation in the Northern Plains Annex 1.3 : Threats and Problems Analysis Annex 1.4 : Results Measurement Framework Annex 1.5 : Logical Framework Annex 1.6 : Incremental Cost Matrix Annex 1.7 : Terms of Reference Annex 1.8 : Legislative Framework Annex 1.9 : Linkages between CALM project, Seila Programme, LUPU and LMAP Annex 1.10: Stakeholder consultations and Participation Plan Annex 1.11: Conservation Awareness and Community Participation (CACP) Considerations in Preah Vihear Protected Forest Annex 1.12: Chey Sen & Chhep Districts Socio-Economic Assessment Annex 1.13: Potential for Eco-tourism Annex 1.14: Maps 65

66 Annex 1.1: The Global Biodiversity Value of the Northern Plains of Cambodia 128.The deciduous dipterocarp forests that once spread across southern Indochina from Bangkok to Saigon were formerly home to the greatest aggregation of large mammals and water birds that have existed beyond the savannas of Africa. These forests have largely disappeared from Thailand and Vietnam, due to burgeoning rural populations and associated pressures on land and resources. In the Northern Plains Cambodia remains the largest contiguous block of this unique and critically important habitat. Further, the region still maintains an unparalleled assemblage of globally endangered species not under protection anywhere else in the world. The area is either a last refuge for, or maintains a key population of, 36 species on the IUCN Red List, including six listed as Critically Endangered. 129.Within Cambodia, the Northern Plains contains the largest number of Globally Threatened species of any landscape. The following tables are taken from the Government s Cambodian Biodiversity Status Report from the Cambodia Biodiversity Enabling Activity Project (CMB/98/G33) and highlight this importance: Global conservation status of mammals recorded for each faunal area Global conservation status of birds recorded for each faunal area FAUNAL AREA Critical Endangered Vulnerable Nearthreatened Deficient Data Total Northern Plains Eastern Plains South Annamites Cardamoms FAUNAL AREA Critical Endangered Vulnerable Nearthreatened Total 'Dry' Forests* Tonle Sap Mekong River Coastal S. Annamites Cardamoms * Dry Forests = Northern and Eastern Plains Addition data collected under the PDF-B has only enhanced the importance of this landscape by adding species not included above. Cambodia: a National Biodiversity Prospectus Lists the Northern Plains as follows: Likely to be the largest deciduous dipterocarp forest remaining within the Indo-Chinese province of the Indo-Malayan Realm Remote, and possibly very old, lowland forest area with major wildlife populations historically supported the highest density of Kouprey. Other large mammals such as elephant, tiger, gaur, banteng, bear, deer believed to still be present in substantial numbers. 66

67 National Environmental Action Plan (NEAP) The NEAP (1998) does not prioritize Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary due to lack of information, but notes the following A number of the protected areas such as Preah Vihear, Kulen Promtep, lie in military security zones or in areas occupied by the Khmer Rouge Ironically, the security problem has in some way served to protect natural habitats since Whilst it has not been possible to establish conservation programs in insecure zones, it has also not been possible to undertake large-scale development in these areas. Based on the little information available it states that Kulen Promtep is The largest area in the protected area system, intended to protect the Kouprey. The principal habitats are lowland open dipterocarp forest (which historically held a high density of Kouprey), lowland evergreen/semi-evergreen forest, and the largest swamp in northern Cambodia. 132.There is an important relationship between the Northern Plains and the Tonle Sap that provides the essential conditions for the existence of some unique assemblages of wildlife. The value added to global biodiversity conservation by having UNDP-GEF support efforts across the Tone Sap and the Northern Plains is considerable. There are essential linkages for both projects as many of the globally threatened species of the Tonle Sap are heavily reliant on being able to disperse to the Northern Plains when the lake floods in the wet season in order to breed and feed when resources on the lake are scarce. However, far from being a simple flow of wildlife following the floodline, the regeneration of habitats and the movements of wildlife are complex and little understood. Of the two landscapes, the lake has received nearly all of the recent conservation attention, and has been designated a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve. Whilst warranted, the status of the Northern Plains as, firstly, a unique biome and, secondly, as an integral ecological cornerstone for the Tonle Sap, has been entirely neglected. This bias in conservation resources has long-term dangers, which, if ignored, could result in the loss of a significant proportion of regional biodiversity. 133.A host of globally threatened species, such as Spot-billed Pelicans Pelecanus philippensis, Painted Storks Mycteria leucocephala, Greater and Lesser Adjutants Leptoptilos dubius and L. javanicus breed on the lake, but disperse across the Northern Plains in the wet season. Conversely, Sarus Cranes Grus antigone and White-shouldered Ibis Pseudibis davisoni breed in the Northern Plains and return to the large permanent wetlands on the floodplain at the beginning of the dry season. Ang Trapeang Thmor, a man-made reservoir on the edge of the Northern Plains in Banteay Meanchey province, is the dry season feeding refuge for the largest flock of eastern Sarus Crane in Southeast Asia. The PDF-B has contributed essential data needed to understand this relationship more thoroughly and has directed attention to sites within the Northern Plains that, if protected, would contribute to the lakes conservation efforts. 134.In addition to their key value to birds, the plains are also crucial to large mammal conservation in Cambodia and, in fact, the entire region. Many formerly widespread species are now restricted to a few small localities of which the Northern Plains is the largest and have the greatest potential for conservation. Examples of these are Lyle's Flying Fox Pteropus lylei, Hog Deer Axis porcinus, Eld's Deer Cervus eldii, Banteng Bos javanicus, Tiger Panthera tigris, Fishing Cat Prionailurus viverrina and Asian Elephant Elephas maximus. Like the water birds, these species rely on being able to concentrate in a few key resource areas during infertile or dry times and disperse widely across the floodplains when the water enriches the soil. Other species present also help to underscore the uniqueness of the Northern Plains. 67

68 On a PDF-B survey, MoE, MAFF and WCS discovered the Critically Endangered Wroughton's Free-tailed Bat Otomops wroughtoni, a bat that was formerly only known from a single cave in western India. 135.Although the landscape is of demonstrated global biodiversity importance, current conservation efforts are inadequate to mitigate and prevent the threats that they are under. Such is the vulnerable nature of resources during the seasonal extremes, that although keystone resources (permanent water bodies, semi-evergreen forest, mineral licks) are distributed across a wide area, they are small in number, localized and especially vulnerable, so that the removal of even one such resource could have significant detrimental affects on unique components of biodiversity. The PDF-B gathered considerable data on the location, role and significance of these resources as well as on the threats to them. Thus the project is well placed to achieve immediate and enduring results, and in addition, have positive implications beyond the focal area. Directory of Important Bird Areas in Cambodia: Key Sites for Conservation, March The Cambodian directory of Important Bird Areas (IBA), produced with the assistance of Birdlife International, identifies areas with globally important bird populations. Four of Cambodia s IBAs are located in the Northern Plains Ang Trapeang Thmor, Kulen Promtep Wildife Sanctuary, O Skach and Chhep. Identification of these areas relied heavily on data collected by WCS, and staff from MoE and MAFF during the PDF-B phase. Ang Trapeang Thmor is a large man-made reservoir, constructed during the 1970s. The large wetland and grassland areas provide an essential dry season feeding refuge for the majority population of Eastern Sarus Crane Grus antigone. The site is also important for many stork species, Spot-billed Pelican Pelecanus philippensis, and has probably the largest single herd of Indochinese Eld s Deer Cervus eldi siamensis. 137.Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary supports one of the few breeding colonies of Darter Anhinga melanogaster remaining outside of the Tonle Sap Lake floodplain. In addition, the wildlife sanctuary is an important breeding site for Sarus Crane Grus antigone and Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilos javanicus. Furthermore, a number of other globally threatened and nearthreatened species have been recorded at the site, including Giant Ibis Pseudoibis gigantea, White-shouldered Ibis Pseudibis davisoni, Greater Adjutant Leptoptilos dubius, Black-necked Stork Ephippiorhynchus asiaticus and Grey-headed Fish Eagle Ichthyophaga ichthyaetus. 138.O Skach is important for conservation of a range of forest bird species including Green Peafowl Pavo muticus, Siamese Fireback Lophura diardi and Great Hornbill Buceros bicornis. Most notably, the Northern Plain supports breeding population of White-winged Duck Cairina scutulata, the most significant known in Cambodia. 68

69 139.Chhep (Preah Vihear Protected Forest) supports one of the most intact remaining examples of the bird community of the dry forests of central Indochina, including a large number of globally threatened and near-threatened bird species including Green Peafowl Pavo muticus, White-winged Duck, Sarus Crane, White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis, Slender-billed Vulture G. tenuirostris, Red-headed Vulture Sarcogyps calvus, Greater Adjutant, Lesser Adjutant and Black-necked Stork. Most notably, Chhep supports one of the largest remaining populations of Giant Ibis in the world. In addition, it supports small numbers of wintering Manchurian Reed Warblers Acrocephalus tangorum. Key Landscape Species 140.The PDF-B used the Living Landscape approach to develop the project proposal. Pioneered internationally by WCS, the approach centres on preserving the ecological integrity of a large area or wilderness through understanding and conservation of a suite of landscape species, selected as being ecologically representative of that landscape. These species often use large, ecologically diverse areas and have significant impacts on the structure and function of natural systems; thus conserving a suite of landscape species will result in the conservation of most plants and animals within their collective landscape. The Living Landscape philosophy is to develop strategies for the conservation of large, complex ecosystems that are integrated in wider landscapes of human influence which includes, but is not restricted to, protected areas, community land, forestry concessions, plantations and other areas of economic importance. 141.As part of the PDF-B a computer information system developed by WCS was used to identify the key landscape species or species groups that subsequently formed the focus of the biodiversity and key resource mapping. Key species were selected based upon their conservation importance, value as an indicator species of a particular threat or a particular habitat. Consequently, not all endangered species were chosen. Greater adjutants, for example, require similar habitats and food sources to Giant Ibis and Sarus Crane, and are threatened by the same human activites. Therefore they were not selected. Other species, such as Wroughton's Freetailed Bat Otomops wroughtoni and several turtles, were excluded due to the difficulties of collecting comparable data. The importance of these species is, however, recognized in the project threats analysis, key site selection, and project design. Species and species groups selected by Living Landscapes computer system - Name Conservation Status Key resources Asian Elephant, Elephas maximus Endangered Evergreen forests Giant Ibis, Pseudibis gigantea Critical Dry forests and waterbodies Eld s Deer, Cervus eldi siamensis Data Deficient Dry forests and waterbodies Large Cats, Panthera spp. Endangered (P. tigris) Prey populations Sarus Crane, Grus antigone Vulnerable Grasslands and waterbodies White-winged Duck, Cairina scutulata Endangered Riverine forests Wild Cattle, Bos spp. Endangered (B. javanicus) Vulnerable (B. frontalis) Evergreen and dry forests A further three species and species groups, were selected that had limited range but were of conservation importance, or were indicators of particular resources - 69

70 Name Conservation Status Key resources Oriental Darter, Anhinga melanogaster Near-threatened Flooded rivers Vultures, Gyps spp. and Sacrogyps spp. Critical, (G. bengalensis, Prey populations G. tenuirostris) Near-threatened (S. calvus) White-shouldered Ibis, Pseudibis davisoni Critical Waterbodies Globally Critical or Endangered species known or considered likely to still exist in the Northern Plains. [Name in bold = confirmed] Name Conservation Status* Siamese Crocodile Crocodylus siamensis Critical White-shouldered Ibis Pseudibis davisoni Critical Giant Ibis Pseudibis gigantea Critical Wroughton's Bat Otomops wroughtonii Critical White-rumped Vulture Gyps bengalensis Critical Slender-billed Vulture Gyps tenuirostris Critical Banteng Bos javanicus Endangered Dhole Cuon alpinus Endangered Asian Elephant Elephas maximus Endangered Yellow-headed Temple Turtle Hieremys annandalii Endangered White-winged Duck Cairina scutulata Endangered Particolored Flying Squirrel Hylopetes alboniger Endangered Elongated Tortoise Indotestudo elongata Endangered Cantor's Giant Softshell Pelochelys cantorii Endangered Greater Adjutant Leptoptilus dubius Endangered Tiger Panthera tigris Endangered Species which are listed as Vulnerable* or Data Deficient* and for which the Northern Plains maintains a potentially globally important population: Name Conservation Status* Lesser Adjutant Leptoptilus javanicus Vulnerable Spot-billed Pelican Pelecanus philippensis Vulnerable Sarus Crane Grus antigone Vulnerable Clouded Leopard Neofelis nebulosa Vulnerable Pileated Gibbon Hylobates pileatus Vulnerable Marbled Cat Pardofelis marmorata Vulnerable Golden Cat Catopuma temminckii Vulnerable Fishing Cat Prionailurus viverrinus Vulnerable Green Peafowl Pavo muticus Vulnerable Greater Spotted Eagle Aquila clanga Vulnerable Giant Asian Pond Turtle Heosemys grandis Vulnerable Malayemys subtrijuga Vulnerable Siebenrockiella crassicollis Vulnerable 70

71 Asiatic Softshell Turtle Amyda cartilaginea South Asian Box Turtle Cuora amboinensis Imperial Eagle Aquila heliaca Indochinese Eld's Deer Cervus eldii siamensis Gaur Bos frontalis Malayan Sun Bear Helarctos malayanus Masked Finfoot Heliopais personata Hairy-nosed Otter Lutra sumatrana Lyle's Flying-fox Pteropus lylei Hipposideros pomona Smooth-coated Otter Lutra perspicillata Northern Pig-tailed Macaque Macaca leonina Sladen's Rat Rattus sikkimensis Vulnerable Vulnerable Vulnerable Data Deficient Vulnerable Data Deficient Vulnerable Data Deficient Data Deficient Data Deficient Vulnerable Vulnerable Vulnerable * Status from BirdLife International (2000) Threatened Birds of the World, for birds and 2000 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species for all other taxa. 71

72 Annex 1.2: Mapping Key Sites for Conservation in the Northern Plains Introduction 142.In December 2002, WCS commenced a 1-year GEF PDF-B (project development phase). The PDF-B aimed to develop the full project by allowing essential data to be gathered on both the human and wildlife use of the landscape, including locating and mapping of critical resource sites and to analyse their respective threats. Concurrently, the PDF-B will assist the building of a landscape-wide stakeholder network and the establishment of a politically and socially expedient framework for the full project to follow. With this framework and the data that contributed to it, the full project will then focus appropriate interventions on these key resource areas and those issues which threaten them, working through provincial and local authority structures that will have been coordinated and prepared for the project. 143.As a first step, WCS initiated the mapping of the human and biological landscape, including resource use areas and their respective threats. This report covers the work that has been undertaken to fulfill these aims during the PDF-B phase, and the organisation of data from other sources (wildlife surveys during , and other datasources). Methods 144.The GEF study aimed to map the biological and human landscapes of the northern plains. Data would be gathered from general surveys, and specific surveys focusing on camera trapping, water-body mapping, and collection of data on village natural resource use. Wildlife Surveys Standardised Data Collection 145.A standardised data collection methodology was developed and made into a field data book. The datasheets included information on species encountered, as well as human activities, natural features and roads. Every data record was associated with a UTM co-ordinate, to generate a pixelated map of the landscape. For example, roads were not mapped specifically in full, but a series of points taken along the road described its characteristics. Each general survey was associated with a GPS trackfile, which allowed the entire survey route to be plotted in full. Specific road segments could then be cut out, and used to compile a map of major roads. Supplementary datasheets on water-bodies, villages and nesting birds gave extra information. A system of codes was developed to standardise data collected on specific observations. The general survey form and the code system formed the basis of a database designed for entry and storage of the data. 72

73 146.Data recording sheets were developed for water bodies due to their particular importance for wildlife. At least 3 of the landscape species (Giant Ibis, Eld s deer and Banteng) are dependent to some extent on seasonal ponds (trapeangs), which are also focal points for human activity in the dry season (for water and fish). White-winged Duck and Gaur are dependent upon the gallery forest around key rivers, which again are important for human activities (water, fish and resin trapping). Surveys aimed to map the location of trapeangs, and collected standardised data on the habitat, wildlife species and human threats. Further surveys were designed to record incidences of poisoning (and any dead animals), human use, wildlife sign, and the volume of water present. It is anticipated that only a minority of these features contain permanent water; consequently these are likely to be of importance for human and wildlife activities in the late dry season and early wet season (before the water levels rise in June-July). The water body mapping activities were mainly conducted in the Preah Vihear Protected Forest. 147.A camera-trap data sheet was developed, for entry of data from camera-traps. This wildlife data format collects extra information on each photograph - including date and time, and number of individuals. The format also facilitates data analysis. 148.Further datasheets were created for the recording of illegal activities, in order to assist in a threats analysis for the area. Existing Data 149.From Wildlife Surveys conducted in , WCS already understands the biological situation across a large part of the Northern Plains. Extensive surveys and camera trapping in the Preah Vihear protected forest and Chendar Plywood concession, by Pete Davidson, Kong Kim Sreng, Prum Sovanna and Tan Setha in means that the key species and locations for conservation in this area are known. Standardised transects conducted by the WCS team in across the huge Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, provides a useful comparable dataset to examine the distribution of key species in this area. Aerial surveys by ICF in the wet season in 2001 identified important water bird breeding sites, especially for Sarus Crane. Based upon this information the western part of the wildlife sanctuary is clearly of greater priority than the east, although two specific key locations in the east are worthy of conservation action (Darters and Cranes at Tukhung, and White-Shouldered Ibis at Thmatboey). 150.Past data, from surveys and camera-traps, was compiled in the standardised format, where possible. An Arcview shapefile was generated for each survey, giving the route followed. Wildlife data was extracted and entered into the new format. Any information on features, villages, human activities, etc., was also extracted, where possible - although this was extremely limited. Subsequent analyses used the wildlife data only for , although other data (especially trapeangs) could be used in the future. Survey List 151.The appendix gives the compiled survey database from Surveys were completed prior to the PDF-B, a further 37 were performed during the PDF-B ( ), and 8 community surveys were undertaken. Reports exist for all 71 surveys mentioned authored by the survey leader. 73

74 Wildlife survey work in 2003 focused on the following areas - a) A re-survey of known key areas (Preah Vihear Protected Forest, breeding bird sites in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary) - Prum Sovanna, Kong Kim Sreng, Pich Bunnat, Songchan Socheat b) New surveys in northern Chhep - Prum Sovanna c) New surveys in northern and western Kulen Promtep - Kong Kim Sreng, Songchan Socheat, Pich Bunnat d) New surveys in forest concessions - Sin Polin, Pich Bunnat, Sok ko e) New surveys in Sar Kum Thmei - Prum Sovanna Communities 152.Community work included: a) extensive consultations with groups of villagers, including village and commune chiefs b) participatory mapping, to identify natural resource use areas and key wildlife areas c) participatory threats analysis, to list and prioritise environmental problems and threats in each village d) interviews with key informants - village and commune chiefs, traders e) household socio-economic questionnaire. f) trial of various environmental education materials and techniques 153.Activities a-d were completed in 7 villages surrounding Preah Vihear Protected Forest, and 2 villages in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. The socio-economic questionnaire was only used for villages in the Preah Vihear Protected Forest region, although it is suitable for application elsewhere. Education activities focused on 2 pilot villages near the Protected Forest. 154.Mapping the human landscape was of particular importance, as previous work had only focused on wildlife. Human threats can be divided into those by outsiders - loggers, hunters, etc.. - which involve illegal activities, and the livelihoods of the communities themselves. Data on the former was collected by compiling reports on known events, and information gathered during general surveys. Community data was obtained from two sources (1) general survey recording of human activities, and (2) specific community socio-economic questionnaires. 155.The socio-economic questionnaires were designed with the following objectives - a) The economic status of the village, including the number of livestock, other assets (e.g. motorcycles) and food security (in terms of rice production). Inequalities of distribution - i.e. the village may be rich, but have a substantial number of people without adequate food. General information about the village - presence of a school, a salaried teacher, other NGO projects in the area. This information will help CALM to decide what needs the village has, and how these might be addressed through a direct incentives for conservation program. b) The importance of resin tapping, at the village and family level. Extent of families practising resin tapping, and the income generated. In comparison with results from (1) this can indicate the importance of resin tapping for providing income to survive food shortages. Informal discussions with traders provides information on resin trade routes, other products traded (e.g. rice) and the costs of transport and trade. The data collected is directly comparable to that obtained in 2002 by Tom Evans in Mondulkiri. 74

75 c) The importance of fish to local livelihoods. It is practically difficult to measure the volume or weight of protein, and fish is rarely bought or sold in trade (i.e. so measurement of trade would hugely underestimate consumption). The importance of fish is therefore difficult to assess. The questionnaire chose to focus on - (a) the amount of time spent fishing during different seasons, (b) the distance people are willing to go to obtain fish, (c) crude estimates of the catch size, per fishing trip to each locality, (d) the amount of time during which the fish are eaten (e.g. the river catch in October provides sufficient fish until December), although obviously this ignores meal size. Of these four currencies the first two probably have greatest potential to measure the importance of fish. Questionnaires also asked for the availability of other protein sources in each month - to assess the relative importance of fish versus other forms (e.g. lizards in May, frogs in the wet season, etc..). Domestic meat appears to serve as a form of currency reserve, to be sold in times of hardship, or for consumption on special occasions only - i.e. domestic meat is not a staple protein source. d) The importance of forest activities. This was assessed as the amount of time spent in the forest, whether resin-tapping or fishing. It was difficult to obtain information on hunting activities, although it is probable that this is done in combination with fishing or resin tapping. The location information for resin trees and fishing areas (name, distance/time walked, if the trip involved overnight stays) was designed to build a resource map of the areas used around the village. This was complemented by participatory village resource mapping exercises done in groups. 156.Villages with large numbers of families engaging in activities within the key conservation areas should be targeted during subsequent conservation interventions. GIS Data sources 157.GIS data is available for some aspects of the human landscape. The validity of the most recent village census data was checked, and updated where it was inaccurate. No useful data was available for roads; so extensive mapping of major roads was undertaken by survey teams. Good GIS data was available for land use jurisdictional units such as protected areas, forest concessions and wildlife sanctuaries although often the boundaries of these are not demarcated on the ground. Data was also obtained on the estimated location of mines (Level 1 survey) and the location of mine-related incidents (CMVIS), since the former is thought to be very inaccurate. The JICA 2002 Landuse dataset (obtained from analysis of Landsat TM images) was used as a baseline for forest cover and land-use type. Threats Analysis 158.Data on threats was compiled from 3 sources recording of human activities during general wildlife surveys completion of forms on illegal activities by rangers and WCS survey staff e.g. information on wildlife trade, illegal logging, traps etc. results of community consultations, interviews, and socio-economic questionnaires 159.All threats data has an associated geographical location, to allow mapping of threats across the landscape. Data was used to directly inform the threats analysis process. 75

76 Vultures 160.Parts of the Northern Plains were thought to be important for vulture species. Since vultures are rarely seen during general surveys, a program of vulture restaurants (provision of carcasses) was initiated in March 2003, and 8 were completed by the end of December. The aim was to monitor the carcasses to collect data on the species, numbers, and structure of the vulture populations. The restaurants were performed at different locations, so as to collect data on the spatial distribution of vultures across the landscape. Data collection at carcasses focused on the recording of detailed counts of the species, numbers, age, and behaviour of individual or small groups of vultures (since the numbers expected were low). An additional datasheet was produced to record the habitat at the carcass, since some locations might be more preferable than others for vultures. 161.Given the scarcity of wildlife, domestic meat is presumably the major food source for vultures. Community questionnaires recorded the number of cattle and water buffalo in each village, so that the size of the potential food source is known. Villages differ, however, in the extent to which they allow their livestock to wander in the forest. Livestock that die near to villages are more likely to be eaten by people. One hypothesis for vulture declines is the scarcity of available food. Accordingly, a second questionnaire was undertaken in October-November 2003 for a selection of villages. The questionnaire was designed to collect information on the number and location of domestic cattle fatalities. Cattle that died further from the village would be less likely to be consumed by domestic dogs. Further information was requested about the behaviour of villagers - some would remove the meat from fresh carcasses, whilst other people were more or less careful about caring for the livestock. Results Data Analysis Calculating Survey Effort 162.Data was analysed by using 1-km grid squares to map survey effort and wildlife populations across the entire landscape. Survey routes were overlaid in a GIS system and grid squares were identified where the survey entered the squares. For each square, a count was made of the number of surveys that intersected with it. All surveys had equal value regardless of the distance or time that a survey was present in the square. Different counts were made for surveys that had collected data on mammals, versus those that had recorded birds, or those that collected data on human activities (2003 surveys only). Biological Landscape 163.Species data was compiled and intersected with the grid-squares, to give a count of the number of surveys that recorded each key species in each square (i.e. a presence/absence for each survey). The number of times a particular species was recorded by a survey was not included. Surveys differed in their observer skills for particular species groups, and the amount of search effort spent in each square. Consequently a simple presence/absence was judged to be sufficient, for key species. 76

77 164.The survey effort and the species record count data for each square was normalised to provide the probability that a species was recorded in a square each survey (count of surveys recorded / count of surveys that visited a square). This was used to provide a map of species distribution across the grid. 165.The biological landscape was completed by consideration of habitat and topographical features. The 1-km grid squares were intersected with the relevant GIS data sources to calculate the following parameters - area of each square under each land use type area of each square that contains wetlands (from the ICF digitised topomap data), and if a wetland is present or absent presence or absence of a trapeang in a square (from WCS survey data) distance to nearest river, of different types Community Landscape Use 166.Two sources of data were available on communities use of the landscape - Participatory maps drawn during village meetings From community surveys, the location of resin trees and fishing areas used by each family (name, and approximate distance). 167.These two sources of information were plotted on to a map to build an approximate picture of the area and locations used by the community. At a later stage this could be complemented by the collection of GPS points at resin trees or fishing areas. 168.Provisional results suggest that communities differ in the extent to which they know and use the landscape. Members of some villages may go km into the forest to service resin trees and fish, whereas people in an adjoining village only go a few km. Resin trees may provide important focal points in the dry season - when the required weekly visit to the trees dictates locations where hunting and fishing activities take place. It may be important to understand these differences between villages, as it will determine those areas that are important for future community work, education, and patrolling. 169.The size of villages may also be important. For example, Robounh is located in a prime wildlife area, but only has about 40 families, whereas Dangphlat has 135 and Moluprey commune around 200. The intensity of landscape use is therefore likely to be much more intense around the larger villages. The community land use area should not therefore be considered to be used at uniform intensity. A preferred approach would be to generate a pixelated map - with dots for each family indicating the location of use areas. These could then be intersected with the 1- km grid squares, to generate a count of the number of families using each grid square. Around Robounh, for example, the land use area may be quite large, but the intensity low. By contrast, around Moluprey the land use area is very intensive, but a minority of families also travel km to use rivers in the Preah Vihear protected forest at low intensity. This approach provides a map of the location and intensity of community landscape use. 77

78 170.A second dataset is available - based on information collected during the 2003 GEF surveys, where the location and type of human activities was recorded. This data can be compiled in the same manner to the species data - i.e. to provide a count of the number of surveys that record human activity in a particular square. This data can be standardised by the number of surveys to a square to provide an index - the proportion of surveys that record human activity in the square. Human Landscape Features 171.The human landscape map is completed by consideration of particular features - particularly borders, roads and villages. The 1-km grid squares are intersected with each to calculate the following parameters - distance to Laos PDR border distance to roads - of different types (main road, truck road, ox-cart road) distance to village distance to village, weighted by village size presence of mines, or mine-related incidents Statistical Analysis 172.Data was analysed using logistic regression. Each survey visit to a grid square was treated as an independent event, with each key species or human activities either present (1, recorded by survey) or absent (0, not recorded). Explanatory variables were continuous, and included - area of each square under each land use type area of each square that contains wetlands (from the ICF digitised topomap data), and if a wetland is present or absent presence or absence of a trapeang in a square (from WCS survey data) distance to nearest river, of different types distance to Laos PDR border distance to roads - of different types (main road, truck road, ox-cart road) distance to village distance to village, weighted by village size presence of mines, or mine-related incidents 173.The dataset was analysed to identify the impact of particular variables on key species records, and to model areas of high or low human activity. Camera-traps 174.Camera data was analysed by computing average encounter rates (number of photographs / 100 trap-nights) for key species, based upon all cameras placed in a particular area for a single period. Results were differentiated between those placed at focal points (trapeangs, salt-licks), and those placed along roads or trails. 78

79 Water bodies 175.Two trapeang surveys were undertaken in Firstly, WCS staff completed the trapeang datasheet during their surveys. Secondly, in May-June 2003, rangers completed the same datasheet during independent surveys across the Preah Vihear Protected Forest. The datasheet used in the second survey was almost identical, except it contained a special section to record incidences of wildlife, and poisoning, at trapeangs. This allowed wildlife information to be directly associated with the trapeang, whereas for the first dataset this spatial join was achieved by selecting all wildlife records (from all years) within 50m of the trapeang point. 176.Data was used to produce a map of trapeang locations, and to identify areas important for key species. The information collected on human activities, especially frequency of poisoning. Community Socio-Economic Data 177.In addition to mapping community landscape use areas, the socio-economic data gathered was used to investigate the importance of forest resources to communities. 178.Resin tapping data was analysed in the same manner as Tom Evan s work in Particular importance was placed on the amount of time (work) invested in resin tapping, the income gained, and the importance of this income for food security. 179.Fishing data was used to assess the importance of fishing to community livelihoods. Four currencies were used to indicate this - (a) the amount of time (work) spent fishing and the distance walked (b) the catch obtained, (c) the time when fish are eaten. Of particular interest was the assessment of the importance of core wildlife areas for forest resources, versus the resources obtained at other locations. For example, the majority of resin trees used by villagers at Moluprey are within 10km of the village, and are not in core wildlife areas - i.e. there is no conflict. Administrative Landscape 180.Map 1 shows the Northern Plains landscape, including protected areas, protected forests, forest concessions and provincial boundaries. Biological Landscape 181.The biological landscape was mapped by calculating the proportion of surveys that recorded key species in each square. Seven widespread landscape species (or species groups) were chosen - Asian Elephant, Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane. White-winged Duck and Wild Cattle - plus a further three species of global importance but restricted range - Oriental Darter, Vultures and White-shouldered Ibis. Map 2 gives the biological landscape for Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and Preah Vihear Protected Forest (and adjacent areas). 79

80 182.This method of analysis omits two species groups of importance. Results from the vulture restaurants indicated that numbers were greatest within Preah Vihear Protected Forest, especially in the Bai Samnon and O Kapok areas. Surveys of Phnom Tbeng revealed that caves within the hillsides support large numbers of bats, in addition the area is important as a watershed. 183.The biological landscape maps also show habitat type, wetland areas and major rivers. Human Landscape 184.Map 3 shows the major features of the human landscape for Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and the Preah Vihear Protected Forest (and adjacent areas). Features include agriculture, villages, roads, military bases and minefields. Discussion: Key Sites for Conservation 185.Landscape data was used to identify key sites for conservation, in addition to informing the project plan and threats analysis. Both Core and Buffer areas were mapped. Core areas were defined on purely biological criteria, as regions were >50% of grid squares visited contained key species on >40% of occasions. Twelve core areas were identified - Preah Vihear Protected Forest - Robounh - Asian Elephant, Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane, Whitewinged Duck, Wild Cattle O Koki - Asian Elephant, Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane, Wild Cattle O Kapok - Asian Elephant, Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane, Whitewinged Duck, Wild Cattle, Vultures Bai Samnon - Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane, Vultures Narong - Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Sarus Crane O Scach-O Dar (adjacent to Protected Forest) O Scach - Asian Elephant, White-winged Duck, Wild Cattle O Dar - Asian Elephant, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, White-winged Duck, Wild Cattle Russey Trap - Giant Ibis, Sarus Crane Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary - Stung Sen River - Giant Ibis, Oriental Darter, Sarus Crane, White-winged Duck Tukhung - Giant Ibis, Oriental Darter, Sarus Crane Tmatboey - Giant Ibis, Sarus Crane, White-shouldered Ibis Prey Veng - Eld s Deer, Giant Ibis, Large Cats, Sarus Crane, White-winged Duck, Wild Cattle 186.Buffer areas were of two kinds. The Preah Vihear Protected Forest, O Scach-O Dar, Tmatboey-Stung Sen and Prey Veng areas were defined to include several core areas. Four further buffer areas were identified because they include some species of interest - Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary - Phnom Pul - Wild Cattle [this area is under-going very heavy exploitation by illegal logging, and previously was of much higher quality] Rolum Choeng Spean - White-winged Duck Stoeng Roengear - White-winged Duck Phnom Tbeng - 80

81 Phnom Tbeng - bats, and crucial watershed area. 187.Map 4 shows the key sites, selected across the Northern Plains for their importance for conservation. The sites can be grouped into 4 areas - Preah Vihear Protected Forest, O Scach- O Dar, Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary and Phnom Tbeng. 188.By decree, two areas in the Northern Plains have formal protected status, covering 5,902 km². However, extensive regions have little biological importance. The core areas cover only 782 km², of which 668 km² currently has some protected status. Together with the buffer areas the total is 3,265 km², of which 72% is protected. This is only 55% of the total protected area. It is strongly recommended that future activities are focused into this smaller subset of protected, and currently unprotected areas, especially in situations where resources are limited. Earlier surveys by WCS, the International Crane Foundation (ICF) and MAFF had identified Ang Trapeang Thmor as a critical landscape feature for biodiversity conservation. This led to the proclamation, by Royal Decree, of the site as a Conservation Area for Sarus Crane. Ang Trapeang Thmor continues to be managed by MAFF with support from ICF. It is therefore not recognised as a key site by CALM since the existing management assistance means that further conservation interventions are not currently required. 81

82 Appendix - Survey List Name Date Description Location WILDLIFE SURVEYS Joe Walston and Sin Polin Dec-00 Chhep foot survey Chhep 2 Pete Davidson and Tan Setha Dec-00 Feb-01 Chhep and KPWS bird survey Chhep/KPWS 3 Men Soriyun Dec-00 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 4 Pich Bunnat Jan-01 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 5 Sin Polin Jan-01 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 6 Kong Kim Sreng Dec-00 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 7 Kong Kim Sreng Jan-01 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 8 Prum Sovanna Dec-00 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS 9 Prum Sovanna Jan-01 KPWS Transect Surveys KPWS Prum Sovanna Feb-01 Chhep put cameras Chhep 11 Prum Sovanna Mar-01 Chhep collect and put cameras Chhep 12 Prum Sovanna May-01 Chhep collect and put cameras Chhep 13 Prum Sovanna Jul-01 Chhep collect cameras Chhep 14 Kim Hout, Malcolm Coulter May-01 Giant Ibis Survey Chhep 15 Kim Hout Oct-01 Check Tukhung Bird Colonies KPWS 16 Pete Davidson and Tan Setha Aug-01 Giant Ibis Nest Chhep 17 International Crane Foundation Sep-01 Aerial Surveys Northern Plains Kong Kim Sreng Jan-02 Chendar Plywood, Cameras Chhep 19 Kong Kim Sreng Feb-02 Chendar Plywood, get cameras Chhep 20 Prum Sovanna Jan-02 Chhep, put cameras Chhep 21 Prum Sovanna Feb-02 Chhep, get cameras, re put Chhep 22 Prum Sovanna Apr-02 Chhep, retrieve cameras Chhep 23 Tan Setha, Songchan Socheat Jan-02 Chendar, White-winged Duck survey Chhep 24 Kim Hout Mar-02 Colexim and Boeng Per Survey Concession 25 Tan Setha Sep-02 Check Tukhung Bird Colonies KPWS 26 Pich Bunnat Oct-02 Check Tukhung Bird Colonies KPWS 82

83 27 Tan Setha Nov-02 Check Tukhung Bird Colonies KPWS PDF-B, Kong Kim Sreng Dec-02 Field Survey near Thmatboey, put cameras KPWS 2 Pich Bunnat Jan-03 Field Survey near Narong Chhep 3 Prum Sovanna Jan-03 Field Survey near Robounh, put cameras Chhep 4 Songchan Socheat Jan-03 Field Survey towards Kamkut Chhep 5 Kong Kim Sreng, Tan Setha Jan-03 Field Survey near Thmatboey KPWS 6 Pich Bunnat Feb-03 White-winged Duck survey near Robounh Chhep 7 Prum Sovanna Feb-03 Field Survey near Robounh, get cameras Chhep 8 Songchan Socheat, Kong Kim Sreng Feb-03 Phnom Tbeng Phnom Tbeng 9 Songchan Socheat, Tan Setha, Pich Bunnat Feb-03 Vulture Restaurant 1 Chhep 10 Pich Bunnat Mar-03 White-winged Duck survey in Kulen KPWS 11 Pich Bunnat, Sin Polin Mar-03 TIMAS Survey Concession 12 Prum Sovanna Mar-03 During Communities work Chhep 13 Songchan Socheat Mar-03 Vulture Restaurant 2 Chhep 14 Songchan Socheat Mar-03 Vulture Restaurant 3 Chhep 15 Kong Kim Sreng Mar-03 Field Survey W-KPWS, put cameras KPWS 16 Pich Bunnat, Sin Polin Apr-03 Everbright Survey Concession 17 Prum Sovanna Apr-03 Eld's deer survey on Chendar road Chendar 18 Songchan Socheat Apr-03 Collect Cameras KPWS 19 Songchan Socheat Apr-03 Vulture Restaurant 4 Chhep 20 Kong Kim Sreng Apr-03 Field Survey W-KPWS, put cameras KPWS 21 Pich Bunnat May-03 KPWS Bird survey KPWS 22 Prum Sovanna May-03 Ta Seng survey Ta Seng 23 Songchan Socheat May-03 Survey in eastern Chhep Chhep 24 Kong Kim Sreng May-03 Odour Meanchey Survey, put cameras KPWS 25 Tong Yee Jun-03 Bat Cave and threats survey Phnom Tbeng 26 Prum Sovanna Jun-03 Ta Seng survey, collect cameras Ta Seng 27 Songchan Socheat Jun-03 Yeang Survey KPWS 28 Songchan Socheat Jun-03 Vulture Restaurant 5 Chhep 29 Sin Polin, Sok Ko Jun-03 COLEXIM Survey Concession 30 Pich Bunnat Jul-03 KPWS Bird survey KPWS 31 Songchan Socheat Jul-03 Vulture Restaurant 6 Chhep 32 Pich Bunnat Aug-03 KPWS Bird survey KPWS 33 Pich Bunnat Sep-03 KPWS Bird survey KPWS 34 Songchan Socheat Nov-03 Vulture Restaurant 7 Chhep 35 Songchan Socheat Dec-03 Vulture Restaurant 8 Chhep 83

84 36 WCS/MoE Rangers July-Nov-03 Field survey and protection of nesting birds KPWS 37 WCS/MAFF Rangers July-Nov-03 Field survey and protection of nesting birds Chhep PDF-B, 2003 COMMUNITY WORK 1 Hout Piseth Jan-Jun-03 Community questionnaires and consultations Chhep 2 Hout Piseth Apr-03 Community consultations KPWS 3 Tan Setha, Prum Sovanna, Troy Hansel Mar-03 Community consultations and education Chhep 4 Tan Setha May-03 Community consultations and education Chhep 5 Tan Setha Jun-03 Education Awareness Chhep 6 Tan Setha, Rebecca Watters Nov-03 Development of Education Strategy Chhep 7 Tan Setha, Rebecca Watters, Allan Michaud Dec-03 Filming of Education Video Chhep 84

85 Annex 1.3: Threats and Problems Analysis Immediate Threats 1. Over-exploitation of wildlife resources Underlying Factors Root Causes Proposed Interventions (Project Components) Snaring of bird and Strong incentives for trade of wildlife species driven mammal populations by national and international markets Hunting with dogs on NTFP collection trips Egg and chick collection of breeding water birds during the wet season Commercial hunting with guns by robbers and security forces. Outsiders exploiting community resource-use areas. Wildlife resources perceived to be no-cost or lowestcost source of protein to supplement limited food supplies, motivating opportunistic, indiscriminate collection of wild sources by increasing % of communities Increasing human population with proportionate and additive demands Illegal wildlife trade promises short-term gains that cannot be matched by available alternatives (on a return per unit of input basis). Risks (of being caught) are either perceived as worth taking, or are not considered Negative perceptions of Govt. No history of support Communities have no tenure over resources, creating disincentives for longer-term resource management and encouraging over-exploitation by outsiders. Little intra- and inter-community cooperation due to modern local turmoil. No pre-existing informal management structure Use of national PLUP (Participatory Land-use Planning) process to establish and agree on land- and resource-use patterns surrounding communities (Component 2) Environmental Education program to increase conservation awareness, understanding of the project, the benefits of wildlife conservation and knowledge of wildlife laws (Component 3) Community Agreements on land-use zones and their respective regulations (Component 2) Enforcement program to reduce wildlife trade and extraction from outsiders and increase confidence within communities over tenure (Component 3) Community Contracts that provide direct benefits for reductions in illegal activities and adherence to less formal Community Agreements (Component 2) Pilot villages and core areas to demonstrate/test models of incentives-based wildlife management (Component 2) Monitoring of a) wildlife, b) community agreements and c) incentives-based contracts (Components 2,3) No history of stability, tenure or title Barriers to uptake of alternatives include access to capital. Local insecurity reduces incentives Integration of local planning initiatives into provincial development plans through the Seila/PLG program and national land and forestry planning strategies (Component 1) [e.g. new forest administration planning] Barriers to uptake of alternatives include technical capacity to diversify and improve agriculture or domestic fish/livestock 85

86 Immediate Threats Underlying Factors Root Causes Proposed Interventions (Project Components) Little awareness of alternatives for wildlife management, or the capacity to implement alternatives and plan developments Perceived inability to effectively control illegal activities from outsiders No demonstrations of alternative management systems 2. Over-exploitation of forest resources Logging by military and police Logging by communities for commercial trade Weak governance structures Military and police not subject to due judicial process Strong economic incentives for illegal timber logging Forest perceived as an open-access resource, promoting behaviour favouring short-term high-yield activities over longer-term conservation and sustainable use. Risk of being penalised for illegal exploitation does not outway the benefit (risk = size of penality * chance of being caught). Promote awareness of new forestry law to authorities and communities (Component 3) Build capacity for the implementation of new legislative framework (Component 1) Use of national PLUP process to establish and agree on important timber and resin resources surrounding communities and possible tenure (Component 2) Enforcement program to target illegal logging by outsiders and promote local confidence (Component 3). Community Agreements on land use zones and regulations (Component 2) Logging by concessionaire exploiting key resources Few local cash-generating options exist Low management awareness, incentives and capacity for mitigating potentially harmful impacts Concession viewed as discrete management unit rather than as part of a inter-dependent landscape Community Contracts that provide direct benefits for reductions in illegal activities and adherence to less formal Community Agreements (Component 2) Pilot villages and core areas to demonstrate mechanisms for management and monitoring of Contracts (Component 2) Monitoring of community agreements and incentives scheme (Components 2,3) 86 Lobbying of provincial and national authorities on illegal logging activities by military and police bodies

87 Immediate Threats Underlying Factors Root Causes Proposed Interventions (Project Components) (Component 1) Coordination with concessionaire over project activities, development of best-practices policy and inclusion of concession within monitoring program (Component 1) 3. Seasonal destruction of key water bodies Use of bomb, poison and electric fishing techniques Repetitive extraction leading to over-utilisation Water bodies are an open-access resource. Despite acknowledging the problem, communities unable to defend traditional fishing areas Current tenure regime creates competion to exploit common resources. Recognition of problem and need for coordination tempered by no local experience of positive regulations of any sort, only negative Integration of component initiatives into provincial and national policy frameworks (Component 1) Use of national PLUP process to establish community rights/tenure over problem water bodies (Component 2 feeding in to Component 1) Community Agreements on location of key fishing areas and appropriate fishing methods (Component 2) Community Contracts that provide direct benefits for reductions in illegal activities and adherence to less formal Community Agreements (Component 2) Perception of open access with no protected fishing areas Barriers to effective enforcement of illegal fishing methods result in perception of low risk - Legally grey area - Little application of most laws anyway - Low provincial and district capacity - Ineffective judiciary - Lack of co-operation between provincial authorities Open-access nature of fish resources makes investment in alternative sources of food economically unattractive. Massive reliance on natural fish stocks for protein. Pilot villages and core areas to demonstrate models for positive management of water bodies (Component 2) Monitoring of community agreements and water bodies (Components 2,3) Environmental Education program to increase awareness of the impact of illegal fishing methods, and the law (Component 3) Enforcement program to reduce the use of illegal fishing methods in cooperation with local communities (Component 3) Natural Resource Management options study for local areas to assess potentially more effective land-use strategies (Component 2) 87 Integration of component initiatives into provincial

88 Immediate Threats Underlying Factors Root Causes Proposed Interventions (Project Components) and national policy frameworks (Component 1) Capacity Constraints Capacity Constraints Underlying Factors Proposed Interventions (Project Components) Poor capacity at all provincial levels for Poor technical capacity of commune committees and land-use planning means that few provincial government structures exist for incorporation of biodiversity conservation values. Poor management capacity of protected area and forest management authorities results in inadequate promotion of conservation values. Lack of implementation, and poor provincial awareness, of new legal framework for land management and administration Key landscape conservation priorities (identified during PDF-B phase) are not currently recognised by government. Few technically trained staff within provincial department of the environment (responsible for protected areas), department of agriculture, forestry and fisheries (responsible for forests, including protected forests) and department of land management. Inadequate infrastructure and equipment for management authorities, especially department of environment and department of agriculture, forestry and fisheries Historically poor legal framework New legal framework exists, but provincial implementation depends upon funding and technical support from nongovernmental sources. Existing protected areas and forests are large (and hence unsustainable), have no demarcated boundaries and do not accurately reflect biodiversity and environmental conservation priorities. Challenging to justify to Government the value of prioritising key sites for conservation inside and outside of protected areas and forests. Priority sites not represented within other responsible ministries e.g. Ministry of Land Management Training, funding and technical support for the PLUP process (Components 1 and 2) Training, infrastructure and equipment for management authorities (Components 1, 2 and 3) Inclusion of multiple Government bodies responsible for land planning in PLUP process (Components 1 and 2) Establishment, where appropriate, of title to strengthen appropriate land-use activities and reduce potential for loss (Components 1 and 2) Integration of component initiatives into provincial and national policy frameworks, including government recognition of key sites and government decrees on the management of protected forests (Component 1) Inter-ministerial committee established at provincial level to improve coordination planning between MoE, MAFF, MLMUPC, Provincial Government (PLG) and military authorities (Component 1) Support to Commune, District Provincial level committees on land use planning (Component 1) Government management regulations for forested areas and PAs require improvement. MoE Protected areas are perceived as weak and ineffectual MAFF protected forests are newly created, with no defined 88

89 Capacity Constraints Underlying Factors Proposed Interventions (Project Components) role or function Conservation priorities are ignored during development activities - e.g. establishment of communities, commercial activities, or infrastructure development Reform of forestry sector is on-going, and the integration of conservation objectives into forest production has yet to be piloted. Infrastructural development often planned, financed and undertaken by military, concessions and other less accountable bodies Coordination weak between provincial and national authorities and between institutions 89

90 Annex 1.4: Results Measurement Framework Project Objective Key Outcome Indicators Baseline Target Verification Means Assumptions Biological Populations - Percentage of Km squares where key species recorded (patch occupancy) The effective conservation of the key components of biodiversity of Cambodia s Northern Plains Landscape Survey records from monitoring transects and points, e.g. encounter-rates from camera-traps Maintenance of Habitat - Number of hectares of forest within key sites Baseline data exists for 3 key sites, and will be collected for site 4 in year 1. Results of monitoring transects and points established at all sites in year 1. Protected Forest - 135,396 Wildlife Sanctuary - 76,884 O Scach-O Dar - 57,998 Phnom Tbeng - 27,858 25% increase in total key species records at two sites by year 5, remaining by year 7 Maintained presence of each key species at respective sites No decreases in forest area compared with baseline in years 3 and 7. Site Monitoring programs (Component 3d) - standardized transect data - point counts - fixed camera-traps Site Monitoring programs (Component 3d) - analysis of timeseries remote sensing data Maintenance of government, military, police and community interest and support for biodiversity conservation Conservation areas are of sufficient size to support biological populations Populations are able to recover from past overexploitation Number of hectares of grassland Analysis of remotesensing data in year 1 No net loss of grassland area compared with baseline in years 2-7. Reduction in human activities causing excessive resource use- Percentage of water bodies with poison/electric fishing activity within key sites Number of hunting incidences (traps/dogs/guns) recorded at monitoring points within key sites 90% of dry season water bodies poisoned or electric fished Baseline will be established in year 1 for all sites 50% reduction in Protected Forest site by year 2, achieved at remaining sites by year 4. 75% reduction at all sites by year 5. 20% reduction in Protected Forest site by year 2, achieved at remaining sites by year 4. 75% reduction at all sites by year Site Monitoring programs (Component 3d) - data collection within key sites, including core areas and village management areas - enforcement team reports

91 Number of Km squares with logging activity recorded by teams in key sites Community Livelihoods Number of families doing shifting cultivation Baseline data exists for 3 key sites, and will be collected for site 4 in year 1. > 40% of families in % reduction in Protected Forest site by year 2, achieved at remaining sites by year 4. 75% reduction at all sites by year 5. 20% reduction at two sites by year 4, 50% reduction at three sites by year 7. Community surveys in years 3 and 6 (Component 2d). Shifting cultivation is an unpopular form of agriculture with local people, that produces low yields. Shortage of livestock is the major reason people chose this livelihood. Percentage of families that experience an annual rice shortage of more than 100kg > 40% of families in % reduction at two sites by year 4, 50% reduction at three sites by year 7. Community surveys in years 3 and 6 (Component 2d). Percentage of families with more than 2 cows or buffalos Government Support - Number of hectares of key sites with formal recognition >70% of families in ,886ha (72%) 2 sites recognised 20% increase at two sites by year 4, 50% increase at three sites by year 7. Community surveys in years 4 and 7 (Component 2d). 4 sites recognised by year 5. Government maps Livestock shortage is a major barrier to improvements in agriculture Number of military bases in key sites Protected Forest - 2 Wildlife Sanctuary - 2 Phnom Tbeng 1 1 at each site by year 5. Government records Key Species: Asian Elephant (evergreen forests), Giant/White-shouldered Ibis (water bodies), Eld s Deer (dry forests and water bodies), Large Cats, Oriental Darter, Sarus Crane (grasslands), Vultures, Wild Cattle (evergreen and dry forests), White-shouldered Ibis, White-winged Duck (river forests) 91

92 Project Components 1. Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Key Outcome Indicators Number of Seila/PLG Commune Development Plans including conservation planning Level of capacity in key provincial ministries and government for conservation planning and co-ordination. Provincial Development Plans, Sectoral Agency Plans (e.g. Concessionaires) include conservation priorities Conservation landscape incorporated within national planning strategies Baseline Target Verification Means Assumptions Currently no CDPs include conservation plans No staff trained. PDP, Ministry, Agency plans and Environmental Impact Assessments do not account for conservation priorities Currently only mentioned within Biodiversity Action Plan 5 by year 3, 8 by year 5 - Revised Commune Development Plans Candidate staff from each ministry, authority and agency trained by year 3. At least 100 staff trained. Plans and EIAs reference conservation plans by year 3 Included within MAFF annual plans by year 3. Endorsement of key site management plans by year 3 (MAFF, MOE, MLMUPC). - Reports of training courses. Number of staff trained. - Conservation guidelines for landscape, including maps of priorities and management objectives - Minutes of Provincial Development committees Sectoral Plans (Ministries and NGOs) and EIAs - Revised plans by central level agencies Authorities interest in being involved in coordinated land-use planning continues. Seila/PLG s interest in NRM continues. Provincial capacity can be increased or is sufficient for coordinated planning. Community and district plans are supported by higher authorities. Key developments are made in Cambodia s land law legal framework Seila/PLG accepted as main provincial planning framework 2. Applying Mainstreaming Measures 2a. Community land-use tenure and title Level of Provincial capacity for participatory land-use planning Government approved landuse maps 1 training course for provincial government staff completed during PDF-B No villages have tenure or title maps 2 further training courses for 20 government staff each. Training courses for 12 villages by year 3. 6 villages by year 3, 12 by year 5 to have established land and resource tenure - Number of trained PLUP facilitators. - Government recognized PLUP maps Provincial governments support PLUP process Trained provincial staff remain in provincial government. Local governance 92

93 Number of village committees No villages have land-use planning committees 6 villages by year 3, 12 by year 5 to have established committees - Number of committees and records of activities structures (Commune Councils) remain. Authorities endorse community plans. 2b. Village agreements on natural resource management linked to direct incentives scheme Level of Provincial and local capacity for Sustainable Natural Resource Management Number of villages successfully implementing natural resource management plans Number of villages with successfully implemented incentive scheme contracts Provincial staff and villages have no capacity to support villages in developing sustainable natural resource management plans No villages have natural resource management plans Contract established with 1 village for initiation of ecotourism, in exchange for reduction of hunting and wildlife trade 3 training courses for 20 government staff each. Training courses for 8 villages by year 5. 5 villages by year 3, 8 by year 5 5 villages by year 3, 8 by year 5 - Number of trained natural resource management facilitators. - Number of communities trained. - Existence of natural resource management committees - Commune development plans in years 3-7. Community Forestry Agreements. - Village contracts No drastic change in legislative framework. Communities agree to act together with the support of the project to manage key wildlife and natural resources. Communities recognize/agree to enforcement teams as a support and monitoring. 3. Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management 3a. Financial and management sustainability of activities Established project management structures for key sites Although 50% of project staff are full government employees, only 1 key site has a government management structure that includes relevant project staff. Project staff at two key sites are included in government management structures by year 2, remainder by year 4. - Government management structures. Government support for project management and activities continues Security threats remain limited. Key site management plans None exist Plans for 2 areas by year 2, remaining 2 areas by year 4. - Management Plans exist and are reviewed annually Sufficient interest exist in key species eco-tourism. 93

94 Sustainable financing of project activities 95% funding from WCS and UNDP-GEF 30% funding from WCS by year 7, remainder from government, tourism or other sources. - Financial statements. The targeted ecotourism market requires minimal infrastructure investment. 3b. Environmental awareness program targeted at communities and armed forces. Number of villages around key sites with increased awareness of project, species and the importance of natural resource management. Pre-testing will be conducted in year 1. 6 Villages recognize project and its objective, state key species and threats by year 3, further 6 villages by year 5. - Comparison of pretesting results with questionnaires completed in years 3, 5 and 7. Senior military support continues. Number of provincial sectoral staff and agencies with increased awareness of project, sites, and issues for conservation management Existing provincial and agency plans Staff and agencies can identify key sites by year 2, and identify issues for conservation management by year 5 - Provincial, Ministry and Sectoral Agency plans in years 3-7. Number of army personnel and commanders with increased awareness of project, sites, and threats to conservation No baseline exists, pretesting will be conducted in year 1 Personnel at 5 bases can identify key sites by year 2 and threats to conservation by year military personnel have participated in enforcement team activity by year 2. - Comparison of pretesting results with questionnaires completed in years Agreements produced with military commanders (Component 3) - Enforcement team composition 3c Law enforcement Number of incidences of commercial logging within key sites Enforcement team reports in year 1 Less than 5 incidences of commercial logging annually in Protected Forest site by year 3, achieved at remaining sites by year 4. Monitoring program (Component 3) - data collection within key sites - enforcement team reports Security threats remain limited Approval of enforcement teams 94

95 Number of incidences of wildlife trade Enforcement team reports in year 1 Less than 20 incidences of wildlife trade annually in Protected Forest site by year 3, achieved at remaining sites by year 4. Relevant authorities agree to the establishment of enforcement teams. Patrol teams have sufficient authority to effect law enforcement. Illegal activities of armed forces can be brought under control. 3d. Monitoring and site adaptive management Number of key sites with monitoring programs designed to collect sufficient data for evaluating project impact indicators. Biological Monitoring program established at the Preah Vihear Protected Forest during the PDF-B. Monitoring program established at all sites by year 2. - Annual monitoring report for key sites - Database Staff trained in monitoring methodologies remain in provincial govt. Increased provincial capacity for biological monitoring. 1 provincial team trained in biological monitoring during PDF-B. 4 provincial teams trained by year 2. - Number of people trained. Adaptive management to inform intervention priorities at key sites No adaptive management Management plans for key sites take into account the results of monitoring programs when determining annual priorities. - Revised management plans 4. Project Management and Evaluation. Adaptive management by Project Implementation Units No adaptive management Rolling and annual workplans by project implementation units take into account activities progress and problems encountered. - Revised Workplans Evaluation No project evaluation Mid-term and final reviews - Review reports 95

96 Annex 1.5: Logical Framework Components Component 1. Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Outcome 1. Integrated conservation and development planning at the landscape-level Outcome Indicators ( ) Number of Seila/PLG Commune Development Plans including conservation planning Level of capacity in key provincial ministries and government for conservation planning and co-ordination. Provincial Development Plans, Sectoral Agency Plans (e.g. Concessionaires) include conservation priorities Conservation landscape incorporated within national planning strategies Activities Indicators Assumptions 1.1 Training of provincial staff from MoE, MAFF, MLMUPC in planning and project management. These staff will be responsible for implementation of new laws and conservation priorities. 1.2 Training and awareness (through Component 3) in conservation priorities and planning for relevant staff in all provincial governments in the Northern Plains. 1.3 Incorporate village PLUP land-use plans into commune development plans (supported by Seila/PLG). 1.4 Incorporation of commune development plans into district integration workshops and provincial planning processes, supported by Seila/PLG. 1.5 Holding of integration workshops and stakeholder consultations to disseminate project plans and receive input from other planning agencies. 1.6 Establish a framework through the Provincial Rural Development committee and Provincial Steering Committee to integrate conservation priorities into development planning. 1.1 Training completed during years 1-4. Number of people trained. 1.2 Number of people trained during years Commune Development Plans from the villages where PLUP is completed (Component 2). 1.4 District integration workshops, and provincial plans shown to include village PLUP plans. 1.5 Number of people consulted or attending workshops, agencies involved. 1.6 Planning recognizes conservation priorities and adapts development plans as a result. Authorities interest in being involved in coordinated land-use planning continues. Seila/PLG s interest in NRM continues. Provincial capacity can be increased or is sufficient for coordinated planning. Community and district plans are supported by higher authorities. Key developments are made in Cambodia s land law legal framework Seila/PLG accepted as main provincial planning framework 1.7 Co-ordinate conservation activities with Military, Concessionaires and development agencies. Formation of agreements. 1.8 Integration of project conservation plans into sectoral planning processes, including provincial government (PLG), MoE, MAFF and Ministry of tourism. 1.7 Meetings and resultant agreements. Monitoring reports of agreements. 1.8 Endorsement of plans in land-use by Seila/PLG committees, MoE committees, PLG committees, MAFF committees, Ministry of tourism. Government support for key sites for conservation. 96

97 Component 2. Applying Mainstreaming Measures Component 2a Community landuse tenure and title Outcome 2a. Establishment of appropriate community land tenure and resource-right use Level of Provincial capacity for participatory land-use planning Government approved land-use maps Number of village committees 2a.1 Training courses in years 1-2 in new laws and PLUP process. Visits to other relevant national projects. 2a.2 Preparation of PLUP maps and formation of village natural resource management committees. 2a.1 Number of people attending training courses and visiting other projects. 2a.2 Natural resource management committees created in 5 priority villages 4 around two key sites in year 1. Extension to villages in remaining key sites by year 3. 2a.3 Conflict resolution in villages. 2a.3 Conflict resolution completed in priority villages in year 2, with extension to remaining areas in year 3. 2a.4 Cooperation with authorities to formally recognize PLUP maps. Workshops to disseminate results. 2a.4 PLUP maps receive formal recognition in year 2 for priority villages, extension to remaining areas by year 5. Number of people attending workshops. Trained provincial staff remain in provincial govt. Local governance structures (Commune Councils) remain Authorities endorse community plans. No drastic change in legislative framework. Provincial government support for PLUP process continues. 2a.5 Demarcation of village land-use areas and development of local agreements on land-use maps. 2a.5 Demarcations completed for priority villages by year 2, remaining villages by year 4. 2a.6 Consolidate outputs into GIS system for national registration. 2a.6 All project data stored in database and linked to a provincial-level GIS system Component 2b Village agreements on natural resource management linked to direct incentives scheme Outcome 2b. Community engagement in natural resource management Level of Provincial and local capacity for Sustainable Natural Resource Management Number of villages successfully implementing natural resource management plans Number of villages with successfully implemented incentive scheme contracts 2b.1 Training and awareness workshops on Sustainable Natural Resource and Environmental Management, agreements and regulations for government staff and communities. 2b.2 Design of appropriate mechanism for an incentive scheme: how the scheme will function and be monitored. 2b.3 Development of village agreements (including Community Forestry Agreements) for management of natural resources, including agreements on the situations when enforcement activities will be used. Initiation of agreement monitoring system. 2b.1 Number of people attending training courses. Set of village regulations. 2b.2 Report. 2b.3 Agreements completed and signed by priority villages by year 2. Communities agree to act together with the support of the project to manage key wildlife and natural resources. Communities recognize/agree to enforcement teams as a support and monitoring presence. 4 Priority villages have already been identified during the PDF-B, defined as villages particularly close to keystone resources for wildlife, where establishment of land management systems is an urgently required intervention. 97

98 2b.4 On-going evaluation of village agreements produced in priority villages. 2b.5 Negotiations with villages regarding key conservation issues. Implementation of incentive scheme to cover the results of these negotiations. 2b.6 Regular auditing of incentive scheme activities for adaptive management, including community surveys in years 3 and 6 to measure impact on livelihoods (for contribution to impact indicator). 2b.4 Adapted village agreements resulting from evaluations. 2b.5 Contracts between the project and priority villages governing incentive structures. Revised village regulations. 2b.6 Adapted management plans. Reports on community livelihood impact indicator levels in years 3 and 6. 2b.7 Extension of activities to further villages. 2b.7 Village agreements and contracts. Component 3. Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Component 3a. Financial and management sustainability of activities Outcome 3a. Establishment of long-term financial and management sustainability Established project management structures for key sites Key site management plans Sustainable financing of project activities 3a.1 Establish management structures within existing FA and MoE systems for key sites. Provide training to staff in management and financing., 3a.2 Provide equipment and adequate infrastructure for key sites. 3a.3 Establish an accountable financial system, for the long-term running of the project. 3a.4 Annual and long-term management plans for key sites. 3a.5 Determine long-term running costs to maintain necessary project initiatives (especially Component 2 and Component 3) in the long-term at each key site. 3a.1 Government management structures. Number of staff trained 3a.2 Equipment purchased and buildings funded. 3a.3 Project financial system. 3a.4 Written management plans for each key site produced annually and every 5 years, from year 2. Management plans are adapted based upon results of monitoring program (Component 3d). 3a.5 Incremental cost matrix Government support for project and activities continue. Security threats remain limited. Sufficient interest exists in key species ecotourism. The targeted eco-tourism market requires minimal infrastructure investment. 3a.6 Establish a framework for key species ecotourism that benefits biodiversity and local villages, through incentive schemes and agreements created under Component 2. 3a.6 Eco-tourism guidelines, payment system and management system. 3a.7 Evaluate feasibility of establishing a trust fund, partnerships and capacity development to mobilize resources to cover costs identified under Activity 3s.5. 3a.7 Recommendations of feasibility report acted upon. 98

99 3a.8 Secure additional long-term government and NGO commitment to cover costs identified under Activity 3a.5 and management costs under Activity 3a.1. 3a.8 Necessary funding commitment from NGOs and Government. Component 3b. Environmental awareness program targeted at communities and armed forces. Number of villages around key sites with increased awareness of project, species and the importance of natural resource management. 3b.1 Identification of education requirements and methods. Consideration of strategies required for different groups (military vs. communities). 3b.2 Preparation of environmental education materials, training of staff. 3b.1 Plan of environmental education project. 3b.2 Pre-testing assessment. Number of staff trained. Senior military support continues. Outcome 3b. Increased public awareness of the key project sites for conservation and the need for sustainable use of natural resources Number of provincial sectoral staff and agencies with increased awareness of project, sites, and issues for conservation management Number of army personnel and commanders with increased awareness of project, sites, and threats to conservation 3b.3 Education activities in all villages surrounding key sites and with armed forces across the landscape. 3b.4 Building local/provincial support for key species conservation, based upon plan developed in 3b.1 and 3b,2, Includes mobile education unit, capacity-building for provincial and local authorities and study tours. 3b.5 On-going evaluation of education activities and their impact. 3b.3 Priority villages and armed forces bases completed by year 2, remaining areas by year 4. 3b.4 Component plan developed in year 2 based on outcomes of 3b.1 and 3b.2. Activity reports from education teams. 3b.5 Evaluation shows increased awareness of target audience. Component 3c. Law enforcement Outcome 3c. Reduction in illegal commercial exploitation of biological resources and their components Number of incidences of commercial logging within key sites Number of incidences of wildlife trade 3c.1 Production of agreements with local authorities, communities and security forces. 3c.2 Assemble staff and define law enforcement protocol, target areas and activities. Develop a strategy for curtailing border wildlife trade. 3c.3 Training, equipment and infrastructure provided for provincial government enforcement staff. 3c.4 Demarcation of protected sites within the landscape. 3c.1 Agreements produced by the end of year 1. 3c.2 Team structures and staffing. Written plan of proposed enforcement activities. 3c.3 Number of people trained and equipped. 3c.4 Boundaries established and marked on the ground. Security threats remain limited Approval of enforcement teams Relevant authorities agree to the establishment of enforcement teams. Patrol teams have sufficient authority to effect law enforcement. 99

100 3c.5 Development of a database to monitor effectiveness of enforcement activities, with a reporting system. 3c.5 Evidence of use of the data management system, including generated reports. 3c.6 Evaluation of enforcement activities. 3c.6 Reduced wildlife trade and illegal logging demonstrated by reports and data collected by enforcement teams. Illegal activities of armed forces can be brought under control. Component 3d. Monitoring and site adaptive management Outcome 3d. Adequate data for conservation management purposes Number of key sites with monitoring programs designed to collect sufficient data for evaluating project impact indicators. Increased provincial capacity for biological monitoring. Adaptive management to inform intervention priorities at key sites. 3d.1 Planning of monitoring program, including methodology, monitoring sites and protocols. 3d.2 Training of staff in monitoring methodologies in years d.1 Report on the proposed monitoring program in year 1. 3d.2 Staff training materials; number of people trained. 3d.3 Trial of monitoring program. 3d.3 Monitoring program established in one key site during year 1. First year report. 3d.4 Development of a data management system for the monitoring program, with training of provincial staff in its use. 3d.5 On-going evaluation of trial monitoring program. 3d.4 Data management system and documentation. Number of staff trained. 3d.5 Adaptation of monitoring program following from the results of evaluations. Staff trained in monitoring methodologies remain in provincial govt. 3d.6 Extension of program to other key sites by year 2. 3d.6 Implementation and yearly reports. 3d.7 Monitoring of Vulture Populations 3d.7 Annual reports of vulture numbers 3d.8 Annual evaluation of site activities based on results of monitoring program to identify problems and priority interventions for following year. 3d.8 Adaptation of site management plans resulting from problems analysis. Priorities established for each site intervention. 100

101 Component 4. Project Management and Evaluation Outcome 4. Adequate reporting on project outcomes and indicators Adaptive management by project implementation units Mid-term and final reviews 4.1 Establishment of project office and administrative staff 4.2 Regular meetings of Project Steering Committee to monitor and advise on implementation, ensuring initiatives are integrated into government strategy and approved. 4.3 Rolling and Annual evaluation of project activities based upon results of monitoring program and progress made towards outcome indicators. 4.1 Office and staff exist 4.2 Minutes of meetings. 4.3 Adaptation of rolling and annual workplans for project implementation units resulting from analysis. 4.4 Mid-term and final reviews 4.4 Reports from reviews. 101

102 Annex 1.6: Incremental Cost Matrix Component Category US $ Domestic Benefit Global Benefit Component 1. Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level Baseline $68,000 Seila/PLG and MoE, MAFF annual provincial budgets planning processes Component 2. Applying Mainstreaming Measures 2a. Community landuse tenure and title 2b. Village agreements on natural resource management linked to direct incentives scheme Alternative $1,052,044 Increment $984,044 Of which: GEF: $443,866 WCS: $166,658 Seila/PLG: $350,000 RGC: $23,520 Baseline $120,000 LUPU (land Use Planning Unit) $60,000 Seila/PLG Alternative $972,574 UNDP support to Seila/PLG and Provincial Rural Development Committee (PRDC). However, the PRDC currently has does not consider conservation values. Sectoral management by Provincial MoE and MAFF considers some aspects of the landscape, but is uncoordinated and unfocused. Technical management capacity and infrastructure (including equipment) are poor. Establishment, through PRDC and Project Steering Committee of integrated provincial and national conservation and development planning. Management between agencies is co-ordinated. Planning decisions by government and agencies reference and take into account conservation priorities. Community Land-use tenure and title Isolated projects supported by LUPU, but without consideration of conservation priorities. General absence of implementation of mechanisms to regulate ownership of natural resources. Continuing over-exploitation by communities, especially in competition with increasing numbers of immigrants and temporary migrants from other areas. Unregulated new settlements impacting on resource-use patterns of established communities. Eventual loss of wood, fish and wildlife resources. No community benefit from tourism. Village agreements on natural resource management linked to direct incentives scheme Commune Development Plans assisted by Seila/PLG, but these do not explicitly include natural resource management. Poor local government capacity to manage natural resources. No incentives for improved natural resource management, or conservation-orientated activities. Continued unregulated over-exploitation. 102 No consideration of the global importance of biodiversity and key sites in planning decisions. Global conservation values included in national and provincial planning strategies. PRDCs reflect global conservation priorities. No clear ownership of key sites for conservation and associated management responsibilities. 2 key sites afforded govt. recognition. Local government planning process does not include conservation values.

103 Increment $792,574 Of which: GEF: $311,861 WCS: $394,431 Seila/PLG: $78,407 RGC: $7,875 Community Land-use tenure and title Implementation of new laws governing the ownership of natural resources. Community understanding of rights and responsibilities. Reduction in unauthorised immigration, and resource exploitation by temporary migrants. Ownership (state/private) established for key sites for conservation, producing a framework upon which subsequent activities are developed. Recognition of key sites by govt. Reduction in threats to global biodiversity conservation values. Component 3: Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management 3a. Financial and management sustainability of activities 3b. Environmental awareness program targeted at communities and armed forces. Baseline $30,000 (MAFF and MoE law enforcement budgets) Village agreements on natural resource management linked to direct incentives scheme Implementation of new laws governing the management of natural resources. Community understanding and regulation of improved management practices, and defence of resource-use rights. Incentive scheme provides direct rewards in return for reduction of threats to wildlife. Crucially, the scheme establishes a link between wildlife and rewards given, creating a clear foundation for community conservation management. Financial and management sustainability of activities No financial management planning by Provincial MoE/MAFF. Wildlife tourism occurs, but is unregulated and gives no benefits to local communities or protected area/forest management. Environmental awareness program targeted at communities and armed forces Poor understanding of threats to biodiversity conservation and the importance of maintaining environmental services. No understanding of the location and boundaries of key sites for conservation, or new protected forest. No focusing of efforts on these key sites. Reduction in activities by communities that threaten global wildlife conservation values. Creation of link between biodiversity and incentives results in community support against immigrants that seek to exploit local wildlife. Conservation management remains weak and under-funded. No understanding of the global importance of species. 3c. Law enforcement 3d. Monitoring and site adaptive management 103

104 Alternative $2,065,737 Increment $2,035,737 Of which: GEF: $1,087,389 WCS: $844,573 Seila/PLG: $35,000 RGC: $68,775 Law enforcement Weak implementation of protected area laws, new forestry law and wildlife sub-decrees by MoE and MAFF. Untargeted and unplanned enforcement does not recognise key sites for conservation or the major threats to conservation. Monitoring and adaptive site management No collection of standardised data. No analysis of trends in populations, habitat, or human activities. Financial and management sustainability of activities Plan for long-term financing of activities. Management structure, including transparent financial system, established. Eco-tourism guidelines and regulations, so that communities understand the link between conservation and tourist income. Environmental awareness program targeted at communities and armed forces Co-ordinated education program targeted at all stakeholders, including communities, armed forces and authorities, especially around key sites. Increased understanding of the threats to biodiversity conservation and the necessary services provided by the environment (e.g. maintenance of watersheds). Understanding of the location and boundaries of key sites for conservation, and the project and its objectives. Law enforcement Clear understanding of laws and requirements for implementation. Co-ordinated, planned enforcement activities focused around key sites and address key threats. Teams are well trained, equipped and have sufficient infrastructure. Global importance of biodiversity, or the necessity of maintaining critical ecosystem services not recognised in enforcement activities. No monitoring of species of global importance. Long-term funding and management structure for an area of global significance for conservation. Clear understanding by stakeholders of the global importance of species found on the Northern Plains. Global importance of biodiversity and critical ecosystem services recognised in enforcement activities. Reduction in illegal activities, especially at key sites. 104

105 Component 4. Project Management and Evaluation Monitoring and adaptive site management Established monitoring programs at all key sites. Training of staff in methodologies, data analysis and interpretation of results. Sufficient data for long-term monitoring of populations, habitats and human activities to determine project impact. Provision of simple reports to advise site adaptive management. Baseline $nil No capacity to report on overall project activities or expenditure. Little adaptive management or evaluation of management activities. Alternative $656,262 Increment $656,262 Of which: GEF: $456,884 WCS: $194,338 RGC: $5,040 Project office to administer expenditure and coordinate activities. Adaptive management framework to improve effectiveness of project implementation. Mid-term and final evaluations. Ongoing monitoring of the impact of project outcomes in achieving global environmental benefits. 105

106 189.The budgets for Components 1 (Building a Landscape Conservation Framework) and 3 are relatively high, and require substantial GEF resources. Many of these resources are required for infrastructure and equipment improvements for the provincial departments of forestry and the environment and for the key sites for conservation (ranger stations, etc..). Further resources will be required for capacity building of provincial staff. The long-term financial requirements, particularly for law enforcement, are considered to be much lower. Similarly, long-term costs of the monitoring program will be within the capacity of government and other agencies. Law enforcement will be a key activity in years 2-5 of the project, in order to establish security for the land management systems created during the Components 2. However, it is anticipated that following this period the longer term running costs of enforcement will be considerably lower. 190.Further leveraged resources will be expected from Seila/PLG, WCS, and proposals by WCS with development organizations (e.g. AAH) for direct improvements in food security in the target villages. 106

107 Annex 1.7: Terms of Reference (ToR) 1. Project Steering Committee ToR The Project Steering Committee (PSC) will provide guidance and direction to the CALM Project, funded by UNDP/GEF. Although the Steering Committee will have decision-making powers as well as an advisory function, it may not unilaterally alter project objectives or outputs. The Steering Committee may alter project activities and/or implementation arrangements, including arrangements for the subcontracts, only if there is clear and consistent evidence, based on progress reports against project output indicators that the project activities are failing to deliver project outputs, or the subcontracts are failing to meet their obligations under their Terms of Reference. Changes to project activities and/or implementation arrangements funded by the GEF will require the consent of the UNDP/GEF Executive Coordinator or his representative. The Minister of MAFF will be the Chairman of the PSC. The committee will meet at least annually, or more often if required. The annual meeting will be the TPR. The Chairman, Deputy Chairman, UNDP or WCS may request committee meetings. The Committee will be responsible for the following: Advise project management on implementation; Review project progress; Approve the annual work plan and budget; Monitor project expenditures; Review the project APR/PIR during the annual Tripartite Review (TPR) Foster coordination and synergy between the different components and actors involved in CALM; and Provide a framework for conflict resolution in case of any problem arising during the implementation of CALM. The committee membership will comprise of: Minister of MAFF as the PSC Chairman; National Project Director as the PSC Deputy Chairman Representatives of MAFF, MoE, MLMUPC, MoD and CDC; Governors, or Representative of the five Project Provinces; Representatives of Regional Police, Military and Border Police units; Representative of UNDP-Cambodia and UNDP-GEF Regional Coordinating Unit if required for TPR. Representative of Seila/PLG; and Representative of WCS Representatives of other government bodies and other international organizations as relevant will be invited to participate in meetings of the committee to offer policy and technical advice. 107

108 The National Project Manager will act as the Secretary to the Committee. 2. Provincial Steering Committee ToR The Provincial Steering Committee (PvSC) will provide guidance and direction to the provincial implementation of CALM Project, funded by UNDP/GEF. There will be one Provincial Steering Committee for each province with on-going activities. The PvSCs will assist with achieving of Outcome 1 of CALM: Integrated conservation and development planning at the landscape-level. The Steering Committees will have a primarily integration role, to advise on project implementation, resolve conflicts, and involve relevant provincial authorities in decision-making processes. The Steering Committee may alter project activities within the province, only if there is clear and consistent evidence, based on progress reports against project output indicators that the project activities are failing to deliver project outputs. Changes to project activities and/or implementation arrangements funded by the GEF will require the consent of the UNDP/GEF Executive Coordinator or his representative. The Provincial Governor will be the Chairman of the PvSC. The committee will meet at least biannually, or more often if required. The Chairman, Deputy Chairman, UNDP or WCS may request committee meetings. The Committee will be responsible for the following: Advise project management on implementation; Review project progress, particularly Community and Site Management Plans; Review the project APR/PIR; Foster coordination and synergy between the different components and actors involved in CALM; and Provide a framework for conflict resolution in case of any problem arising during the implementation of CALM. The committee membership will comprise of: Provincial Governor as the PvSC Chairman; Representatives of FA Cantonment, Provincial Departments (including Environment and Land Management); Representatives of Provincial Police, Military and Border Police units; Representative of Seila/PLG; and Representative of WCS Representatives of other government bodies and other international organizations as relevant will be invited to participate in meetings of the committee to offer policy and technical advice. The National Project Manager will act as the Secretary to the Committee. 108

109 3. International Chief Technical Advisor (CTA) Position: International Chief Technical Advisor (CTA) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 36 months with a subsequent 6 months in Year 7 The CTA will be appointed by WCS, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background Under the overall supervision of the National Project Director, the UNDP Resident Representative and the WCS Cambodia Director, and in close collaboration with the National Project Manager (NPM) and the Project Office based in Tbeng Meanchey, the CTA will be responsible for establishment of the project activities as per the project document during the first 4 years. In addition he/she will be responsible for creating a Project Office capable of day-to-day management, coordination, financial reporting, superivision and GEF reporting for the project. The position will be based half-time in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey and half-time in Phnom Penh. The second 6 month period in Year 7 will be to oversee the final project evaluation and produce the terminal report. Duties and Responsibilities The CTA will: (i) Establish all project activities and ensure that activities are in accordance with the project document; (ii) Establish a Project Office, including a system of control of project expenditures and reporting on activities and results to the GEF; (iii) Ensure an adequate management of the resources provided for the project, including allocation of sub-contracts and all equipment procurement; (iv) Respond to queries raised by UNDP Cambodia, WCS Cambodia, the Project Steering Committee and the National Project Director; (v) With the NPM prepare and update quarterly and annual work plans and review the budget accordingly through a participatory process, and in close collaboration with the Project Office, the executing agency, the implementing agencies, WCS and Seila/PLG; (vi) With the NPM identify and recruit the project staff in close consultation with UNDP, WCS and the PSC; (vii) Liaise with the relevant ministries, national and international research institutes, NGOs, Seila/PLG and other relevant institutions in order to involve their staff and coordinate their efforts in project activities. Cooperation and coordination with relevant provincial government agencies will be particularly crucial in regard to law enforcement within the core areas; (viii) Coordinate the required reporting duties with the assistance of the National and International Consultants, and as per the NEX Execution Guidelines and the Project Document; (ix) Participate in the PSC and PvSC meetings; (x) With the NPM, carry out the functions of GEF Clearing House Mechanism Focal Point; (xi) With the NPM, ensure that the Cambodia GEF Focal Point is kept advised of Project progress; and (xii) Specifically be responsible for all activities relating to Components 1 (Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes) and 4 (Project Management and Evaluation) of CALM, including establishing appropriate adaptive management and review procedures and organizing independent mid-term and final evaluations. 109

110 During the final 6 month period in Year 7 the CTA will (i) with the NPM prepare the terminal report; (ii) with the NPM prepare terminal accounts; (iii) oversee the final evaluation; and (iv) Initiate and mobilize resources for the potential follow-up activities. Outputs to be produced In collaboration with the NPM, the CTA will provide the following outputs: 1. A successful establishment of the project activities, including activities sub-contracted by the project; 2. Reviewed and updated quarterly and annual work plans and budgets through a participatory process involving the Project Office, the executing agency, the implementing agencies, WCS and Seila/PLG; 3. Assistance to the NPM in the preparation of the quarterly progress reports, annual progress reports, and the final report; 4. Provide technical support and facilitate consultants, project staff, and sub-contracts; 5. Communicate effectively with all levels of government to ensure the integration of project activities and outputs into planning processes and national initiatives (e.g. land management). In particular through the Provincial and Project Steering Committees, and other relevant committees, facilitate the recognition of project outputs at higher government levels. 6. Establish a procedure for adaptive management, and an annual adaptive management review process. 7. With the International Protected Area Advisor and the national Protected Area Managers produce development plans for the two protected areas in the Northern Plains. These development plans should include (i) a management structure, (ii) management regulations and responsibilities, (iii) establish a process to produce a zonation of each area, and (iv) establish a staff training and recruitment schedule. 8. Together with the National and International Consultants ensure the completion of the following report-based deliverables to a sufficient level of rigour: management plans of the different areas; training needs assessment report for: commune and provincial authorities, law enforcement officers, education staff, monitoring staff and community facilitators; biodiversity monitoring reports; assessment of direct payments for conservation (including the incentive scheme); tourism assessment; environmental education strategy; landscape land management map showing established areas with tenure/title and jurisdictions (e.g. protected area boundaries); annual reports on output indicators and conservation impact indicators; financial system; databases; necessary long-term running costs and financing plan. 9. Review, edit and disseminate the reports to relevant government, NGO and UN bodies, and foster cooperation with them regarding implementation of the different strategies. 110

111 Qualifications 1. Strong technical background in a relevant discipline: biodiversity conservation, protected area management, environment training; 2. Minimum of five years working experience in Project Management; 3. Minimum of five years working experience in areas relevant for the project; 4. Demonstrated ability to work with government and to foster cooperation between governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 5. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 6. Previous experience with the UN and more specifically UNDP and the GEF would be an important asset; 7. Computer literate; and 8. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. NB: Gender and cultural diversity is preferred 4. National Project Manager (NPM) Position: National Project Manager (NPM) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 7 Years The NPM will be appointed by WCS, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background Under the overall supervision of the National Project Director, the UNDP Resident Representative and the WCS Cambodia Director, and in close consultation with the CTA, Project Steering Committee (PSC) and the Programme Officer Focal Point in the UNDP, the NPM is responsible for day-to-day management, coordination and supervision of the implementation of the project. The position is based in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey, but part of the time will be spent in Phnom Penh and other provinces where CALM has activities. Duties and Responsibilities The NPM will: (i) Coordinate and supervise all projects activities and ensure that activities are in accordance with the project document; (ii) Respond to queries raised by UNDP Cambodia, WCS Cambodia, the Project Steering Committee and the National Project Director; (iii) Prepare and update quarterly and annual work plans and review the budget accordingly through a participatory process, and in close collaboration with the Project Office, the executing agency, the implementing agencies, WCS and Seila/PLG; (iv) With the CTA identify and recruit the project staff in close consultation with UNDP, WCS and the PSC; (v) Liaise with the relevant 111

112 ministries, national and international research institutes, NGOs, Seila/PLG and other relevant institutions in order to involve their staff and coordinate their efforts in project activities. Cooperation and coordination with relevant provincial government agencies will be particularly crucial in regard to law enforcement within the core areas; (vi) Coordinate the required reporting duties with the assistance of the National and International Consultants, and as per the NEX Execution Guidelines and the Project Document; (vii) Participate in the PSC and PvSC meetings and act as the secretary to the committees; (viii) With the CTA, carry out the functions of GEF Clearing House Mechanism Focal Point; (ix) With the CTA, ensure that the Cambodia GEF Focal Point is kept advised of Project progress; (x) Ensure the proper organization and conduct of workshops; and (xi) Specifically assist the CTA with all activities relating to Components 1 (Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes) and 4 (Project Management and Evaluation) of CALM, including establishing appropriate adaptive management and review procedures and organizing independent mid-term and final evaluations. Outputs to be produced 1. A successful implementation of the project's activities, including the activities subcontracted by the project; 2. Reviewed work plans and budget through a participatory process involving the CTA, the Project Office, the executing agency and the implementing agencies; 3. Quarterly progress reports, annual progress report, and final report in collaboration with the CTA; 4. Communicate effectively with all levels of government to ensure the integration of project activities and outputs into planning processes and national initiatives (e.g. land management). In particular through the Provincial and Project Steering Committees, and other relevant committees, facilitate the recognition of project outputs at higher government levels. 8. Together with the National and International Consultants ensure the completion of the following report-based deliverables to a sufficient level of rigour: management plans of the different areas; training needs assessment report for: commune and provincial authorities, law enforcement officers, education staff, monitoring staff and community facilitators; biodiversity monitoring reports; assessment of direct payments for conservation (including the incentive scheme); tourism assessment; environmental education strategy; landscape land management map showing established areas with tenure/title and jurisdictions (e.g. protected area boundaries); annual reports on output indicators and conservation impact indicators; financial system; databases; necessary long-term running costs and financing plan. 9. Review, edit and disseminate the reports to relevant government, NGO and UN bodies, and foster cooperation with them regarding implementation of the different strategies. Qualifications 112

113 1. Advanced degree (Master s or higher) in the area relevant to protected area management, biodiversity conservation and monitoring; 2. Good knowledge of the nature of biodiversity; 3. Minimum two years working experience as a Project Manager and a demonstrated ability in managing donor-funded projects, especially UNDP projects; 4. Minimum of five years of working experience in the area relevant to the project; protected area management, biodiversity conservation; 5. Demonstrated ability in liaison and fostering cooperation between agencies, including governmental, academic, NGOs, etc.; 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English. NB: Gender diversity is preferred 5. International Natural Resource Management Specialist (INRMS) Position: International Natural Resource Management Specialist (INRMS) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 18 months with a subsequent 6 months in Year 6. The INRMS will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background The Northern Plains is currently characterized by an open-access management system, with no recognized land tenure or title assigned to any parties. Establishing an effective land management, including the natural resources found, is essential if conservation priorities are to be integrated into the landscape and the needs of communities recognized in protected area plans. Under the overall supervision of the CTA and the NPM, the INRMS will be responsible for conducting natural resource management research to inform the progress of activities described in Component 2 of the CALM project document, and the implementation of legal policies. The position is based in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey, but part of the time will be spent in Phnom Penh and other provinces where CALM has activities. Duties and Responsibilities In collaboration with the national communities specialists, the INRMS will: (i) conduct a training needs assessment for national communities facilitators and local communities on PLUP and NRM; (ii) organize training and awareness workshops based upon these recommendations, with 113

114 the assistance of the International Training Advisors or the International Communities/Education Specialist (ICES) if required; (iii) assist the ICES to work with local communities to establish land-use plans for each target village; (iv) advise on the preparation of community regulations for land and natural resource management; (v) facilitate the official recognition of these regulations; (vi) design the incentive scheme (direct payments for conservation); (vii) advise on the implementation the incentive scheme in target villages; (vii) review and audit the incentive scheme; and (viii) initiate natural resource management research as required to inform project decisions. The second period of 6 months in Year 6 will be to (i) review the establish land and natural resource management system, including the incentive scheme; (ii) recommend changes, as required; and (iii) establish a plan with the NPM for implementing recommendations. Outputs to be produced In collaboration with the national communities specialists the INRMS will produce: 1. Training needs report based upon capacity of national community specialists and local communities for land and natural resource management. 2. Reports on the PLUP process completed in target villages (with ICES). 3. With the International Monitoring and GIS Specialist and ICES produce land and natural resource management maps once the PLUP process is completed. 4. A set of community land and natural resource management regulations (with ICES). 5. A report on the design and implementation of the incentive scheme system. 6. In years 3 and 6 a review of: (i) community livelihoods, to measure progress against baseline levels; (ii) changes in land and natural resource management systems as a consequence of project activities; and (iii) the incentive scheme 7. Natural resource management research reports, as required. Qualifications The successful candidate should be have the following attributes: 1. Strong technical background in natural resource management, facilitating community development and community participation in NRM or conservation (Master s degree or higher); 2. Minimum of four years working experience in areas relevant for the project: natural resource management, facilitating community development and community participation in NRM or conservation in rural areas; 114

115 3. Demonstrated ability to communicate, work in a team, and liaise with governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 4. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 5. Ability to travel and spend extended periods undertaking consultation and fieldwork. 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. NB: Gender and cultural diversity is preferred 6. International Communities and Education Specialist (ICES) Position: International Education Specialist (ICES) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 3 Years, followed by 12 months in Year 6 The ICES will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background Current awareness of the environment, biodiversity conservation, the law, and land and natural resource management by provincial authorities, armed forces and local communities in the Northern Plains is weak. Under the overall supervision of the CTA and the NPM, the ICES will be responsible for planning and implementing an education program described in Component 3b of the CALM project document, eco-tourism initiatives (Component 3a) and establishing of community land-use plans described in Component 2b. The position is based in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey, but part of the time will be spent in Phnom Penh and other provinces where CALM has activities. Duties and Responsibilities In collaboration with the national education specialists, the ICES will: (i) design an environmental education program for the Northern Plains, targeted at local communities and armed forces around the key sites and at provincial departments and authorities; (ii) hold training and awareness workshops for provincial staff and target audiences; (iii) establish a mobile education unit and other units required to implement the education plan; (iv) organize study tours, as required; (v) review and adapt education activities, based upon results of evaluations; (vi) with the INRMS to work with local communities to establish land-use plans for each target village; (vii) facilitate preparation of community regulations for land and natural resource management; (viii) facilitate the official recognition of these regulations; (ix) facilitate the implementation the incentive scheme in target villages; (x) design an eco-tourism programme for 115

116 suitable key sites in the Northern Plains; (xi) facilitate the production of community eco-tourism regulations for key sites; and (xii) create links with travel agencies to maintain tourist initiatives The second period of 12 months in Year 6 will be to (i) review success of environmental education initiatives; (ii) complete a education needs assessment; (iii) design and implement environmental education activities as required; (iv) review community agreements with INRMS; (v) design and implement changes to community agreements, with INRMS; and (vi) review the tourism program and implement changes as required. Outputs to be produced In collaboration with the national communities specialists the IECS will produce: 1. Training needs report based upon capacity of provincial staff and target audiences. 2. Design of the education programme. 3. Reports on training and awareness workshops and study tours. 4. Report on the education programme and its impact. 5. Review education activities as required by evaluations. 6. Reports on the PLUP process completed in target villages (with INRMS). 7. With the International Monitoring and GIS Specialist and ICES produce land and natural resource management maps once the PLUP process is completed. 8. A set of community land and natural resource management regulations (with INRMS), incorporating the incentive scheme. 9. A framework for key species eco-tourism. 10. A set of community eco-tourism regulations. 11. In Year 6 reviews of: community agreements (with INRMS), education programme, ecotourism programme. Qualifications The successful candidate should be have the following attributes: 1. Strong technical background in the environment, education and communication; 2. Minimum of four years working experience in areas relevant for the project; 116

117 3. Demonstrated ability to communicate, and foster cooperation with governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 4. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 5. Ability to travel and spend extended periods undertaking consultation and fieldwork; 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. NB: Gender and cultural diversity is preferred 7. International Protected Area Advisor (IPAA) Position: International Protected Area Advisor (IPAA) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 7 Years, being half-time in Years 4-7 The IPAA will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background The two Protected Areas in the Northern Plains are newly established with very little existing management capacity, infrastructure or regulations. Under the overall supervision of the CTA and the NPM, and with the national protected area managers the IPAA will be responsible for planning and implementing two protected area management systems described in Components 3a and 3c of the CALM project document. In addition, during years 5-7 the IPAA will be responsible for assisting the Project Office and NPM in the overall management and reporting of the project. The position is based in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey. Duties and responsibilities With the National Protected Area Managers the IPAA will: (i) together with the CTA design a management structure and regulations for the protected areas; (ii) recruit and train protected area staff; (iii) oversee the construction of required infrastructure and purchasing of equipment; (iv) establish protected area management systems, including staffing; (v) produce management plans for each site, including zonation maps; (vi) create agreements with local and provincial authorities, including military and police, regarding protected area management activities; (vii) implement a database system to monitor and report to protected area managers on management activities; and (viii) evaluate management systems and enforcement activities. In Years 5-7 the IPAA will, in addition: (i) assist the NPM and Project Office in the day-to-day management, supervision and coordination of project activities; (ii) ensure an adequate management of the resources provided for the project; (iii) with the NPM prepare and update 117

118 quarterly and annual work plans and review the budget accordingly through a participatory process, and in close collaboration with the Project Office, the executing agency, the implementing agencies, WCS and Seila/PLG; (iv) Liaise with the relevant ministries, national and international research institutes, NGOs, Seila/PLG and other relevant institutions in order to involve their staff and coordinate their efforts in project activities. Cooperation and coordination with relevant provincial government agencies will be particularly crucial in regard to law enforcement within the core areas; (v) Coordinate the required reporting duties as per the NEX Execution Guidelines and the Project Document; (vi) Participate in the PSC and PvSC meetings; (vii) With the NPM, carry out the functions of GEF Clearing House Mechanism Focal Point; and (viii) With the NPM, ensure that the Cambodia GEF Focal Point is kept advised of Project progress. Outputs to be produced 1. With the CTA and the national Protected Area Managers produce development plans for the two protected areas in the Northern Plains. These development plans should include (i) a management structure, (ii) management regulations and responsibilities, (iii) establish a process to produce a zonation of each area, and (iv) establish a staff training and recruitment schedule. 2. With the national Protected Area Managers, In the second year, produce management plans for each protected area. 3. A ranger manual for protected area staff, which should include (i) staff code of conduct, (ii) staff responsibilities, (iii) management rules and regulations, (iv) data collection protocols, (v) data entry forms. 4. A database manual for protected area management units, which should include the functioning of the database, reporting features and data-entry protocols. 5. A completed set of management rules, protocols, structure, zonation for each protected area. In Years 5-7, in addition: 1. A successful establishment of the project activities, including activities sub-contracted by the project; 2. Reviewed and updated quarterly and annual work plans and budgets through a participatory process involving the Project Office, the executing agency, the implementing agencies, WCS and Seila/PLG; 3. Assistance to the NPM in the preparation of the quarterly progress reports, annual progress reports, and the final report; 4. Provide technical support and facilitate project staff; 118

119 5. Communicate effectively with all levels of government to ensure the integration of project activities and outputs into planning processes and national initiatives (e.g. land management). In particular through the Provincial and Project Steering Committees, and other relevant committees, facilitate the recognition of project outputs at higher government levels. 6. A review of the protected area management system in Year Review, edit and disseminate reports to relevant government, NGO and UN bodies, and foster cooperation with them regarding implementation of the different strategies. Qualifications The successful candidate should be have the following attributes: 1. Strong technical background in protected area management; 2. Minimum of four years working experience in areas relevant for the project; 3. Demonstrated ability to communicate, and foster cooperation with governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 4. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 5. Ability to travel and spend extended periods undertaking consultation and fieldwork; 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. NB: Gender and cultural diversity is preferred 8. International Monitoring and GIS Specialist (IMGS) Position: International Monitoring and GIS Specialist (IMGS) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 30 months The IMGS will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background Mapping of protected area zones and management systems, and community land and natural resource management systems, will be key outputs of Components 2 and 3 of CALM. Together with the National GIS Specialist the IMGS will be responsible for providing GIS and mapping support (approximately half-time), at the direction of the CTA and NPM. Biological research and 119

120 monitoring, particularly establishing a monitoring system to measure the project s impact, is another key output of Component 3. The IMGS will be responsible for establishing site-based monitoring systems to provide annual reports to protected area managers on wildlife populations, human threats and the effectiveness of protected area enforcement teams. The position is based in the Project Office in Tbeng Meanchey. Duties and responsibilities With the National GIS Specialist the IMGS will provide GIS support to the project, in particular: (i) community land-use (PLUP) maps for approval; (ii) protected area maps and zonations; (iii) analysis of land-use patterns and changes; (iv) mapping of key habitat features; (v) analyzing the spatial impact of management decisions and human threats to biodiversity; (vi) supervising the production of accurate remote-sensing maps of the land-use of the Northern Plains in years 1 and 2. Further, the IMGS will: (i) establish biological, human threat, and management activities monitoring systems; (ii) supervise the implementation of a database system to store protected area management data; (iii) train protected area staff in monitoring techniques; (iv) train protected area managers in the importance of monitoring to inform management decisions; (v) develop procedures for annual reviews of protected area management based upon the results of monitoring programs; (vi) establish a method for annual monitoring of vulture populations; and (vii) initiate biological research as required to inform management decisions. Outputs to be produced 1. Community land-use (PLUP) maps 2. Protected Area zonations 3. Supervise a contract in Years 1 and 2 to produce an accurate land-use map of the Northern Plains key sites, derived from remote sensing data. 4. Detailed maps for each key site, giving land-use, wildlife habitat features and their distribution, and management systems. 5. Supervise a contract in Years 1 and 3 to produce data management systems for key sites in the Northern Plains. The systems should include monitoring and reporting on enforcement activities (with the IPAA). 6. Report on the biological and human threat monitoring system for the Northern Plains key sites. 7. Ranger manual on biological and human threat monitoring. 8. Procedures for annual review of monitoring data and adaptation of management plans by site mangers. 120

121 Qualifications The successful candidate should be have the following attributes: 1. Strong technical background in research, statistical analysis and GIS; 2. Minimum of four years working experience in areas relevant for the project: ecological research, monitoring and GIS; 3. Demonstrated ability to communicate, work in a team, and liaise with governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 4. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 5. Ability to travel and spend extended periods undertaking consultation and fieldwork. 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. 9. International Training Advisors (ITAs) Position: International Training Advisors (ITAs) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 12 months total The ITAs will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III) Background The project development phase highlighted lack of provincial capacity as a key constraint for improved natural resource management and biodiversity conservation in the Northern Plains. The ITAs will, at the discretion of the CTA, provide key training to provincial staff. The training topics will be decided following a needs assessment in Year 1. Duties and responsibilities The ITAs will be responsible for: (i) a training needs assessment of provincial staff and local authorities; and (ii) organizing and conducting training sessions based on the needs assessment. Outputs 1. A training needs assessment, with the CTA 121

122 2. Training materials and reports. Qualifications The successful candidate should be have the following attributes: 1. Strong technical background in training and capacity-building; 2. Minimum of four years working experience in areas relevant for the training course; 3. Demonstrated ability to communicate, and foster cooperation with governmental agencies, NGOs, etc; 4. Extensive experience in Asia, and ideally in Cambodia; 5. Ability to travel and spend extended periods undertaking consultation and fieldwork; 6. Computer literate; and 7. Perfect written and verbal command of English, and ideally good spoken Khmer. 10. National Finance and Administration Director (NFAD) Position: National Finance and Administration Director (NFAD) Duty Station: CALM Project Office, Tbeng Meanchey Duration: 4 years, and half-time during years 5-7. The NFAD will be appointed by WCS and the CTA, under the WCS sub-contract with UNDP (see Section III). Background The project will require a strong administration office to manage the various needs of project components and site managers, and to organize effective reporting to GEF on activities and expenditure. Under the supervision of the CTA and NPM, the NFAD will be responsible for establishing and maintaining an administration system, ensuring that activity reports are completed and reporting to GEF on activities and expenditure. Outputs to be produced 1. Project administration policy manual 2. Project financial system 3. Quarterly, annual and final financial reports 122

123 4. Organise activity reports. Qualifications 1. Degree in business or financial management 2. Minimum five years experience in financial administration of large projects, ideally for UN or UN agencies. 3. Demonstrated ability in liaison and fostering cooperation between agencies, including governmental, academic, NGOs, etc.; 4. Computer literate; and 5. Perfect written and verbal command of English. NB: Gender diversity is preferred 123

124 Annex 1.8: Legislative Framework 191.Cambodia has been undergoing a period of rapid legislative change with regards to the legal framework governing the ownership and management of land and natural resources, including forestry and wildlife. This includes Cambodia s first land law (2001), the new forestry law (2002), and sub-decrees on community forestry and wildlife protection (2003). This provides, for the first time in Cambodian history, sufficient legislation to cope with issues of land tenure, community user rights and resource utilization (including wildlife). However, there is no current facility to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of these new laws and it will be necessary for NGOs and other agencies to help increase understanding of the implications and possibilities arising from these laws. Environment Laws 192. The 1993 Royal Decree on the Creation and Designation of Protected Areas produced Cambodia s first PA system. The management of these areas is under the jurisdiction of the MoE, based upon the legal setting provided by the Law on Environmental Protection and Natural Resources Management (1996). Since 1995 Cambodia has been a ratified signatory of the Convention on Biological Diversity (CBD). The legal framework has been strengthened by the 1997 Sub-Decree on the Organization and Functioning of the Ministry of the Environment, the 1999 Sub-Decrees on Water Pollution Control, Environmental Impact Assessments and Solid Waste Management As part of its response to the CBD Cambodia has developed a National Biodiversity Strategy and Action Plan (NBSAP), with support from a GEF Enabling Activity through UNDP. The strategy provides a framework for action at all levels, which will enhance Cambodia s ability to ensure the productivity, diversity and integrity of its natural systems and, as a result, its ability as a nation to reduce poverty and improve the quality of life of all Cambodians. Specifically, the NBSAP highlighted the importance of the Northern Plains landscape and the necessity for improved management of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. Some common themes of these laws include their focus on planning, development and management, and public participation. The Law on Environmental Protection and Natural Resource Management refers to community participation in natural resource management. Land Laws 194.The 1999 Sub-Decree on the Organization and Functioning of the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction (MLMUPC) established this new Ministry and designated amongst its mandates managing land affairs, urbanization, construction, land tenure and geography. Its responsibilities include proposing and implementing a land management policy ensuring a balance between urban and rural development, prepare zoning for economic, social, industrial, tourism, urban and rural development, nature conservation, and cooperate with the Ministry of Environment to protect the environment, protected landscape, natural recreation and ecosystem 124

125 195.The new Land Law was passed in 2001, replacing the 1992 Decree, which covered only property. The mechanisms by which the law will be implemented are being established through sub-decrees, including that on the procedure of establishing the cadastral index map and land register, and the recent sub-decree on social land concessions (2003). The law establishes a clear classification system for land, both public and private (see Appendix 3 for a summary) and the usufruct rights of communities - the right to use natural resources. A process of participatory land-use planning (PLUP) has been adopted by MLMUPC, whereby facilitators assist communities to identify and map the land that they use and to develop plans for its improved management. PLUP maps can eventually be registered, achieving formal ownership (land title and resource tenure). Several projects, supported by a variety of donor agencies including GTZ, UNDP and FAO are using PLUP to improve natural resource management in Cambodia. During the PDF-B, CALM undertook consultations with these projects and supported a course for PLUP facilitators in the Northern Plains, with the aim of improving provincial capacity and increasing awareness of the new legislation. 196.A new sub-decree is currently being drafted by MLMUPC that will establish the procedures for communities seeking to register traditional land rights. The positive implications of this are that it offers exclusive use of these areas to local people for their traditional purposes, promoting a stabilization of resource use and increased incentives for local people to manage an area sustainably. Three locations have been chosen to pilot these procedures - one of which is in the Seima Biodiversity Conservation Area in Mondulkiri, managed by MAFF with technical assistance from WCS. Considerable potential exists to share experience between the Mondulkiri pilot and Component 2 of CALM, which specifically aims to establish formal land tenure. Forestry Laws 197.Existing forestry laws have been under revision for some time, and include the 1986 Resolution on the Role, Responsibility and Organization of the Department of Forestry and the 1988 Forest Law on Forestry Administration. Similar to Fisheries, a 1999 Declaration was issued on the Management and Mitigation Measures for Forest Anarchy. 198.The new Forestry Law (2002), follows and respects the community title of the Land Law and goes further in ensuring user rights for forest products to local communities living in or near forests, even those who may not be able to obtain title under the land law. The mechanism defined in the forestry law to protect these community rights is a Community Forest Agreement between the Forestry Department and the local community for a specific area within state forest land that the community traditionally uses for subsistence uses. The new sub-decree on community forestry (2003, see Appendix 1) sets out the required procedures. Whilst this is a marked improvement over previous legislation, the complexity and novelty of the law, and the relative inexperience of provincial authorities with regard to law, require that support be given to all stakeholders in the coming few years. 125

126 199.The Forestry Law also ensures that all concessionaires will have to take greater care and respect for community title and traditional user rights. Here again, it is unlikely that concessionaires will be aware of these changes, presenting an opportunity for renewed consultation and increased cooperation throughout managed forests, using the law as motivating tool. Concessions will need to take further caution of communities as the definition of traditional user rights has been expanded in the Forestry Law to include all subsistence, non-commercial use and the selling/bartering of NTFPs including common wildlife species. Wildlife Sub-decrees and Protected Forests 200.Some prior legislation contains minor provisions on wildlife issues, but they fail to address several key issues or provide the Forest Administration with authority or incentives necessary for adequate enforcement. A series of sub-decrees are currently being enacted, which were developed by the Forest Administration, with technical legal assistance from WCS. The new laws provide a clear regulatory framework regarding the management, use and conservation of wildlife and habitat. This includes the following key points: To establish the management authorities for wildlife issues and provide the duties and functions. To define the prohibited and permitted activities and procedures regarding the wildlife use. To list the offences, penalties and enforcement procedures. To implement certain provisions of CITES. To establish the Lists of endangered and vulnerable wildlife species in Cambodia. To promote the education and awareness of wildlife issues. The authority to establish protected areas for the purposes to protect wildlife and habitat. A clarification of those species that can be hunted by indigenous communities for subsistence purposes, and those that are entirely protected. 201.Further sub-decrees have established four Protected Forests, under the jurisdiction of MAFF, across Cambodia. This includes the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, in Chhep and Chaom Ksan districts of Preah Vihear province (see Appendix 2), and approximately including the Chhep IBA area. WCS has provided funding and technical assistance to MAFF staff to identify this key area for wildlife, including activities during the PDF-B. However, the regulations and management structures governing Protected Forests have yet to be defined, but they are best considered as sites where biodiversity values should be maintained within an exploitative landscape (similar to National Forests in other countries). The CALM project therefore provides the opportunity for MAFF to pilot Protected Forest management, and should inform future subdecrees. Tourism 202.The 1996 Royal Decree on the Establishment of the Ministry of Tourism includes, among the Ministry s responsibilities, determining policy, planning and strategy for tourism development and promoting tourism investment in accordance with the national strategy. It is also to determine, control and maintain natural recreation, artificial tourism areas, cultural tourism areas and tourism development zones. 126

127 Provincial Laws 203.Laws have been adopted which specify the organization and functions of Provincial departments or committees relevant to management of natural resources in the Northern Plains. They are, for the most part, comprehensive, but coherent and consistent implementation and enforcement needs to be achieved. They are as follows: Communes. The Commune Administration Law (2001) follows the policy of decentralization by providing local governance through a Commune Council. The Council have been given new executive and legislative authority within their jurisdiction to make various decisions and development plans regarding several sectors. The sub-decree on Community Forestry (2003, Appendix 1) specifies these with respect to forest resources. Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Circular on the Role, Responsibility and Organization of the Department of Agriculture Provincial Departments of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries provides for the protection of natural resources in cooperation with other relevant agencies, and to prepare projects for zoning at the district level. Environment Declaration on the Organization and Functions of the Provincial Environment Department - This specifies responsibilities for a range of tasks, including implementing policies, illegal activities in national protected areas, monitoring sources of pollution, inspection, implementation of punishment, data management, public education and an environment education program. Rural Development Resolution on the Establishment of a Provincial Rural Development Committee This specifies responsibilities as including coordinating and cooperating with foreign governments, international organizations, NGOs, national and provincial agencies, private sector and local people to ensure sustainable development of rural areas. Provincial Authorities Competence Sub-Decree on the Competence of Provincial Authorities The objectives are based on the important role played by provincial authorities in administering the general administrative works, promoting economic development and sustainable environment, and strengthening law enforcement through coordinating functions with the Departments under the indirect control of line ministries. Responsibilities are identified under the categories of preparation of planning and development programs, land management, urbanization and construction, public works and public service. 127

128 Appendix 1. Sub-decree on Community Forestry SUB-DECREE ON COMMUNITY FORESTRY The Royal Government of Cambodia Having seen the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia dated 21 September 1993; Having seen the Royal Decree on Formation of the Royal Government of Cambodia, promulgated by Kram NS/RKT/1198/72 dated 30 Nov. 1998; Having seen the Law on Organization and Functioning of the Council of Ministers, promulgated by Kram 02/NS/94 dated 20 July 1994; Having seen the Law on Establishment of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, promulgated by Kram NS/RKM/0196/13 dated 24 Jan. 1996; Having seen the Law on Establishment of the Ministry of Environment, promulgated by Kram NS/RKT/0196/21 dated 24 January 1996; Having seen the Law on the Establishment of the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction, promulgated by Kram NS/RKM/0699/09 dated 23 September 1999; Having seen the Royal Decree on the Establishment of the Apsara Authority dated 19 February 1995; Having seen the Forestry Law, promulgated by Kram NS/RKM/ dated 15 August 2002; Having seen the Law on Environment Protection and Natural Resources Management, promulgated by Kram NS/KRM/1296/36 dated 24 December 1996; Having seen the Land Law, promulgated by Kram NS/RKM/0801/14 dated 30 August 2001; Having seen the Commune Administration Law, promulgated by Kram NS/RKM/0301/05 dated 19 March 2001; Pursuant to the approval of the Council of Ministers at its plenary session on 2 December 2003; Hereby Decides CHAPTER 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS Article 1: Scope This Sub-Decree shall cover: A. the establishment, use and management of forest resources by Communities under an approved or proposed Community Forestry Agreement on all state land; and B. land under collective ownership, as recognized by the Land Law, where Communities propose to establish a Community Forest under a Community Forestry Agreement. 128

129 Article 2: Objectives The objectives of this Sub-Decree include the following: A. To implement the Forestry Law and other legislation regarding Community management of forest resources; B. To define the rights, roles, responsibilities and benefits of the Responsible Authorities, Communities and other stakeholders involved in Community Forestry management; C. To establish mechanisms and procedures to enable Communities to manage, use and benefit from forest resources, to preserve their culture, and improve their livelihoods; D. To determine and ensure user rights for Communities under a Community Forestry Agreement; E. To support the Royal Government of Cambodia s policies of poverty alleviation, decentralization and sustainable management of natural resources; and F. To provide an effective means for Communities to participate in the rehabilitation, regeneration and conservation of natural resources and biodiversity in Cambodia. Article 3: Definitions Words that have specific meaning and are legally binding within this Sub-Decree are defined as follows: A. State Land is all property owned by the State in the territory of the Kingdom of Cambodia enumerated in Article 58 of the 1993 Constitution and of all properties that escheat, or that are voluntarily given to the State by their owners, that have not been the subject of due and proper private appropriation or that are not presently being privately occupied in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 4 of the Land Law. State land includes the Permanent Forest Reserve, Protected Areas, concession land, conversion forest and other areas. B. Community is a group of residents in one or more villages in the Kingdom of Cambodia who share a common social, cultural, traditional and economic interest in the sustainable use of an area of natural resources, which they live in or near, for subsistence and livelihood improvement purposes. C. Community Forest is State forest, granted to a Community living in or near the forest, subject to an agreement to manage and utilize the forest in a sustainable manner between the Responsible Authority and a Community. D. Community Forestry is a Community conducting forestry activities within a Community Forest in compliance with a Community Forestry Agreement. E. Community Forestry Agreement is a written agreement between a Community and a Responsible Authority that grants and protects the Community s rights to access, use, manage, protect and benefit from forest resources in a sustainable manner. 129

130 F. Community Forestry Management Plan is a document prepared by a Community, through its Community Forestry Management Committee, detailing the system of sustainable use and management of the Community Forest. G. Community Forestry Management Committee By-Laws are rules passed by the Community Forestry Management Committee on the internal operation of the Community Forestry Management Committee, including such things as quorum requirements, number of committee members, method for electing Community Forestry Management Committee, etc. H. Community Forestry Regulations are rules passed by the Community Forestry Management Committee on the use and management of the Community Forest, consistent with the Community Forestry Management Plan, including such things as rights of access and duties for Community members and secondary users, user fees, benefit sharing, reporting requirements, fines for violations, etc. I. Responsible Authority is the government entity that has the duties to make decisions and perform functions including entering into a Community Forestry Agreement with a Community, approving the Community Forestry Management Plan, and conducting monitoring and evaluation activities. J. Secondary Users are individuals who are not party to Community Forestry Agreement, but can access and use the Community Forest consistent with the Community Forestry Regulations. K. Sustainable Harvest Rates are the amount of forest resources to be harvested by a Community within a specified period, set by the Community Forestry Management Committee and approved by the Responsible Authority, which are based on the concept of sustainable use. L. Sustainable Use is the use of forest resources in a way that will ensure the availability of that resource for future generations. M. Customary Use is the use, by an individual or group, of forest resources in a sustainable manner for subsistence purposes as described in Article 40 of the Forestry Law. 130

131 CHAPTER 2 INSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITES Article 4: Duties of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries The Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries shall have general jurisdiction over Community Forestry Management and the duties and functions as follows: A. Allocate areas in their jurisdiction to Communities, consistent with the request by a Community, as defined in this Sub-Decree; B. Reduce or waive royalties or premiums, and provide other incentives and rewards, in order to ensure the sustainable and efficient use of forest resources in a Community Forestry Agreement; C. Cooperate and coordinate with Ministry of Environment, APSARA and the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction on issues related to this Sub- Decree, including monitoring and enforcement, and the establishment of Community Forestry Agreements in areas with more than one Responsible Authority; D. Assist Communities in the protection of religious and/or spirit forest; E. Issue Prakas related to this Sub-Decree through a consultative process; F. Coordinate with NGOs, civil society organizations and other institutions on implementation and development of Community Forestry management; G. Assist in conducting enforcement of all relevant laws or regulations; H. Assist in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community or the Forest Administration; and I. Other duties necessary to implement this Sub-Decree. Article 5: Duties of Forest Administration The Forest Administration shall have the following functions and duties: A. Approve and enter into Community Forestry Agreements with Communities through the Canton Chief; B. Assist in the establishment and monitoring of Community Forestry Management Plans; C. Develop guidelines related to Community Forestry management that are required by Prakas; D. Provide technical support to Communities; E. Monitor and evaluate the Community Forestry process; F. Assist Communities in setting sustainable harvest rates for the harvest of timber and NTFPs within Community Forestry Management Plans; G. Cooperate and coordinate with Ministry of Environment, APSARA, Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction and local authorities on issues related to this sub-decree including monitoring, enforcement and creation of Community Forestry Agreements in areas with more than one Responsible Authority; H. The rights to extend and repeal Community Forestry Agreements; I. Establish and manage a Community Forestry central registry as described in Chapter 7 of this Sub-Decree; 131

132 J. Coordinate with NGOs, civil society organizations and other stakeholders on the establishment, approval and management of Community Forestry Agreements; K. Training Responsible Authorities in each Province to effectively implement Community Forestry activity and enforce this Sub-Decree; L. Assist in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community; M. Provide any information and documentation related to Community Forestry to Communities; N. Assist in conducting enforcement of all relevant laws or regulations, including Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws and Community Forestry regulations, upon the request of the Community Forestry Management Committee or Community Members; and O. Other duties necessary to implement this Sub-Decree. Article 6: Duties of Ministry of Environment The Ministry of Environment shall have jurisdiction over Community Forestry Management within natural protected areas established by Royal Decree on 01November 1993 and the duties and functions as follows: A. Allocate areas in their jurisdiction to Communities, consistent with the request by a Community, as defined in this Sub-Decree; B. Cooperate and coordinate with Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, APSARA and the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction on issues related to this Sub-Decree, including monitoring and enforcement, and the establishment of Community Forestry Agreements in areas with more than one Responsible Authority; C. Issue Prakas related to this Sub-Decree through a consultative process; D. Coordinate with NGOs, civil society organizations and other institutions on implementation and development of Community Forestry management; E. Assist in conducting enforcement of all relevant laws or regulations; F. Assist in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community or the Forest Administration; and G. Other duties necessary to implement this Sub-Decree Article 7: Duties of the Department of Nature Conservation and Protection The Department of Nature Conservation and Protection shall have the duties and functions as follows: A. Approve and enter into Community Forestry Agreements with Communities through the Protected Area Director; B. Assist in the establishment and monitoring of Community Forestry Management Plans; C. Develop guidelines related to Community Forestry management that are required by Prakas; D. Provide technical support to Communities; E. Monitor and evaluate the Community Forestry process; 132

133 F. Cooperate and coordinate with Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, APSARA, Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction and local authorities on issues related to this sub-decree including monitoring, enforcement and creation of Community Forestry Agreements in areas with more than one Responsible Authority; G. The rights to extend and repeal Community Forestry Agreements; H. Coordinate with NGOs, civil society organizations and other stakeholders on the establishment, approval and management of Community Forestry Agreements; I. Encourage the training of Responsible Authorities in each Protected Area to effectively implement and enforce this Sub-Decree; J. Assist in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community; K. Assist in conducting enforcement of all relevant laws or regulations, including Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws and Community Forestry regulations, upon the request of the Community Forestry Management Committee or Community Members; and L. Other duties necessary to implement this Sub-Decree. Article 8: Duties of APSARA authority A. APSARA authority shall have jurisdiction over areas within the Angkor Management Area established by Royal Decree on the 28 of May 1994; B. The duties and functions of the APSARA authority related to Community Forestry activity shall be defined by their own legislation consistent with this Sub-Decree, including: 1. Assisting in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community; and 2. Conducting other necessary duties. Article 9: Duties of the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction The Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction has the following functions and duties: A. Cooperate with the responsible authorities and Communities to include areas outlined for use under Community Forestry Agreements in the land classifications and assist in the demarcation of Community Forest boundaries; B. Assist in the resolution of land disputes through the Cadastral Commission; C. Other duties and functions of the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction related to Community Forestry activity shall be defined by their own legislation consistent with this Sub-Decree, including: 1. Assisting in coordinating the resolution of conflicts when requested by a Community; and 2. Conducting other necessary duties. 133

134 Article 10: Duties of Local Authorities Local Authorities shall have the duty to: A. Support and facilitate the formation of Community Forests; B. Disseminate information on Community Forestry; C. Not interfere with NGOs, civil society organizations or other stakeholders facilitating the formation of Community Forests; D. Recognize Community Forestry Regulations; E. Support the Communities rights to assembly and expression guaranteed in Article 41 of the 1993 Constitution; F. Assist in conducting enforcement of all relevant laws or regulations; G. Assist in coordinating resolution of conflicts upon request of the Communities; and H. Other duties necessary to implement this Sub-Decree. Article 11: Duties of Other Government Agencies Other government agencies shall have the duty to support and facilitate the formation and coordination of Community Forestry activities as required in this Sub-Decree, and any other duties necessary. CHAPTER 3 RIGHTS UNDER COMMUNITY FORESTRY AGREEMENT Article 12: General User Rights Under a Community Forestry Agreement The User Rights of a Community under a Community Forestry Agreement include: A. Customary User Rights prescribed in Article 40 of the Forestry Law. B. The rights to barter, process, transport and sell NTFPs as described in Article 40(B) of the Forestry Law. C. Communities may continue to practice existing swidden agriculture within the areas described in a Community Forestry Agreement during specific periods of time as explained in the Community Forestry Management Plan, as authorized in Article 37 of the Forestry Law. D. Creation of benefit sharing programs as described in Article 15 of this Sub-Decree. E. Controlling access of secondary users to the Community Forest. F. The right to get assistance from other institutions, authorities, NGOs and other civil society organizations in the establishment and enforcement of Community Forestry Agreements. G. The right to appeal decisions which impact Community rights under the Community Forestry Agreement, or Community Forestry Management Plan. H. Practices pursuant to rights granted under a Community Forestry Agreement must be compatible with sustainable use of forest resources. I. Rights created under a Community Forestry Agreement may be restricted in some areas by other legislation, such as legislation related to wildlife, protected areas, or protection forests. 134

135 Article 13: Right to Harvest Mature Timber A. Communities under a Community Forestry Agreement may harvest, process, transport and sell natural mature timber in accordance with the following: 1. Harvest of timber products for selling or bartering shall not be allowed within the first 5 years of approval of the Community Forestry Management Plan, unless a Community has been operating with a Management Plan prior to the passage of this Sub-Decree, then the moratorium shall be five years from the date of that Management Plan; 2. Payment of any required royalties or premiums; and 3. Terms and conditions in an approved Community Forestry Management Plan. B. Communities under a Community Forestry Agreement have the rights to plant, manage, harvest and sell tree species as approved in a Community Forestry Management Plan. Article 14: Permits, Royalties and Premiums A. No permits shall be required for any activities conducted by a Community under the terms and conditions of a Community Forestry Agreement and approved Community Forestry Management Plan. B. No royalties or premiums shall be required for any customary use rights conducted by a Community under the terms of a Community Forestry Agreement and approved Community Forestry Management Plan. C. Royalties and premiums on activities greater than customary use may be reduced or waived in accordance with Article 53 of the Forestry Law. D. Royalties and Premiums should be set after consultation with Communities in order to support Community Forestry formation, benefit sharing, and poverty alleviation. Article 15: Benefit Sharing Plans Income generated by a Community from a Community Forest shall be: A. Equitably shared by Community members according to Community Forestry Agreement and Community forestry regulations; and B. Used for management and development activities that benefit the Community. Article 16: Prohibited Activities Communities may not: A. Use the Community Forest in the form of a concession; B. Transfer or sell their rights granted in a Community Forestry Agreement to a third party; or C. Use the Community Forest to serve any political party or individual not a member of the Community. 135

136 Article 17: Secondary Users Secondary users may share rights of access and use as defined in Community Forestry regulations. CHAPTER 4 COMMUNITY FORESTRY FORMATION Article 18: Eligibility of a Community A. Only a Community, as defined in Article 3 of this Sub-Decree, may be eligible to elect a Community Forestry Management Committee and establish and manage a Community Forest. B. An individual may not be a member of more than one Community under a Community Forestry Agreement. C. Every member of a Community shall be bound by the terms and conditions of a Community Forestry Agreement, Community Forestry regulations and any Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws. Article 19: Community Forestry Management Committee A. Election of Community Forestry Management Committee: 1. A Community shall elect a Community Forestry Management Committee made up of an odd number of members with a minimum of It is encouraged that at least one-third of the Community Forestry Management Committee membership be women. 3. The Community Forestry Management Committee shall be selected from Community Members through secret ballot during a free and fair election by at least 2/3 of the members of the Community during a public meeting. 4. The local authority or Responsible Authority shall be invited by the Community to the election. If the local authority or Responsible Authority are absent, the result of the election shall be officially recognized. B. The Community Forestry Management Committee shall have the following duties: 1. Adopt Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws on the procedures, operations, roles and responsibilities of the Committee; 2. Operate in accordance with the terms and conditions in the Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws and other relevant legislation; 3. Represent the Community in any negotiations or resolution of disputes that may arise; 4. Open a bank account and manage Community finances in a transparent manner; 5. Prepare Community Forestry Regulations and the Community Forestry Agreement with the participation and approval of a majority of Community members, consistent with this Sub-Decree and other legislation; 6. Enact Community Forestry Regulations, consistent with this Sub-Decree and other relevant legislation, on the use, access and management of the Community Forest that will be applicable to all users of the Community Forest; 136

137 7. Make decisions on Community Forestry development with the participation of the majority of Community members in compliance with the Community Forestry Regulations, Community Forestry Agreement and the Community Forestry Management Plan; 8. Participate in decision making that may affect the rights of their Community members, including development of Prakas and guidelines, approval, denial or renewal of Community Forestry Agreements and Community Forestry Management Plans; 9. Protect wildlife within the Community Forest; and 10. Perform other functions as necessary. Article 20: Procedure to Submit a Community Forestry Agreement A. An application to the Responsible Authority to approve a Community Forestry Agreement shall only be submitted by a Community Forestry Management Committee who has satisfied the requirements stated in Chapter 4 in this Sub-Decree. B. The draft Community Forestry Agreement shall be prepared by the Community Forestry Management Committee upon full and fair participation of the Community members. C. A Community Forestry Management Committee may request technical assistance to prepare the draft Community Forestry Agreement from any Responsible Authorities, NGOs, civil society organizations or individuals with experience in Community Forestry management. D. The Commune Councils with jurisdiction in the area proposed in the Community Forestry Agreement shall post the draft Community Forestry Agreement for 15 days in public places prior to the submission of a draft Community Forestry Agreement to the Responsible Authority, however, the Commune Council has no authority to approve, deny or modify the draft Community Forestry Agreement. E. If any conflict arises during the notice period, the Commune Council shall notify and coordinate with the Community Forestry Management Committee to resolve the dispute or modify the draft Community Forestry Agreement. Article 21: Content of a Community Forestry Agreement At a minimum, a Community Forestry Agreement shall include: A. A 1:50,000 scale map of the area proposed to be under the Community Forestry Agreement; B. A list of names of all proposed Community members and Community Forestry Management Committee members; C. A copy of the Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws and any existing Community Forestry regulations; D. A brief statement of Community Forest resource management objectives; E. List of the important forest resources within the area proposed in the Community Forest Agreement; F. A statement by the Community to manage the Community Forest resources in a sustainable manner; 137

138 G. A benefit sharing provision that is consistent with the requirements in Article 15 in this Sub-Decree. CHAPTER 5 COMMUNITY FORESTRY AGREEMENT Article 22: Approval of a Community Forestry Agreement A. If after the public notice period at the Commune Council, there are no conflicts or any conflict has been resolved, then the Community Forestry Management Committee shall submit the draft Community Forestry Agreement to the Responsible Authority as follows: 1. To the Canton Chief of the Forest Administration if the area outlined in the draft Community Forest Agreement is within a forest area under jurisdiction of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, or an area of uncertain jurisdiction; 2. To the Protected Area Director if the area outlined in the draft Community Forestry Agreement is within a protected area under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Environment; 3. To APSARA authority if the area outlined in the draft Community Forestry Agreement is within the Angkor Management Area; 4. To those responsible authorities stated above if the forest area described in the draft Community Forestry Agreement includes an area with more than one Responsible Authority. B. Upon receipt of the draft Community Forestry Agreement from the Community Forestry Management Committee, the Responsible Authority shall immediately forward it to the Provincial Rural Development Committee. C. The Provincial Rural Development Committee has 15 days to consult with responsible provincial authorities to determine if any land use conflicts exist. D. If no land use conflicts are reported, then the Provincial Rural Development Committee shall issue a formal letter, attached to the draft Community Forestry Agreement, to the Responsible Authority to complete their technical assessment within 30 days. 1. If a land use conflict is reported, then the Provincial Rural Development Committee shall return the draft Community Forestry Agreement to the Responsible Authority. The Responsible Authority shall notify the Community Forestry Management Committee and attempt to jointly resolve the conflict or modify the draft Community Forestry Agreement. 2. If a land use conflict is resolved or the draft Community Forestry Agreement is modified, then the responsible authority shall return the draft Community Forestry Agreement to the Provincial Rural Development Committee to follow the procedures stated in Article 22 and (D). E. Within 45 days of receiving an application from a Community, the Responsible Authority shall inform the Community Forestry Management Committee of the status of the Agreement. F. Upon completion of the technical assessment, the Responsible Authority shall: 1. Approve the Community Forestry Agreement and send the original Community Forestry Agreement documents to the Community Forestry Management Committee; or 138

139 2. Deny the draft Community Forestry Agreement and send a written explanation to the Community Forestry Management Committee who may follow appeal procedures stated in Chapter 8. G. When the Responsible Authority is the Canton Chief, the Canton Chief, after review at the Provincial level, shall forward to the Minister of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries a copy of the area outlined for use under the Community Forestry Agreement, following the hierarchy required in Article 6 of the Forestry Law. 1. Within 30 days of receipt of said copy, the Minister shall inform the Canton Chief in writing of his decision to principally approve of the allocation of the area outlined as Community Forest, following the hierarchy required in Article 6 of the Forestry Law. 2. If the Canton Chief does not receive notice of the Minister s decision within the 30 days, the area outlined shall be automatically principally approved as Community Forest. 3. The Minister shall make his decision according to whether the Community has traditionally used the resources in that area, and shall give priority to traditional use. 4. If the Minister does not approve of the allocation of the outlined area, then he shall give a written explanation for the decision to the Community through the Canton Chief, following the hierarchy required in Article 6 of the Forestry Law. Article 23: Registration of a Community Forestry Agreement Upon approval of a Community Forestry Agreement, the Responsible Authority shall send a copy of the Agreement to the Community Forestry Central Registry at the Forestry Administration as described in Chapter 7 of this Sub-Decree. Article 24: Duration of a Community Forestry Agreement Community Forestry Agreements shall be in effect for a period of 15 years from the date of approval by the Responsible Authority. One year prior to the expiration of the Community Forestry Agreement, the Community Forestry Management Committee shall submit a written request to the Responsible Authority to renew the Community Forestry Agreement for an additional 15-year term. The request shall be automatically approved, except when the Responsible Authority sends a written finding to the Community Forestry Management Committee, based on monitoring and evaluation reports, with participation of the Provincial Rural Development Committee, Community Forestry Management Committee and other stakeholders, that the process of Community Forestry management is not in compliance with the Community Forestry Agreement, Community Forestry Management Plan and Community Forestry Regulations. The decision and notice to renew or not renew the Community Forestry Agreement shall be completed by the Responsible Authority at least 6 months prior to the expiration date of the Community Forestry Agreement; otherwise renewal of the Agreement will be automatic. 139

140 Article 25: Termination of a Community Forestry Agreement A. Community Forest Agreements may be terminated by: 1. Written agreement between all parties; 2. A Community Forestry Management Committee based on agreement of at least 2/3 of the members of the Community during a public meeting; or 3. An understanding of the Royal Government of Cambodia, with approval of the Council of Ministers, that there is another purpose which provides a higher social and public benefit to the Kingdom of Cambodia. B. Prior to non-renewal of a Community Forestry Agreement in Article 24 of this Sub Decree, the Responsible Authority shall: 1. Inform the Provincial Rural Development Committee; and 2. Issue a written notice to the Community Forestry Management Committee 6 months prior to termination, stating the reasons for termination and providing an opportunity for the Community Forestry Management Committee to correct the situation. C. If the Royal Government of Cambodia terminates a Community Forestry Agreement for another purpose that provides a higher social and public benefit to the Kingdom of Cambodia, then the Community Forestry Management Committee shall be given written notice 6 months prior to termination and the Royal Government of Cambodia shall discuss and negotiate with the Community to determine the fair policy for the Communities loss. CHAPTER 6 COMMUNITY FORESTRY MANAGEMENT PLAN Article 26: Preparation of a Community Forestry Management Plan A. After the approval of the Community Forestry Agreement, the Community Forestry Management Committee shall prepare a Community Forestry Management Plan with full and fair participation of the Community members as required by procedures defined in the Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws; B. A Community Forestry Management Committee may request technical and financial assistance to prepare the Community Forestry Management Plan from any Responsible Authority, NGO, civil society organization or individual with experience in Community Forestry management. C. The Community Forestry Management Committee shall submit the Community Forestry Management Plan to the Responsible Authority for review and approval. Article 27: Content of a Community Forestry Management Plan A. At a minimum, a Community Forestry Management Plan shall include: 1. Summary of the contents; 2. Resource map including all land use patterns/zones; 3. Objectives for the management, use and conservation of the forest resources; 4. Inventory of key resources including detail consistent with the level of use; 5. A plan covering silvicultural, nursery, sustainable harvest and marketing practices; 140

141 6. Sustainable harvest rates; 7. Assessment of forest resource use; 8. Monitoring and evaluation plan; 9. Current list of all Community members and Community Forestry Management Committee members; and 10. Current copy of all Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws and Community Forestry regulations. B. The detail in the Community Forestry Management Plan shall be based on the level of use. Article 28: Approval of a Community Forestry Management Plan A. The Responsible Authority shall assist the Community Forestry Management Committee during the preparation and submittal of the Community Forestry Management plan in order to ensure approval. B. The Responsible Authority, after reviewing the Community Forestry Management Plan for content, accuracy and sustainability, shall approve the Community Forestry Management Plan within 30 days. C. After approval, the Responsible Authority shall immediately return the original copy of the Community Forestry Management Plan to the Community Forestry Management Committee, and shall send a copy of the Community Forestry Management Plan to the Community Forestry Central Registry at the Forest Administration as described in Chapter 7 of this Sub-Decree. Article 29: Duration and Modification of a Community Forestry Management Plan A. Community Forestry Management Plan shall be in effect throughout the duration of the Community Forestry Agreement. B. The Community Forestry Management Plan shall be reviewed by the Responsible Authority that approved it every 5 years or earlier if necessary; review and monitoring of the Community Forestry Management Plan shall include participation of representatives from the Community Forestry Management Committee. C. After conducting a review, the Responsible Authority may require the Community Forestry Management Committee to modify the Community Forestry Management Plan if it is found that there has been a change in: 1. The needs of the Community; 2. The Community membership or Community Forestry Management Committee membership; 3. The conditions of the resources in the Community Forest; and 4. The use of the resources in the Community Forest. D. The Community Forestry Management Committee may modify the Community Forestry Management Plan, with approval of the Responsible Authority, if necessary to reflect a change in the use or conditions outlined in part above. 141

142 E. The Responsible Authority shall send a copy of a modified Community Forestry Management Plan to the Community Forestry Central Registry at the Forest Administration as described in Chapter 7 of this Sub-Decree. Article 30: Notice of a Community Forestry Management Plan The Responsible Authority shall inform respective Commune Councils and Provincial Rural Development Committees about the management objectives in an approved Community Forestry Management Plan and when any modifications are completed. CHAPTER 7 COMMUNITY FORESTRY CENTRAL REGISTRY Article 31: Community Forestry Central Registry and Use A. The Forest Administration shall keep a Community Forestry Central Registry that will include information on Community Forestry throughout the Kingdom of Cambodia. B. The Community Forestry Central Registry shall include, at a minimum, all Community Forestry Agreements and Community Forestry Management Plans in the Kingdom of Cambodia. C. The Community Forestry Central Registry shall be well managed and organized in a manner that is easy to access and update. D. The Community Forestry Central Registry shall be open for public use. CHAPTER 8 IMPLEMENTATION AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION Article 32: Duty to Assist in Implementation A. Responsible Authorities, other government agencies and local authorities shall fully assist Communities in the implementation of this Sub-Decree and any related legislation. B. Any government official who assists in creating a Community Forestry Agreement for individual benefit, who impedes the legal activity of a Community or Community Forestry Management Committee, or otherwise violates this Sub-Decree, shall be subject to the Forest Offense provisions in Article 90 of the Forestry Law. C. The Community Forestry Management Committee and Community members have the duty to conduct the following implementation activities: 1. Write and enact Community Forestry regulations consistent with this Sub-Decree; 2. Assist authorities in enforcing and implementing this Sub-Decree by informing the Forest Administration, Responsible Authorities, other government agencies and local authorities of offenses committed; 3. Collecting fines for violations of Community Forestry Regulations to keep and use within the Community; and 4. Assist Local and Responsible Authorities in conflict resolution 142

143 Article 33: Conflict resolution A. Conflict between Community members or Community members and secondary users may be resolved by the Community Forestry Management Committee as determined in their Community Forestry Management Committee by-laws, Community Forestry regulations and Prakas. If the Community Forestry Management Committee cannot resolve the conflict, the Community Forestry Management Committee may request the competent local authority to assist in resolving the conflict. B. The Responsible Authority or competent local authority may resolve conflicts between Community members and the Community Forestry Management Committee. C. Any decision by the Responsible Authority that may harm any interest of a Community Forestry Management Committee, Community members or secondary users, or violates the Community Forestry Agreement or this Sub-Decree, can be resolved under article 38 of the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia or any other formal procedures adopted by the Royal Government of Cambodia; D. If a conflict exists between the Community members and a forest concessionaire or anyone operating with a harvest permit approved by the Forest Administration which impacts the Community, the Community Forestry Management Committee may negotiate, resolve, or request the Canton Chief or competent local authority to resolve the dispute. E. Disputes involving ownership of land shall be resolved by the Cadastral Commission within The Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction. CHAPTER 9 FINAL PROVISIONS Article 34: Issuance of Implementing Prakas The competent institution shall issue Prakas using a multi-ministerial consultative process with various stakeholders as follows: A. Prakas to develop guidelines for Community Forest Agreements, Community Forestry Regulations and Community Forest Management Committee by-laws. B. Prakas to develop the guidelines for Community Forestry Management Plans. C. Prakas to develop guidelines for benefit sharing plans. D. Prakas and other legislation necessary to fully implement this Sub-Decree. Article 35: Repeal Prior Legislation All provisions contrary to this law shall be abrogated Article 36: Implementation The Minister in charge of the Council of Ministers, the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, the Ministry of Environment, the Ministry of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction, APSARA authority, all Ministers and State Secretaries of Ministries and institutions concerned and Governors of provincial cities shall be responsible for the implementation of this Sub-Decree. 143

144 Article 37: Effect of Sub-Decree This Sub-Decree shall become effective on the date of its signature. Phnom Penh, Date, 2001 Signed and sealed Prime Minister Hun Sen 144

145 Appendix 2. Sub-decree on establishment of Preah Vihear Protected Forest Sub-Decree On Establishment of Preah Vihea Protected Forest Areas for Conservation of Plant and Animal Genetic Resources Royal Government of Cambodia - Having seen the Constitution of the Kingdom of Cambodia; - Having seen Reach Kret No. 1198/72 of November 30, 1998 on the Appointment of the Royal Government of Cambodia; - Having seen Reach Kram No. 02/94 dated July 20, 1994, promulgating the Law on the Organization and Functioning of the Council of Ministers; - Having seen Reach Kram No. 0196/13 dated January 24, 1996, promulgating the Law on the Establishment of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries; - Having seen Decree-Law No. 35 dated June 25, 1988 on the Management of Forestry Sector; - Having seen Sub-Decree No. 17 dated April 07, 2000 on the Organization and Functioning of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries; - Pursuant to the approval of the Council of Ministers at its plenary session of June 27, 2002; Hereby Decides Chapter 1 General Provisions Article 1: Preah Vihea Protected Forest Areas for Conservation of Plant and Animal Genetic Resources shall be established in Preah Vihea Province in order to: - Protect and conserve all kinds of flora and fauna, especially the plant and animal species which are endangered and nearly extinct. - Maintain the balance of natural habitats and reproduction of animal wildlife. - Conduct a scientific study aiming at developing and conserving plant and animal genetic resources. - Protect and maintain sources of water. - Promote the awareness and development of community. - Provide natural tourism services. 145

146 Chapter 2 Scope Article 2: Genetic resources are the gatherings of heredity substances of individuals or plant and animal species living in a priority natural area, which require institute conservation measures. Article 3: The surface of Preah Vihea Protected Forest Areas for Conservation of Plant and Animal Genetic Resources is 190, ha. See the attached map as Annex. The areas are enclosed by closed lines with coordinates: A(499912, ), B(492324, ), C(485465, ), D(584589, ), E(572384, ), F(576118, ), G(562677, ), H(544670, ), and I(540110, ). Chapter 3 Duties and Responsibilities Article 4: The Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries shall organize and manage the Preah Vihea Protected Forest Areas for Conservation of Plant and Animal Genetic Resources, ensuring sustainable development of natural resources to improve living conditions of local people. Article 5: Processes of organization and management of the Preah Vihea Protected Forest Areas for Conservation of Plant and Animal Genetic Resources shall be defined by Prakas of the Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. Chapter 4 Final Provisions Article 6: Any provisions that are contrary to this Sub-Decree shall be deemed null and void. Article 7: The Minister in charge of the Council of Ministers, the Minister of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, the Minister of Economy and Finance, the Minister of Land Management, Urban Planning and Construction, the Ministers and Secretaries of State of all relevant ministries and institutions, and the Provincial Governor of Preah Vihea shall implement this Sub-Decree respectively from the date of signature herein. Phnom Penh, July 30, Samdech Prime Minister Signed and sealed Hun Sen 146

147 cc: - The Ministry of Interior - The General Secretariat of Senate - The General Secretariat of National Assembly - The Office of Samdech Prime Minister - All Ministries and Institutions - All Provincial Departments and Municipalities - As mentioned in Article 7 - Archives and Documentation 147

148 Appendix 3. Overview of Land and Forest Land Classification under the Land Law and the Forestry Law Prepared by Robert B. Oberndorf, J.D. The Land Law classifies the various types of property within the Kingdom of Cambodia and the ownership rights that are available with the different classifications. At the same time, the Forestry Law creates a classification scheme for the forests in the Kingdom. There has been some confusion as to how these two-classification schemes work, and how they interact with one another. This overview provides a concise and simple explanation of how property and forestland are classified under the two pieces of legislation, and points out where there may be areas of confusion. The terms used in this overview are the same as those used in the current unofficial English translations of the Land Law and the Forestry Law. Land Law (2001): The Land Law creates three types of property classification in Cambodia: State Public Property, State Private Property and Private Property. Private Property is further classified based on the ownership rights involved. State Public Property State Public Property (Articles 15 & 16 LL) is land held by the State in public trust, which carries a public interest use. State Public Property includes the following: - Properties of a natural origin, such as the permanent forest reserve, navigable or floatable waterways, lakes, seashores, etc; - Properties that are developed for general use, such as the harbor in Sihanoukville, railways and railway stations, airports, etc. - Property made available for public use, such as roadways, public parks, or natural reserves; - Property that provides a public service, such as public schools and universities, administrative buildings or public hospitals; - Properties of archeological, cultural or historical significance, such as the temples at Angkor; - Royal properties, such as the Royal Palace. It is important to note that State Public Property may not be sold or transferred to other legal entities, though it may be subject to rights of occupancy or use that are strictly temporary in nature, such as a logging concession in the Permanent Forest Reserve. 148

149 The Land Law does say that State Public Property may be reclassified as State Private Property if the property loses its public interest use. For example, the land and buildings that are occupied by the Forest Administration is State Public Property. If the government moved the location of the Forest Administration and this property became vacant, then it would lose its public interest use and could be reclassified as State Private Property. This type of reclassification cannot occur until a law has been passed on transferring of State Public Property to State Private Property. State Private Property State Private Property (Article 17 LL) is land that is owned by the State or public legal entities that does not have a public interest use (owned by the State or public legal entity, but does not fit the definition of State Public Property as outlined above). State Private Property can be described as excess or idle land that is held by the State or a public legal entity. The main difference between State Private Property and State Public Property is that State Private Property may actually be sold or transferred to other legal entities. Land concessions (Chapter 5 LL), whether for a social or an economic purpose, may only occur on State Private Property. A sub-decree will be passed outlining the conditions and procedures related to the sale and management of State Private Property. There shall be no sale of State Private Property until this sub-decree is enacted. Private Property Private property, or property that is under private ownership, is property within the Kingdom of Cambodia that is owned by natural persons or legal entities other than public legal entities. Private property may be used by its owner or owners in any way, as long as the use does not create a nuisance or is otherwise prohibited by law. Private property may be leased, used as collateral, inherited, or transferred to other individuals or legal entities. 149

150 Ownership of private property takes various forms based the number of people or legal entities that own the property and the rights of use that they have, such as individual ownership, collective ownership, undivided ownership, co-ownership and joint ownership. (Article 10 & Title IV LL). State Property Private Property State Public Property (Government Cannot Sell) State Private Property (Government Can Sell) -Excess or Idle Land -Land Concessions -Natural Lands & Waterways -Protected Areas -Permanent Forest Reserve Forestry Law (2002): The Forestry Law sets up a classification system for forestland within the Kingdom of Cambodia that is separate from the classification system of the Land Law. Unlike the Land Law, the Forestry Law defines the terms used in the classification system. Permanent Forest Estate The Permanent Forest Estate is all forested land within the Kingdom of Cambodia, including forest that occurs on private land and flooded forest. All categories of forest fall within the definition of the Permanent Forest Estate. The Forestry Law defines the Permanent Forest Estate as follows: the overall forest complex, natural and planted, in the Kingdom of Cambodia, including State and private, designated as two main categories: the Permanent Forest Reserve and Private Forest, to be maintained to ensure a sustainable permanent forest cover and use. Private Forest Private Forests are those forested areas that are located on Private Property as described above. The Forestry Law defines Private Forest as follows: Forest Plantation or trees, whether planted or naturally grown on private land under registration and legal title with the State pursuant to authorized legislation and procedures. 150

151 Permanent Forest Reserve The Permanent Forest Reserve is comprised of forests that are located on State Public Property. There are three sub-categories of forest within the Permanent Forest Reserve: Production Forest, Protection Forest and Conversion Forest. Protected Areas, under the Jurisdiction of MOE, are not included within the Permanent Forest Reserve. The Forestry Law defines the Permanent Forest Reserve as follows: State forest on lands excluding land that is privately owned, categorized as production forest, protection forest and conversion forestland for other development purposes. Production Forest The primary purpose of production forest is for the extraction of timber and NTFP resources. The Forestry Law defines Production Forest as follows: Forest area having the primary function of sustainable production of Timber Products and Non Timber Forest Products. Production forest includes forest concession, other harvesting area, degraded forest, forest to be rehabilitated, reserved area for regeneration or tree plantation, reforested areas and forest areas under management agreement between the Forest Administration and a local community. Protection Forest The Forestry Law defines Protection Forest as follows: Forest area having the primary function of protecting the forest ecosystem including the protection of water sources regulation; biodiversity, land, water, watershed and catchments; wildlife habitat, fish, floods prevention, erosion, sea water intrusion; soil fertility and cultural heritage that has public interest. Protection forest under this Law does not include the protected areas under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Environment pursuant to the Environmental Protection and Natural Resources Management Law. Note that the protected areas under the jurisdiction of MOE, mentioned in the above definition, are considered State Public Property under the Land Law. Conversion Forest The Forestry Law defines Conversion Forest as follows: Idle State forestland, covered mainly by secondary vegetation, not yet designated for any use that shall be classified temporarily as Permanent Forest Reserve. 151

152 Though Conversion Forest is part of the Permanent Forest Reserve, and therefore State Public Property under the Land Law, it could be reclassified and removed from the Permanent Forest Reserve. If this is done, it could become State Private Property and be used for land concessions or sold. Permanent Forest Estate -Overall Forest Complex -Natural and Planted -Includes Public & Private Protected Areas Under Jurisdiction of MOE -State Public Property Permanent Forest Reserve -State Public Property -3 Categories Private Forest -Private Property -Plantation Forest, or -Naturally Grown Production Forest -Timber & NTFP Production -Forest Concession -Degraded Forest -Regeneration Forest -State Plantation Forest -Community Forest Protection Forest -Forest Ecosystem Protection -Watershed Protection -Biodiversity -Cultural Heritage -Tourism -Religious Forest Conversion Forest -Idle State Forestland -Not Designated for Use -Temporary Category May become State Private Property 152

153 Annex 1.9: Linkages between CALM project and Seila Programme Seila s approach is to achieve poverty reduction through establishing participatory governance systems for delivery of basic services that are cost effective, easy to access by the rural poor and able to be sustained by partnerships between government, civil society and the private sector. This approach follows the RGC s decentralisation policy. The core Seila component is PLG which works at the provincial level with line ministries and donors to develop new decentralised and deconcentrated mechanisms and procedures for managing local development. Seila/PLG has delivered concrete development benefits through the provision of financial resources at these local (commune and provincial) levels. PLG is funded by UNDP. 1. Commune development plans The central feature of the decentralisation approach piloted by the Seila/PLG has been the introduction of commune development plans (CDPs), leading to the preparation of three-year commune investment programmes (CIPs). Based on the CIPs, the communes each year select projects to be funded using the communes allocations from a commune/sangat fund. In 2002 a decision was taken to expand the coverage of the Seila/PLG system to include all 24 Provinces and Municipalities including Preah Vihear Province. Despite the severe strains this decision imposed on a weak and already stretched decentralisation administration, all 1,621 communes/sangats have received basic training in the Seila/PLG system and have completed the 11-step planning process for 2003, presented their priority projects at a District Integration Workshop, signed temporary agreements for a large number of projects to be implemented by line agencies, and have selected Commune/Sangkat Fund projects for implementation. Most of these projects are now under implementation and a few have already been completed. It represents an impressive level of participatory development activity and responsiveness by line agencies to the expressed needs of the communes. To formulate the commune investment plan, a participatory process is undertaken at the village level with the assistance from the District facilitator Team. The process includes steps for identification of problems and their prioritisation. The communal investment plan covers mainly the areas of socio-economic development while natural resource and environmental management is poorly integrated, as it is not considered a priority for Seila/PLG. CALM aims to support the commune planning process by including analysis of environmental/natural resource problems, and their inclusion within the prioritisation process. These issues will then be addressed through specific assistance to communes in natural resources and environmental management (NREM). Regulations for NREM will be included in CDPs and endorsed by the Commune Council. The project will use the District Integration Workshops as an opportunity to integrate environment and natural resource management into the provincial planning framework. 153

154 2. Provincial Rural Development Committee At the province level, the Provincial Rural Development Committee (PRDC), chaired by the Governor and including all Department Directors, District Chiefs and senior officials from the military and police, are responsible for the administration and management of the provincial territory. The PRDC is supported by Seila/PLG in its planning process. This body will provide the principal committee for CALM to integrate conservation planning across the landscape. 3. Land use planning Secure land tenure and access is essential for the development of conditions that encourage sustainable management of natural resources. A new legislative framework governing the management of land and forestry has been created by the RGC within the past 2 years. This provides the necessary framework for establishing local management systems for natural resources, and for resolving issues of land tenure, community user rights and resource utilization. MLMUPC is supporting a participatory land-use planning (PLUP) process whereby facilitators assist communities to identify and map the land that they use and to develop plans for its improved management. PLUP maps can eventually be registered, achieving formal ownership (land title and resource tenure). However, the capacity of MLMUPC and MAFF to implement these laws and processes at the project site is extremely weak and provincial departments lack sufficient staff, training or equipment. Seila is the principal mechanism by which decentralized policies can be implemented, but requires assistance from donor agencies, which is currently lacking in the Northern Plains. LMAP of MLMUPC (funded by GTZ) is the implementing agency of the new land law, but the Northern Plains is not one of the priority provinces. The Land-use Planning Unit (LUPU), funded by Handicap International during and now by Seila/PLG, works in 5 provinces including those in the Northern Plains. LUPU maintains 7 provincial staff trained in PLUP who work with district and commune chiefs to identify and prioritise areas for demining, and to assess land-use options following the removal of mines. Austcare and World Vision are also supporting LUPU in two districts of Preah Vihear province. CALM will work closely with the trained LUPU staff, particularly in those key sites that contain mines. LUPU has established a provincial committee chaired by the second deputy governor that approves the annual work plan. This committee will provide one entity to integrate planning at the landscape level. The PDF-B funded a provincial training and awareness course on the PLUP process and the new land law for stakeholder staff (including Seila/PLG), with support from the MLMUPC. Completion of the PLUP process in key sites is necessary for Component 2, and this will involve staff from the MLMUPC, MAFF and MoE. Guidance will be sought from three pilot PLUP sites, involving WCS/MAFF/MLMUPC and Seila/MoE, working with communities in forest areas. These sites have been chosen to advise on the formulation of the new sub-decree on indigenous communities land-use rights, with support from LMAP of MLMUPC/GTZ. 154

155 Outputs of PLUP will be incorporated into Seila/PLG programme through the CDPs, District Integration Workshops and the Provincial Rural Development Committee. District and provincial integration of PLUP maps will be essential if land conflicts are to be identified, for resolution by the appropriate committees, and maps approved. 4. Natural Resources and Environment Management (NREM) The key tool for NREM at the commune level is the Seila/PLG-supported commune development plan (CDP). CDPs should contain a land use plan based on technical and participatory assessment of natural resources. Such a plan will take account of the economic uses of natural resources, and the synergies/conflicts between them. An NREM phase is included in the 11-step CDP process, however this is provided with little technical assistance in the Seila/PLG planning process. DANIDA is currently supporting a NREM component to Seila, but only in four provinces: Pusat, Stung Treng, Siem Reap and Ratanakiri; this project will be implemented in a district of Siem Reap that contains one of the Northern Plains key sites for conservation in CALM would work in collaboration with the Seila/DANIDA NREM project and extended these initiaves to other areas in the Northern Plains through the Seila/PLG framework. The project will increase the degree of which the conservation and environmental protection and natural resource management are mainstreamed into local government operations, in collaboration with MLMUPC and Seila/PLG. Demands for the establishment of community forestry and fishery areas are expected to be high as they are supported by government policy. However, local revenue generation for management of natural resources remains problematic. In a market economy, all users of publicly owned natural resources should be obliged to pay for the sustainable and equitable management of those resources. The village agreements between protected area authorities and villages will strengthen sustainable and equitable management of those resources. Private sector participation in the planning process is somewhat controversial, but should be encouraged, at least through the district integration workshops. Training in NREM will be provided to Commune Councils and community members through a variety of mechanisms. Within the decentralised government structures, capacity of NREM Technical Facilitation Teams (TFT) composed of provincial and district personnel, will be improved. These NREM-TFTs are responsible for supporting Commune Councils and communities in the NREM aspects of the CDP process. Considerable technical support will be provided to promote the integration of the Components 1 and 2, in cooperation with the UNDPfunded Seila/PLG program, into the provincial government planning processes. The CALM project will investigate the possibility to use the Seila/PLG Financial System for the provisional of rewards under the incentive scheme (Component 2). The incentive scheme aims to benefit local communities in return for improved management and maintenance of wildlife populations and their habitat, following provisions that will be included in the communal development plans. The incentive scheme also aims to encourage the concept of ownership and the value of the wildlife resource. 155

156 Annex 1.10: Stakeholder consultations and participation plan Stakeholder Consultations during PDF-B Date Purpose Key Stakeholders 2 January January December and 29 November October and 19 November October and 22 November 2003 Brief on the progress of the PDF-B project Review project stakeholder meetings and discuss project progress Brief on the progress of the PDF-B project Seek initial comments on the logframe Investigate options for cooperating on environmental education projects Explain CALM project, learn about LUPU in the Northern Plains Explain CALM project, learn about GEF Government Operational Focal Point - Director General of MoE UNDP and WCS representatives Deputy Resident Representative of UNDP Cambodia UNDP and WCS representatives Project Advisory Committee - MAFF, MoE, DNCP, FA, Provincial authorities and departments 27 participants Save Cambodia s Wildlife Mlup Baitong WCS technical staff 5 participants Handicap International staff LUPU provincial staff WCS project staff 5 participants Seila/PLG staff WCS technical and project management staff Key findings and Conclusions - His Excellency was pleased with the activities of the CALM project and the efforts made to consult stakeholders within Government and local communities. - Need for clear modality arrangements for the project s implementation, especially in regard to the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. - Agreed to new endorsement letter for CALM project. - The project PDF-B phase has achieved all major objectives. - Preparation of Project Document is progressing well and feedback from Government agencies has been positive and productive. - Importance of co-financing for full CALM project, and the potential role of Seila/PLG programme (also funded by UNDP). Agreed that Seila/PLG should be included as a crucial cofinancing partner. - See Appendix 1. - Appreciated the progress of the project development phase - Understood the threats and the proposed interventions in the logframe - Suggested to have individual institutional consultations with MAFF, MoE and provincial authorities over the draft logframe, then followed by a national workshop - Suggested that the logframe should strongly address the supports in infrastructure development, capacity building, community forestry and livelihood development, boundary demarcation, wildlife trade control and resettlement and immigration control. (See attached minutes). - Save Cambodia s Wildlife have developed a curriculum and trained non-formal teachers in the Northern Plains provinces, and would be able to do so again - Mlup Baitong have a radio unit that is planning to visit Preah Vihear to produce programs with the local radio station - Mlup Baitong have some experience of training military personnel in environmental education - Handicap International will be withdrawing in November 2003, but Seila/PLG will continue to support LUPU - LUPU have an annual provincial planning process that determines priorities for demining and subsequent land-use options. There are 7 trained staff in each province. - The procedures for facilitating LUPU to visit new areas (within key sites) that are mined were discussed. - LUPU will also be working with Austcare and World Vision in other districts in the Northern Plains - Seila/PLG provided information about the provincial planning process and copies of commune development plans for WCS project staff were invited to provincial meetings, scheduled for December

157 8 October 2003 Subsequent meetings October - December September - 10 October May 2003 March 2003 January - June 2003 January 2003 and 8-11 April Seila/PLG in Northern Plains and discuss future cooperation Discuss PLUP and holding a training workshop in Preah Vihear Discuss the importance of learning from PLUP/NREM in Ratanakiri Discuss cooperation on activities to improve livelihoods of communities around key sites Produce problem and threat analysis for the Northern Plains and proposed interventions Discussion on integration and cooperation between the provincial departments of environment Discussion with Colonel Ghnem Sok Heng on border wildlife trade Participatory problems analysis and consultations with 8 communities Capacity assessment of provincial (MAFF) 5 participants PLUP focal point MLMUPC LMAP 10 participants Action Against Hunger WCS Staff 5 participants WCS/MAFF/MoE project staff and Provincial technical staff 11 participants Directors of the Provincial Departments of the three provinces and WCS staff 6 participants WCS/MAFF project staff and technical advisors Colonel Ghnem Sok Heng 6 participants WCS/MAFF/MOE project staff, technical advisors and communities More than 600 participants Provincial department of forestry, Preah - Seila/PLG were invited to attend PLUP training course in January 2004 to learn about the land law and PLUP process - Arrangements to incorporate project plans into the Seila/PLG process was discussed - Enthusiastic about assisting with the implementation of the new land law in the Northern Plains - Agreed to support a training workshop in Preah Vihear for January Training workshop will include a description of the new Land Law by a legal expert from MLMUPC - Kim Sovann from Ratanakiri will attend the training to provide advice on land-use planning in forested areas. - AAH is interested to continue work on improving village food security in districts containing key sites for conservation. - AAH has funding for continuing village garden scheme and animal health workers - WCS is able to provide technical veterinary support to assist with the identification and treatment schedules for domestic cattle - Joint proposals written and submitted to obtain funding for a 3- year project - Key species and key sites identified - Draft threats and problems analysis was completed (see Annex 3) - Interventions for different threats proposed and discussed - Sharing information about illegal activities related to logging and wildlife trade - Cooperation was sought on law enforcement - Assessed basic needs of the provincial environmental departments in assisting the management of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. - Assessed key stakeholders in the three provinces and threats to the wildlife sanctuary - Colonel Ghnem Sok Heng agreed that reduction of border wildlife trade was necessary and gave his support - Participatory maps were drawn of resource use areas - Discussions on environmental and natural resource management problems and threats. Prioritization. - Recommendations produced for future natural resource management by communities. - Assessment of village livelihoods. - See Appendix 2. - DAFF have 70 staff, but few with a high level of education or formal training 157

158 2003 department of forestry, and consultations on training needs. December 2002 and March 2003 Capacity assessment of provincial department of environment, and consultations on training needs. Local Consultations Vihear, staff WCS/MAFF project staff and technical advisor Provincial department of environment, Preah Vihear, staff WCS/MoE project staff and technical advisor - Equipment, infrastructure are insufficient for management needs - A training course was requested, and provided by WCS trainers from 8-11 April Opportunities for building capacity during the full project were discussed. - See Appendix 3. - PDoE have 17 staff and 25 rangers in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary - Few staff are educated or have received any training - Equipment, infrastructure are insufficient for management needs - Seila/PLG have provided funds to PDoE to undertake activities, however it is unclear if PDoE has the capacity to achieve these activities - PDoE has particular problems prosecuting the perpetrators of illegal activities in wildlife sanctuaries, due to problems completing official documentation - A training course was requested, and provided by WCS trainers from March 2003, in collaboration with the Seila/PLG funded training course for Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary rangers - Opportunities for building capacity during the full project were discussed. In each village (except for those around Phnom Tbeng) PRA techniques were used to: Map village resource use areas Discuss trends in wildlife populations and the causes of any changes Discuss livelihood problems relating to environmental problems experienced by communities, and prioritise them. Meetings included group discussions with up to 100 people (in one village including representatives of all families), smaller group consultations with village elders and commune officials, and key informant interviews with school teachers and village workers. Preah Vihear Protected Forest and O Scach Key Sites. Project staff visited all 4 Communes directly surrounding the area, or 7 of 10 villages. 2 further communes (5 villages) at a greater distance but known to use forest in the O Scach area were also visited. Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. Detailed consultations were undertaken in all 4 villages in, or nearby, to key sites. Phnom Tbeng. Project Staff visited most villages surrounding the hill and had discussions with village representatives. In addition, a socio-economic assessment of local livelihoods was undertaken in 7 off the villages surrounding the protected forest and 2 off the villages in the wildlife sanctuary. 158

159 Further, the project interacted strongly with a development NGO (Action Against Hunger) who had 10 years experience working in the area. AAH had conducted their own livelihood consultations with the same villages. The projects were able to share results, conclusions and recommendations. AAH has supported the project approach and has suggested collaboration over future activities, so that short-term improvements in food security by AAH might contribute to longer-term activities by CALM. This proposal is currently awaiting approval. Stakeholder Participation Plan Stakeholder Mandate Role in Project Interest in the Project Potential Conflicts MAFF Government Ministry responsible for Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Executing Agency. MAFF will provide the management and staff for 3 of the key sites. Chairs project steering committee. MAFF has had a long interest in the Northern Plains, including the Community Tiger Project since 1998 and proposing the sub-decree that led to the establishment of the Preah Vihear Protected Forest. The new forestry law and wildlife sub-decrees provide the ministry with the necessary legal framework to manage forest areas and MAFF will be involved in resolving land conflicts between communities, logging concessions and the provincial departments WCS MoE, DNCP MLMUPC and Provincial departments MRD International Conservation NGO. Works under MoUs signed in 1999 with MAFF and MoE Government Ministry responsible for management of protected areas Government Ministry responsible for land management and administration Government Ministry Collaborating Agency and project initiator WCS will provide technical assistance to CALM. Member of project steering committee. Implementing Agency MoE will provide the management and staff for 1 key site. Member of project steering committee. Provide official support to the PLUP facilitators during land-use planning and demarcation. Resolve disputes over land. Responsible for maintaining database of registered land. Member of project steering committee. Collaboration on activities to improve protect wildlife. WCS first worked in the Northern Plains in the 1950s and returned in , investing $300,000 in the area. WCS has been responsible for development of the CALM project. MoE manages Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, which has been selected as one of the key sites for conservation MLMUPC, through LMAP and the PLUP focal point, has shown interest in implementing the new land law and procedures in the Northern Plains. Ministry staff have been involved in training CALM project staff and opened the awareness course in Preah Vihear. Actively works with other NGOs on development work MoE will be involved in negotiating land conflicts with communities inside the wildlife sanctuary The cadastral commission is located in the provincial department and will be responsible for resolving land disputes The incentive scheme (Component 2) 159

160 Provincial Government Seila/PLG- UNDP Provincial Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries Provincial Department of Environment. Royal Cambodian responsible for rural development. Responsible for administration and management of province. Provides technical and financial assistance to provincial and commune planning process and line ministry activities. Manages forestry and fishery resources at the provincial level. Responsible for environmental issues at the provincial level and management of protected areas. Responsible for food security in Member of project steering committee. Key role in integrated conservation values into provincial planning, approving community management plans and facilitating establishment of law enforcement teams. Provincial government support for activities is essential. Member of project steering committee. Key role in incorporating natural resource management into community development plans, and integrating these at provincial level. Management of forested areas, including key sites, and enforcement of wildlife laws. Capacity building of provincial staff will be necessary if project activities are to be sustainable. Management and patrolling of Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. Capacity building of provincial staff will be necessary if project activities are to be sustainable. Involvement in law enforcement in the Northern Plains. The Provincial Governor has attended in several project activities, including training courses, and is known to have a strong interest in wildlife. The first deputy Governor issued a ban on hunting in support of WCS. The Seila/PLG project advisor in the province has demonstrated considerable interest in the CALM project, and is enthusiastic about integrating outputs at commune and provincial levels. CALM has worked in close collaboration with DAFF during the PDF-B phase. Three DAFF staff have been employed by CALM and have participated in most provincial activities. DAFF has frequently requested assistance, particularly in controlling border wildlife trade. CALM has worked in close collaboration with DoE during the PDF-B phase. Two provincial counterparts have been employed and they have participated in all project activities inside the wildlife sanctuary. WCS supported a training course for wildlife sanctuary rangers, and DoE has frequently asked for further assistance. The Provincial Police Department has shown requires that rewards are provided to communities based upon improved management practices, this may conflict with development needs. Occasions may arise where the provincial government must chose between conservation needs and development goals. DAFF will also be involved in the regulation of forest concessionaires. Conflicts may arise if components of the 160

161 Armed Forces and Police forces maintenance of defense and security. activities. The cooperation of military and police commanders around key conservation sites will be crucial if illegal activities are to be controlled. considerable interest in CALM, and its staff have frequently cooperated with the project. WCS has had consultations with some military commanders, who have indicated their support for reduction in wildlife trade. WCS also has good links with the regional commander in Siem Reap. The provincial governor is also a military general. military continue logging and hunting activities. Communities in Chhep, Chaom Ksan and Kulen Districts Commune councils are responsible for writing management plans and regulating community areas. CALM will encourage and facilitate communities around key sites to complete land-use maps for approval and develop management plans. Incentive schemes will provide rewards in return for improved management and reduction in illegal activities. Communities will benefit from ecotourism projects initiated in their areas. WCS has established close links with at least 5 communities during the PDF- B, and employs rangers in these villages. Village consultations during PDF-B established the problems and threats local people face, both to livelihoods and specifically to natural resources. Villages indicated their enthusiasm to be involved in the project, especially for assistance with improving livelihoods and education. Villages will encounter conflicts with livelihoods, although it is hoped that the incentives scheme will mitigate this. Land Use Planning Unit LUPU is a multidepartment provincial body that identifies priority areas for demining and determines subsequent land-use. Two key sites contain mines and CALM will work with LUPU to determine when demining will occur and how the land will be used afterwards. Preah Vihear LUPU were interested in visiting project sites known to contain mines to discuss with communities for their removal. Land allocation conflicts between conservation and communities may arise, however these should be covered by existing community agreements. ITTO Transboundary project ITTO-funded project for conservation of Phatam, Thailand, and transboundary cooperation The ITTO project has established a consultation framework that could be used by CALM to address border issues. WCS has held consultations with Thai and Cambodian project members, and with the Thai border police, all of whom are interested in stopping wildlife trade. The Cambodian project member is provincial DAFF. 161

162 Chendar Plywood Forest Concession Action Against Hunger Responsible for management of the forest concession International Development NGO, working in Preah Vihear since 2000 The forest concession lies on the border with the Preah Vihear Protected Forest, and partly overlaps with the O Skach key site. Joint proposals with WCS for improvements in food security in villages surrounding key sites. The head of the logging company has indicated his support for biodiversity conservation efforts and has facilitated project staff working within the concession. Has consistently provided provincial level support for WCS in developing the project plan. Staff have collaborated on animal health issues, and on the writing of proposals for joint activities. If the concessionaire follows its management plans and environmental impact assessment no problems should occur. 162

163 Appendix 1. Project Advisory Committee: Establishing CALM in the Northern Plains of Cambodia Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (MAFF) 18th Dec 2003 Background On 18 December 2003 at 200pm, a presentation and discussion on the CALM project was held. The meeting was led by H.E Uk Sokhunn, Under Secretary of MAFF, the National Project Director. The meeting served as both a project advisory session as well as an opportunity for additional stakeholders to view, and comment on, the draft plans for the full project. List of participants Ministry of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries (MAFF) H.E Uk Sokhunn Under Secretary of State for MAFF and the National Project Director Ministry of Environment (MoE) Mr. Chay Sameth Director, Department of Nature Conservation and Protection (DNCP) Forestry Administration Mr. Ong Sam Art Deputy Director, Forestry Administration Mr. Men Phymean Director, Wildlife Protection Office (WPO) Mr. Lic Vuthy Deputy, Forest and Wildlife Research Institute (FWRI) United Nations Development Program (UNDP) Mr. Lay Khim Department of Environment Preah Vihear (DoE PVH) Mr. Khoy Khunchanrath Director, Provincial Department of Environment Preah Vihear Provincial Authorities Mr. Long Sovann Deputy Governor Preah Vihear Mr. Yem Chan Deputy Director Department of Agriculture in Preah Vihear Mr. Lim Mao Director Forestry office in Preah Vihear Military Soldier No. 122 Soldier No. 4 CALM Project Mr. Tan Setha, Project Coordinator (CALM) and DFRI/MAFF Mr. Kong Kim Sreng, Component Manager, DNCP/MoE Wildlife Conservation Society (WCS) Mr. Joe Walston, Acting Director, WCS Cambodia 163

164 Mr. Tom Clements, Technical Advisor, CALM Presentations H.E Uk Sokhunn - welcomed all the stakeholders present from MAFF, MoE, WCS, Preah Vihear authorities, UNDP representative and other institution involved in the CALM project. Mr. Tan Setha - presentation on the CALM Project in Preah Vihear Province. The CALM Project employs 26 people. In Preah Vihear Protected Forest: 11 people, 3 from Forestry Administration, 1 from Preah Vihear and 7 Rangers. In Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary: 15 people, 5 from MoE and 10 Rangers. The main activities during the year: wildlife research in conservation areas - all WCS staff and rangers; to identify the populations of keys species of wildlife such as G. Ibis, W.Ibis, W.W. Duck, S. Crane and mammals, such as Eld s Deer, Gaur, Banteng and Elephant; Progress has also been made on piloting conservation interventions and with developing strong relationships with communities and other stakeholders. Mr. Kong Kim Sreng - presentation on survey and conservation activities in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary. Comments from Participants H.E Uk Sokhunn stated that: He supports the project activities, and is pleased with the skill of the staff. He would like to see even more qualified and intelligent people to come and work on the project. More research should be done in Northern Plain areas not only on wildlife, because for the future these areas will become a potential place for eco-tourism. H.E compared these areas to other developing countries that have built viewing towers in protected areas for looking at wildlife. Infrastructure should be provided for staff and communities working in these areas. Training courses for project staff in communities for appropriates. Do more law enforcements on wildlife trade and other illegal activities. Mr. Chay Samith: He welcomes the work CALM has been doing with MoE and DoE. He would welcome information about the present project infrastructure. The project will need more infrastructure: station, equipment (for office supplements, motorbike, boat ) if it is to be effective. He requests that the project work very closely with communities. He welcomes WCS s technical support Requests that the project prepares good documents before the next meeting. He asked for the national seminar to be held on 29 Dec, 03. Mr. Khoy Khunchanrath DoE, PVH He welcomes the work that CALM has been doing in Preah Vihear with MoE and DoE. The main objective of the project in Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary should be community management and education awareness. 164

165 He asks the project works with and trains MoE rangers, to contribute to the sustainability of activities. He requests to close the Chendar Playwood concession company because this place is the crossing point between Prey Preahroka and Prey Saak for animal migration. Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary needs large improvements in infrastructure. Soldier No. 122: Live inside the wildlife sanctuary. He requests that they be moved, because they always disturb the wildlife. Further, the government provides only rice to the soldiers, so they are reliant on the forest (especially wildlife) for food and trade. Soldier No. 4: Based on the border with Thailand, near Trapangprasat. They are currently making new settlements within the wildlife sanctuary in areas that have good hard woods like: Beng tree, Nieng Nourn tree Additonally they are hunting the wildlife. It is possible to discuss problems with the Soldier of No. 122, but it is very difficult to talk to Soldier No. 4. Mr. Long Sovann, Deputy Governor, PVH He welcomes the project s activities in Preah Vihear He would like the project to help local people create community forests, and provide incentives. He would like the project to provide an education awareness component and especially targeted at the local community, e.g. by using video show about the importance of wildlife and forest for livelihoods and national pride. Mr.Ong Sam Art: Deputy director Forestry Administration. He supports the project activities, but commented that the logframe format was difficult to understand. Mr.Men Phymean, Director of Wildlife Protection Office. Although the PDF-B has completed lots of wildlife research, it is necessary to also look at the forest and plants. Should place controls on the border with Thailand between Sesaket and Uboun province, the principal points for wildlife and orchid trade. Mr.Lic Vuthy, Deputy of Forest and Wildlife Research Institute. Stated that there are many wildlife-protection areas along the border to stop wildlife hunting and illegal logging, but outsiders still cause problems. Mr.Yem Chan, Deputy director Department of Agriculture in PVH. Should continue conservation activities. CALM should link with local communities because they are reliant on natural resources. Should continue efforts to protect forested areas. However strong law enforcement activities may have negative impacts for the local community. Mr.Lim Mao, Director Forestry office in PVH. Welcomes CALM project activities in Preah Vihear over the past year. 165

166 He mentions that the population of wildlife has increased following the cessation of logging in the Chendar Plywood concession. Wildlife research should include important areas for migration. At the end of the meeting H.E Uk Sokhunn stated that in the future the project should. Report should more clearly. Inform about the meeting more than one week before, and attach all relevant documents Work harder to achieve lasting results The meeting finished at 18:00pm at the same day, all agreed to meet again separately to discuss their comment with WCS before the national workshop. 166

167 Appendix 2. Consultations and Capacity Assessment of Provincial Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries, Preah Vihear Province By Tan Setha, MAFF. 1. Structure of DAFF and Provincial Forestry Office DAFF in total have 70 people working in the whole of Preah Vihear Province, composed of: - 65 men - 5 women Education: - 2 Master degrees - 12 Bachelor degrees - 6 Diploma level II - 4 Under diploma level II - 46 Non graduate Transportation and Equipment: - 1 Car - 4 Motorcycle - 1 Computer DAFF is currently working with the following NGOs: - Rural Aid Development (RAD) - Action Against Hunger (AAH) - Seila/PLG program Director of Department of Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries. DAFF is divided into 7 Offices: Administration Office (Ad.O), Forestry Office (F.O), Agriculture Office (A.O), Fishery Office (Fis.O), Veterinary Office (V.O), Planning Office (P.O), Accounting Office (Ac.O). 167

168 The Forestry Office is divided into 5 district offices with a total of 16 staff: Tbengmeanchey Forestry Office, Rovieng District Forestry Office, Chamkhsan District Forestry Office, Kulen and Sangkomthmey District Office, Chhep and Cheysen District Office. Director of Preah Vihear Forestry Office Ad.O - Administration office, P.O -Planning office, FM.O - Forest management office, Af.O - Afforestation office, L.O. - Legislation office and WP.O - Wildlife protection office. 2. DAFF Activities - Working with NGOs on agriculture education programs to help local people improve vegetable growing. - Working with NGOs to build roads, schools and wells. - Seila/PLG program has provided assistance to: - Establish a community forestry area - Provide training on the new Forestry Law - Establish a tree nursery - Create fish ponds - Establish an agronomy research station, with additional support from AusAid. 3. Problems faced by DAFF - Insufficient human resources - Lack of infrastructure and equipment, including vehicles and radios - Poor quality roads make transportation difficult - Problems with drought - Considerable forest clearance by people 4. Recommendations - Require office in the province and district buildings - Provide training to provincial staff - Require additional staff that have experience in other regions 168

169 5. Phnom Tbeng The Provincial forestry office has proposed to the Ministry that Phnom Tbeng should be removed from the TPP forest concession. Phnom Tbeng is a large (500 metres above sea-level) hill above the provincial town. Logging and land clearance around the base and slopes of the hill is frequent, and if continued might cause erosion. 169

170 Appendix 3. Consultations and Capacity Assessment of Provincial Department of Environment and Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, Preah Vihear Province By Kong Kim Sreng, MoE I. Department of Environment of Preah Vihear. 1. PDoE Responsibilities The Provincial Department of the Environment (PDoE) is responsible for pollution, waste management, natural resources management and the protected areas including Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary, Beng Per Wildlife Sanctuary and Preah Vihear temple. 2. PDoE Structure PDoE in total have 17 people working in the whole of Preah Vihear Province, composed of: - 15 men - 2 women Education: - 1 Diploma level I - 2 Graduate from High school - 13 Non-graduates All staff were recently nominated from other institutions when PDoE started in the province. 170

171 Mr. Khoy Khun Chan Rath Director of Department of Environment Acting director of Kulen Promtep WS Mr. Pheung Phang Sub director. -Responsible for PVH temple landscape protected area. Mr. Oum Soborin, Sub director - Working with Seila/PLG project Wildlife conservation and environment data management office. - Meung Sam Phon (SD). - Pen Yaok (SD), and also sub director of Beng Per. Administration office. - Tlang Kim Sy (D). - Chan Bun tha (SD). - 2 staffs Environment Impact Assessment office - Yem Montha (SD). Pollution Monitoring and Education office. - Kong Sambat (D) Sang Kum Thmey district. -Mr. Saom Kim Orn (D). Roveang district. - Dourng Sunly (D). Kulen district. -Mr. Hong Hoeung (D). Cham Ksan district. -Mr. Chum Marong (D). - One staff. Cheb district. -Mr. Reth Leng (D). *Remark: (D)= Director; (SD)= Sub director. PDoE have 2 buildings - one is made of brick and other one is wood. Both are located in Tbeng Meanchey town, where there is a generator. The department has no cars or motorbikes, no fax machine and no telephone. They do have a single computer and 5 radio sets that are used in Tbeng Meanchey, the Wildlife Sanctuaries and Preah Vihear Temple. PDoE is currently working the Seila/PLG program and with LUPU. One staff from the department works with each. 3. Seila/PLG Program In 2003, Seila/PLG approved $14,200 for PDoE, to fund 5 activities, mostly inside the Wildlife Sanctuaries - 1. Training course about Protected Area Management for 25 rangers. 171

172 2. Education awareness and Understanding about Environment. Includes a training course for 30 staff for 14 days, a training course for 147 members of commune councils, environmental awareness courses for 59 villages. 3. Produce a reservoir for water. 4. Support Eco-tourism and natural resource community management, through data collection, capacity-building to the community, community management, boundary demarcation and project assessment. 5. Operational Support to PDoE. 4. Workplan The PDoE workplan for 2003 aims to: 1. Establish natural resource management in one community in Kulen Promtep wildlife sanctuary. 2. Continue patrolling to control illegal activities in protected areas. 3. Short training course for staff about the environment 4. Short training course for the rangers of Kulen Prumtep wildlife sanctuary. 5. Education awareness program for the villages and communes inside and along the border of the protected areas. 5. Problems faced by PDoE - Lack of human resources and education - Lack of training courses - Insufficient funding, vehicles and equipment for activities - Problems with military and land mines in protected areas - Land clearances 6. Recommendations - Require increased national government support - Training courses from MoE regarding ministry procedures and enforcement - Training courses on management and ranger patrolling - Funding for building ranger stations in wildlife sanctuaries - Equipment, vehicles and communications devices - New, experienced staff to assist with provincial work - Require technical advice in order to assist communities with natural resource management II. Kulen Promtep wildlife sanctuary Kulen Prumtep Wildlife Sanctuary is located in three provinces, Preah Vihear, Siem Reap and Odor Meanchey. It currently has no overall director, with each provincial department taking responsibility for their section. The Wildlife Sanctuary contains a total of has eight communes, 35 villages, 3626 houses, 4496 families and people. 172

173 Five ranger stations exist within the wildlife sanctuary: 1 Tukhung UTM: E, N. 2 Yearng UTM: E, N. 3 Kantourt UTM: E, N. 4 Krolar Pears UTM: E, N. 5 Poure UTM: E, N. There are 25 rangers working in the wildlife sanctuary, recruited from villages inside. They have never been trained. Rangers usually patrol one or sometimes two weeks per month, mainly during the dry season when more people are doing illegal activities. They work without using GPS, map or compass but know about their local area. The salary range is 42, ,000 riel. Their targets are to reduce illegal activities such as hunting, forest clearance, electric fishing or poison fishing. No formal workplan or management plan exists. However, in 2003 PDoE plans to create two more ranger stations: 1 Kulen either at: a Koh Ke UTM: E, N or b Prey Veng UTM: E, N. 2 Anteul UTM: E, N. Particular threats include: - The soldier base near Tukhung station - Wildlife hunting, electro fishing, logging and forest clearance - The road from Thbeng Meanchey to Preah Vihear temple was recently constructed through the wildlife sanctuary, so the land along the road will be the target for encroachment. 173

174 Annex 1.11: Conservation Awareness and Community Participation (CACP) Considerations in Preah Vihear Protected Forest Troy Hansel, WCS Laos PDR. Effective wildlife conservation programs must have a balance between public education and participation, ecological research and management, and legislation and enforcement (Figure 1) (Jacobson 1995). Public Ed. and Participation Ecological Research and Management Legislation and Enforcement Wildlife Conservation Happens Here! Figure. This report focuses on the circle marked in grey -- Public Education and Community Participation. As with most other projects, conservation in the Preah Vihear PF can only happen with a good balance between all components in a conservation scheme. No one component can accomplish conservation. Surveys and ecological studies provide the necessary scientific information for managers to make informed decisions. Legislation and enforcement support management plans and decisions by wildlife and protected area managers. Public education and community participation is necessary to establish a positive, respectful, and participatory relationship between local people, protected forest staff, government officials, military, and other outsiders (Ling 2000, Stienmetz 2000). Community Participation The communities of Dongphlat, Moluprey and to some degree Robounh are interested in joining the CALM efforts to conserve key species of Preah Vihear PF. All the communities commented on their willingness to cooperate with a conservation scheme that will help them control outside pressures on the village resources. Much of this pressure stems from uncontrolled people with guns (police, military and military police). 174

175 Community participation in these areas may take many forms, some of the more common examples are: direct linked ICAD or ICDP (Integrated Conservation and Development Projects), co-management, conservation communities or societies, joint monitoring teams between PA staff and local people, eco-tourism, and direct payments plans. At this time it isn t clear which strategies might best fit for the situation in Preah Vihear PF, but some form of community agreements with the formulation a co-management plans appears to be one way forward (Hout et al. 2003). With only six villages in or near the 1,954 km2 protected area, village participation will be much easier than most other protected areas in Cambodia and the rest of Indo-China. A word of caution - ICAD (integrated conservation and development) projects have been a popular methodology of doing conservation for nearly twenty years with very little biodiversity conservation success (Ferraro and Kiss 2002, Wells et al. 1999). CALM must be cautious while designing aspects of community participation for the Preah Vihear PF. Below is a list of specific problems found in many Community-based Conservation (CBC) projects (Kiss 1999): The communities obtain economic benefit directly from the project and not from biodiversity. The linkages between project activities and biodiversity conservation are weak. Most projects aim to have strong links but over the life of the project the links dissolve. Many CBC projects aim to help communities develop alternatives for livelihood necessities (food, fuel, building materials, income etc.) to reduce their dependency on unsustainable exploitation of biological resources. However, unless this is accompanied by strict restrictions in access to those resources, most people will add resources instead of replace or substitute resources. For example: Building fish ponds to reduce pressure on the electro and chemical fishing of trapeangs. This will likely just add to the available fish resource and not replace the fishing from the trapeangs as it will be impossible to control access to the trapeangs. A better strategy for reducing pressure on the trapeangs maybe to work directly with the people who benefit most from the trapeangs by developing agreements on the methods used in fishing, access by outsiders, or even direct compensation for non use of the trapeangs. Usually CBC projects have 2 objectives: biodiversity conservation and improving the livelihoods of local people. Many people claim that they are one in the same, which may be true in the long term but short-term gain usually means the objectives conflict. The projects don t achieve demonstrable biodiversity conservation success in the short term. Therefore project evaluations and local people can t see the benefits from the projects early on. An alternative maybe the co-management of aquatic resources, which can provide quick and visible positive results to management activities (Baird 2000). The projects often don t have a clear vision with direct linkages to biodiversity. For example: what does CALM expect the Preah Vihear PF to look like in 5 or 7 or even 15 years from now. We should ask ourselves, Do the activities planned for this phase and the next, lead to reducing direct and indirect threats or problems affecting this vision for Preah Vihear PF. If they don t then we should refocus activities until they begin reducing threats to biodiversity. 175

176 Even though there are many problems associated with community participation in protected area management, the Preah Vihear PF must consider how to establish this necessary component to biodiversity conservation. A suggested map or framework for considering community participation and enforcement is provided in Appendix 1. Enforcement Some conservationists would say that without enforcement all conservation is lost. Active protection of parks requires a top-down approach because enforcement is invariably in the hands of police and other armed forces that respond only to orders from their commanders. When the commanders happen to be business partners of the local timber company, the idea for protecting nature is undeniably grim. (Terbourgh 1999). Several examples around Cambodia show that too much enforcement may cause local conflict between patrol teams, villagers and local authorities that may be irreversible in the near future. Enforcement alone is a short-term fix for long-term problems and creates conflict between local residents, outsiders and PA staff. Successful community participation depends on trust between residents and outside technicians that can be damaged by inappropriate enforcement too early. Once again the balance between the components of conservation for Preah Vihear PF shown in the Figure (community participation and education, ecological surveys and research, and legislation and enforcement) is critical to making progress in conserving biodiversity. The balance is not only in the quantity of each component in our project but we must consider the temporal and spatial balance of each. Careful consideration must be given to the timing and scope of each component. We need to consider, when and how do we involve communities and create a patrol team for the Preah Vihear PF? If a patrol team is to be created when should this be done? Who should be on the team? What regulations will be enforced by the Preah Vihear PF patrol team? We must consider these questions early on so that the patrol team enforcement does not conflict with community participation activities. Direct Incentives for Biodiversity Conservation Even though recent reviews of IDCPs show that there are very few incidences where increasing peoples livelihoods or meeting developmental needs has contributed to conservation of resources (Wells et al. 1999). We include some alternative examples for consideration as tools for community participation for doing conservation in Preah Vihear PF. These should be viewed as options for further exploration and not a prescription for conservation success. 176

177 Natural Resource Management Committees or Conservation Committees It maybe desirable to develop conservation committees that will help to formulate agreements, co-management plans, and oversees any ecotourism, direct payment or incentive plans. There should be predetermined criteria for anyone who joins the committee. The development of this committee will be as detailed as the community participation process itself. This committee will be the bases for many other initiatives mentioned below. Other examples in Cambodia show that this committee is crucial, and there is lots of room to make mistakes (for examples see the Dolphin project in Kratie, Kirirom NP with Mlup Baitong and the work in Prek Toel). Monitoring Biodiversity -- Joint Monitoring Teams Biodiversity monitoring has traditionally been a management activity that is conducted by protected area staff with little input or assistance by villagers (Stienmetz 2000). The formation of Joint Monitoring Teams (JMT) that include members of the protected area staff and people or individuals with resource tenure that work together to collect and record monitoring information (Ling 2000). Local people may not initially see great importance in systematically monitoring the biodiversity within the village use zone. However once some of the villagers realize the PA staff and the villager s objectives are largely the same they will begin to see relevance in monitoring. Using JMTs as a tool to conserve wildlife is an important chance to build an excellent relationship between PA staff and villagers, thus creating trust, which generates interest in natural resource management. Depending on the relationship between local people and the PA staff compensation may have to be given to the people who are collecting the information in the JMTs. Caution - it is often difficult to reverse compensation schemes within a local village context. We must think creatively when approaching compensation. The ideal situation will be when compensation is directly linked to the populations of wildlife or natural resource that is under threat. Compensation might take different forms for different situation. In some areas members of the JMTs might see the importance in the program and voluntarily participate in the JMT. It also might be possible to give clothing and prestige for their efforts, while in other areas JMT members might be given predetermined rice quotas as payment for the efforts in exchange for lost time in the paddy fields or the Chamkar. This scheme might qualify as food for work under the World Food Program (Emily Hicks, World Food Program, Lao pers. com.). Many villages may want cash payments for specific work conducted, this might best be given as stipends for days spent in the field monitoring or guarding a resource (ie trapeing, nesting site, etc). 177

178 Camera Trapping by rangers or members of JMTs. Automated cameras or camera traps are becoming a common tool for surveying and monitoring wildlife. Even though these cameras can produce impressive results in the field they require human resources to maintain them, changing batteries and film. With proper training, rangers or members of the JMTs can run these camera traps for the protected area project. This will increase the available monitoring and survey data for very little extra effort or investment, while providing an opportunity to have a direct incentives intervention (Robichaud 2002). The principle behind this concept is to treat Preah Vihear PF wildlife monitoring data much like an NTFP. The villages are essentially rewarded for having key species in their village use area, this concept has been tested briefly in villagers along the Sai Phou Luang mountain range between Lao and Vietnam and has practical applications for the Preah Vihear PF. The concept is described below: JMTs or conservation committees are formed in the villages around Preah Vihear PF. The JMT agrees to a list of key species that will be monitored over time using camera traps. WCS agrees to pay into a communal development fund for each individual key species photographed in the camera trap. Local people run camera traps for the JMT. The person actually running the cameras receives a stipend or other compensation for their efforts and lost time. The village development fund is thus linked directly to key species populations. For example: if the population of giant ibis goes up as shown by the number of ibis photos over time, the village development fund will increase proportionately. This money is monitored by the village committee and can be used for village development issues as they arise, e.g. the school in Dongphlat. It has some characteristics of a typical ICDP but is directly linked to the resource being monitored. It also creates an incentive for people to protect their resource tenure. The mechanism for financial disbursements must be explored with great caution so that the majority of stakeholder s benefits from the direct linked development activity. Creating a system with village community that has a transparent three party signature system will help to alleviate foul play between the select few. Ecotourism There is much talk about the value of biodiversity. Most of these values are difficult to see and somewhat intangible to the average person. However, many key species that make up this biodiversity have a clear economic value, as they are attractive to travelers and tourists. For example: The density of common birds, the prize White-shouldered Ibis which live within Thmatboey village use area, and the proximity to a national highway leading to a national tourist attraction (Wat Preah Vihear), all make this area a potential site for locally generated revenues directly linked to conservation. 178

179 Ecotourism is a tool for conservation that has proven successes and failures (Honey 1999). Key species conservation should be possible by creating direct linkages between the resource being conserved and the benefit from tourism (Hansel and Vannlath 2002.) With careful design and stakeholder input locally run ecotourism is possible. There are several examples in Cambodia now that are trying to establish the framework for tourism revenue supporting biodiversity conservation (Bradley 2003, Goes 2003). Developing community-based ecotourism is a complex and human resource dependant conservation strategy but may be one of the only selfsustaining ways forward in conserving biodiversity. There are many examples in Nepal where local people s livelihoods benefit directly from having key species out their back door. The details of ecotourism are outside the scope of this paper, however it is worth mentioning some possibilities. I encourage anyone moving forward with tourism in Preah Vihear PF to talk with Mr Frédéric Goes and Ms. Amanda Bradley. This will save huge amounts of time, effort, head aches, and money. Direct Payment Plans Many conservation projects around the world are emphasizing more direct incentives approach or in some cases a direct payment for biodiversity conservation. These might be in the form of land purchase, leases of resources, easements for non-use, and performance payments based conservation outcome. These payment plans are based on a person or group of people producing conservation outcomes in exchange for a payment in cash or exchange (Ferraro and Kiss 2002). There are potential applications for this in the Preah Vihear PF: leasing trapeangs for non-use, paying for protection of important breeding sites, distract the military from key sites through conservation payments and negotiations, easements for non-logging in important sites within the Chendar logging concession that overlaps with the Preah Vihear PF. Again similar activities such as these have been tried in Cambodia for large water bird conservation in Prek Toal on the Tonle Sap. References Baird, I Integrating community-based fisheries co-management and protected areas management in Lao PDR. Pages Claridge, G A Review of Conservation Management in the Lao PDR -Training Needs Assessment Conservation Management Systems Staffing. Pages Lao-Swedish Forestry Program/Forest Management and Conservation Program/Ministry of Agriculture and Forestry, Vientiane. Ferraro, P. J., and A. Kiss Direct Payments to Conserve Biodiversity. Science 298. Goes, F A Plea for a More Conservation-Sensitive Approach to Birding. Wildlife Conservation Society, Phnom Penh. Hansel, T., and S. Vannlath Conservation Principles for Protected Area Management and Ecotourism. Pages WCS, Vientiane. Honey, M Ecotourism and Sustainable Development. Island Press, Washington DC. 179

180 Hout, S. K., P. Bunnat, C. poole, A. W. Tordoff, P. Davidson, and E. Delattre Directory of Important Bird Areas in Cambodia: Key Sites for Conservation. Department of Forestry and Wildlife Department of Nature Conservation and Protection, BirdLife International, Wildlife Conservation Society. Jacobson, S. K., ed Conserving Wildlife - International Education and Communications Approaches. Columbia University Press, New York. Kiss, A Making Community-based Conservation Work. Society for Conservation Biology Annual Meeting. Society for Conservation Biology, College Park, MD. Ling, S NBCA Biodiversity Monitoring Training Manual. Pages WCS/FOMACOP, Vientiane. Margolius, R., and N. Salafsky Measures of Success. The Centre for Resource Economics, Washington DC. Robichaud, W Funding Rural Education Through Wildlife Monitoring in Lao PDR. Pages 5. Stienmetz, R Ecological Surveys, Monitoring, and The Involvement of Local People in Lao PDR. IIED, Bangkok. Terbourgh, J Requiem for Nature. Island Press, Washington DC. Wells, M., S. Guggenheim, A. Khan, W. Wardojo, and P. Jepson Investing in Biodiversity. The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Washington D.C. 180

181 Appendix 1. Community Participation and Enforcement. CALM Project Impact Indicators Ecological and Project Monitoring JMTs Follow-up Surveys Evaluations Use participatory biodiversity assessment methods to collect information about the local situation effecting the conservation of key sites -- listening to the local people involved in this area. Return results from information gathering back to the people showing genuine interest in their lives. This includes information from past ecological surveys Public Awareness Raising and Conservation Education about the regional and global significance Develop the CALM Project Objectives Common Understanding with How are we doing meeting our Conservation Objectives? Create a patrol team that can enforce comanagement agreements with insiders and Maintain open dialog with senior members of government: governors, military, police, ministers, and former popular figures. Introduce possible direct incentives as options for increased cooperation [village communities, military units]. Share agreements with authorities Create village conservation management agreements empowering the local majority. This should represent the majority of the people using the new wildlife legislation. 181

182 Annex 1.12: Chey Sen & Chhep Districts Socio-Economic Assessment Isidro Navarro, Action Against Hunger Note. Chhep district contains the Preah Vihear Protected Forest and O Scach Key Sites for the CALM project. Contents 1 Preah Vihear Province. 2 Administrative Structure in the Province 3 Action Against Hunger in Preah Vihear 4 Methodology of the assessment 5 Chhep and Chey Sen Districts 6 History and ethnicitys 7 Household Food Economy 7.1 Geographical Analysis 7.2 Food Economy Zones 7.3 Wealth ranking per Food Economy Zone: 8 Calendar of activities and Gender Analysis 9 Main concerns of the local population 10 Food insecurity and vulnerability. 11 Recommendations. 182

183 1. Preah Vihear Province. Preah Vihear is a sparsely populated province in the north of Cambodia, bordering Thailand and Laos, with a total population of around 130,000 people. Until April 1998, it could only be accessed by air as the roads were mined. The province has consequently failed to benefit from the development process experienced elsewhere in Cambodia. Preah Vihear has seven districts, four of which are cut off in the wet season by the Steung Saen River. Large areas of the same four districts were until 1998, too insecure for development projects. In the latter half of 1998, security improved and NGOs gained access to most parts of the province. In the last few years the province had begun to achieve some semblance of stability in light of the resent absence of the Khmer Rouge in the Northen districts. Despite this, the province is one of the least developed in Cambodia. Road conditions are appalling and so a large number of remote communities are incredibly isolated. The poor road conditions reduce the access for these people to the meager social services, and some villagers must undertake up to a 45km walk to reach the nearest health care. Limited access to markets is also a problem, especially in the rainy season when most access routes become totally impassable. 2. Administrative Structure in the Province The province is divided in seven districts that in turn are divided in communes and villages. In the 1990s the Government started a strategy of power decentralisation that consists of two parallell structures with executive power for the governance of the province. Starting from the base, there are the Commune Councils that were democratically elected at the beginning of These commune councils are the organs that represent the population and decide about the needs in the commune. The District Chief and District Offices of the Ministry Departments work through the commune councils. Village and Commune Development Committees are part of the structure in these commune councils. 3. Action Against Hunger in Preah Vihear Action Against Hunger has been working in Preah Vihear Province since 1993 assisting residents, Internally Displaced People and returning refugees in the conflict afflicted areas. The integrated approach that Action Against Hunger took looked at meeting the most basic of resettlement needs. These included health and food security programmes as well as providing access to safe water & sanitation and all the appropriate education and training involved in such an operation. Currently Action Against Hunger is implementing a Food Security/ Water and Sanitation Programme in five communes of Koulen and Chom Khsam Districts in the West of the Province. Besides, safe water supply and sanitation activities are being implemented also in Chhep District. 183

184 Action Against Hunger plans a reduction of its presence in the Northwest of the Province following the evolution of the context and focus attention on improving food security and access to safe drinking water for the population living in the most marginalized districts of Chhep and Chey Sen in the East. The isolation of most villages of these two districts combined with a lack of Government and NGO assistance makes them a priority consideration for an appropriate intervention by Action Against Hunger, as part of its population might be lacking adequate access to sufficient quantities of good quality food for an active and healthy life. A global analysis of both districts has been conducted. Allowing us to assess the humanitarian situation and its historic, social and economic context. Which will lead to a better understanding of the population as well as the identification of vulnerable/ food insecure households and the design of appropriate interventions to address their needs. 4. Methodology of the assessment The assessment operated sequentially from a macro-level (district and provincial) with the aim of establishing agricultural and/or socio-economic criteria that was used to define areas of homogeneity and households with similar characteristics. Thus, determining geographical variations in people s livelihoods. At this first stage information was gathered from available reports and Semi-structured interviews with Line Departments district staff, International Organisations and District chiefs. From this initial analysis, the following group of representative villages were selected to be visited during the field work : Chey Sen District : Teuk Leach, Khyang, Promol Pdom, Cheun Reung, Putrea and Preneak Roleuk. Chhep District : Mlou Prey, Preus K Ok, Kralot, Chhep Keut, Narong and Kampong Po. Market Surveys at the district centres were also conducted to determine seasonal variation of products in price, origin and availability. For the second stage,the micro approach was village-based and involved semi-structured interviews with individuals or groups, field and household visits. The aim was to develop an understanding of livelihoods, within the zone, cross-referenced by a food security analytical framework. On this second stage the following activities were carried out on each village visited : Participatory Rural Appraisals with small groups of villagers. Participants in these meetings were a random selection of villagers (5-10 persons) with the only requirement of being household decision makers. 184

185 As most villagers that attend and participate in these meetings are male, in every village a separated meeting with a random selection of 5-10 women, household decision makers as well as mothers or pregnant were also organised to consider also women s point of view about the reality and problems in their every day lives. For the PRA work the following techniques were used: Historical profiles and time trends, seasonal calendars, maps, Flow and Venn diagrams, proportional piling and matrix ranking. Information collected during the PRA with small groups of villagers: - Socio-economic groups: Definition of rich, middle and poor, in terms of what they do and what they own. - Sources of food, income and expenditure. - Timeline and recent history of the village. - Activity calendar. - Illiteracy rate. - Immediate concerns and priorities. Information collected during the PRA with small groups of women: - Activity calendar and gender division of tasks. - Illiteracy rate. - Immediate concerns and priorities. Household questionnaires for each wealth group After the different wealth groups were defined in the PRA meetings, the village chiefs provided the assesment team with a list of three families that belonged to each wealth group. These households were visited and they were interviewed by the team following a closed questionnaire. This questionnaire was the same one for all wealth groups and it was made up of the following four main topics : - Household characteristics - Agriculture - Livestock. - Household food consumption and seasonal variation. - Knowledge, attitude and practice in child feeding and care. The questionnaire was initially written in English and translated into Khmer language. The week before going to the field the questionnaire was tested. The asssessment team interviewed some households in the Provincial capital of Tbeng Meanchey and corrections to the questionnaire were made where necessary. 185

186 Direct Observation. After the PRA work with the villagers, two members of the team had walks around the village to see the living conditions and infrastructures (houses, household items, gardens, water poinst, school, rice mills, etc.). During these walks, informal interviews with villagers passing by, took place. - Assessment Team. The team was made up of four surveyors and one team leader, as well as the Food Security Officer expatriate. One of the surveyors that participated in the assessment was seconded staff from the Department of Agriculture. Assuring the implication of the MAFF in the assessment as it is estipulated in the MoU between them and Action Against Hunger. 5. Chhep and Chey Sen Districts Chhep and Chey Sen are two Districts in the North-east of the Province. Chhep has an area of approximately 2,500 km2 and it is one of the physically larger districts in Preah Vihear. There are 26 villages in its eight communes which had a total population of 13,848 inhabitants (2,602 families) by July On the other hand, Chey Sen is one of the smallest districts with an area of 1,100 km 2. It has six communes and 21 villages, with a total population of 16,597 inhabitants (3,029 families). 186

187 Map of Preah Vihear Province and the target districts of the assessment: Kampong Sralaou I Chey Sen District: Surface: 1,100 km 2 21 villages in 6 communes Mlou Prey I Mlou Prey II Tosou Saang Putrea Sangkae I Sangkae II Khyang Chhrach Chhep II Chhep I Thmear Kampong Sralaou II Chhep District: Surface: 2,500 km 2 26 villages in 8 communes Villages 6. History and ethnic groups From the semi structured interviews with key informants and the field visits, it seems that both districts are historically home to the Koui ethnic hill-tribe minority, most communes are now made up of Koui and Lowland Khmers with the exception of Kampong Sralaou communes where most of the population seems to belong, ethnically and culturally, to Laos. The Koui are an ethnic hill-tribe minority group of Preah Vihear Province. They apparently number in the thousands and live in the south and east of the province, but accurate figures are lacking. Within the Koui there are four sub-groups (Chantor, Ook, etc) who speak the same language with some small differences particular to each group. They have been in the area since long before colonial French times, living in small rural villages and following a mixed livelihood of rice production and collection of forest products. As happens with other ethnic minority groups in the country, "Koui" is a derogatory term that has negative connotations of stupidity and ignorance. As a result, there is a strong inferiority complex among this group and usually they identify themselves as Khmer, "hiding" their Koui origins. 187

188 During the last century, the French and later the independent Cambodian Government operated a gradual policy of education and increasing administrative control over the districts, with the long term goal of incorporating them into mainstream society ( Khmerisation ), low-land Khmers began settling in both districts, predominantly around the district capitals as government staff or ordinary families attracted by the potential for rice farming or trade. The districts fell under Khmer Rouge control since the early 1970s and many families were translocated to other parts of the country while lowland Khmers were forced to settle in villages of these districts. Former residents were only able to return to their homeland after the collapse of the Khmer Rouge regime from the early 1980s onwards. Also since the Khmer Rouge regime started in 1975, families were forced to practice collectivised paddy farming and share the production. This system continued during the 1980s until 1986 when private ownership of land was re-instored. However, Khmer Rouge soldiers still kept control of some areas of both districts up to Throughout all these years the local population lived in a constant state of insecurity with looting and burning of villages as well as fecruent mouvements of families to safer areas in the province. With the arrival of peace to the area, the main issue for the local population in the last four years have been the frequent «armed robberies», especially of cattle and buffaloes. As these animals are important investments for the families and rice production levels rely to a large extent on their availability. The lack of security has brought about small changes in farmers' practices as they do not feel so confident when being far away from their herd. Map of languages spoken in the area: Communes were most people only speak Khmer language Communes with a mayority of Lao speaking population Communes were Koui language is still spoken 188

189 During the field visit to communes where Koui language is spoken most of the population were fluent in Khmer language, especially the younger generations, as Khmer is the language used at school and their parents speak to them in Khmer language and not in Koui. However, in Kampong Po village of Kampong Sralaou I commune the situation was quite different as the poor knowledge of Khmer language by an important part of the local population was clearly an issue when organizing and conducting the PRA exercice with a group of villagers. During the PRA exercice, villagers claimed that 6% of men and 50% of women cannot speak Kmer language at all. The impression of the team is that the percentage of villagers that have serious difficulties in understanding and speaking Khmer language is higher (only two men and one woman participated actively in the PRA exercice while the rest sat around without saying a word which is rather unusual if compared with the rest of 11 villages visited during the assessment). 7. Household Food Economy 7.1 Geographical Analysis A food economy zone is an area where potentials and constraints exist for the whole population, in terms of access to food and income sources. Indeed, there is not a clear geographical difference in livelihoods for inhabitants of these two districts. The farm is the main source of food and income for most families in all villages, usually from rice growing and animal raising activities. Therefore, in both districts families are esentially «rice farmers». The forest comes in second place as a source of food and income, as its natural resources offer the local population a wide range of posibilities : - Source of food : fishing, hunting and collecting forest products such as honey, small invertebrates and wild vegetables. - Source of income : woodcutting, resin tappin and hunting. Woodcutting : Most farmers cut trees for selling to traders, in the village to neighbours or at least for building their own house. The closer the village is to the forest the more important woodcutting becomes for the household economy like in Chhep II and Thmear communes. Collecting firewood, wild vegetables, small invertebrates, honey, medicinal plants and grass for handicraft. Handicraft: Different types of grass are used for making thatch, mats, small containers for collecting water, etc. 189

190 Temporary jobs in the rice fields or in the forest. This may be that poor families work for the rich or an exchange of work among middle and poor families in the village as sometimes families, not necessarily rich ones, have too much work in a short period of time and they need to employ other people if they want to finish on time. There are no large flows of people from these districts going outside temporarily for a job. In Kampong Sralaou communes some villagers go to Laos or Thailand for working a few weeks in the rice fields but only a few families do this and for a short time. The income they get from this work is not essential for the household economy. The same applies for Saang commune in Chey Sen district, where some persons go to Kampong Thom temporarily. In the charts below it is represented the number of persons that emmigrate per commune in both districts according to the village data-book from the Department of Planning, July 2002 : Chhep district : Women Men 5 0 Chhep I Sangkae I Sangkae II Kampong Sralaou I Kampong Sralaou II Chey Sen District : Women Men 2 0 Saang Tosou Chhrach Putrea Fishing might constitute the most important source of proteins for the local population. Villagers fish in rivers, streams and in the paddy fields during the wet season. In Putrea and Kampong Sralaou communes fishing is a very important source of food due to the proximity of the river. 190

191 Illigal fishing practices, such as the use of explosives or poison as well as electrofishing seems to be widely practiced, at least in Chhep District. Villagers in Chhep II Commune complained about the use of poison for fishing by police or soldiers which is affecting the health of their cattle and buffaloes because they drink water from the river. In Kampong Sralaou I the Director of the Health Post thinks that many people get diarrhea in these two communes due to the poison used for fishing in the Mekong river. Apart from the direct negative impact on people and dometic animal's health. These illegal practices will eventually cause fish shortages for resident families. Hunting of small mammals, reptiles and birds is one of the main secondary activities of local families. Farmers regularly go to the forest with their dogs and hunt at the same time that they forage for wild vegetables or collect resin. During the dry season it is not unusual to burn the forest for hunting more easily. Some villager hunt with firearms, which is illegal, so no precise information on this matter was collected as it was most likely to interfere with the rest of the interview. Resin tapping: Liquid resins are collected from trees in the forest. A tap is cut in medium or large trees and burnt briefly each week to stimulate fresh resin flow. The resin is used domestically for low-grade lighting (torches) and commercially for waterproofing boats, paints, varnishes and probably also as an ingredient in perfumes. Tapping by villagers is unrestricted. Resin trees have some legal protection from logging but there are large loopholes and a number of trees have been felled in the area. Traditional ownership is held by the first person to find and tap a tree. The trees can then be given, inherited or sold within and between villages. Other forest resources amongst the trees are not 'owned' in the same way, but young or exhausted resin trees are. Most of the resin tapped in both districts seems to go to Steung Treng though taking different paths. In Thmear commune it is local traders the ones that buy the resin to their neighbours and take it to Steung Treng. Whereas in Chhep District, traders from outside the district come to the villages to buy the resin. these traders may come from Tbeng Meanchey, Kampong Thom or even Steung Treng itself. In Chhep II commune the resin is taken to Kampong Sralaou village and exported to Laos. It seems that sometimes the resin goes down to Steung Treng from Laos and others it follows a different route in this neighbouring country. The presence of traders is a key element for the resin to be an important part of people's sources of income. for instance, in Cham Roeun village of Chhrach commune the local population do not tap resin in large quantities due to the absence of a trader that would buy the production. 191

192 Trees suitable for resin-tapping seem to be predominantly in the densely forested areas where the logging concessions are (the north part of Mlou Prey I, Sangkae I and Chhep II communes in Chhep district and the eastern part of Thmear commune in Chey Sen). For most villages, people travel a few kilometres on day trips to tap resin, although for resin tapers from Mlou Prey II the distances are much longer. Usually collecting resin requires overnight stays in the forest as a 30 litre conteiner may need up to five days to fill it up (it is reported that a tree may have an annual yield of litres). In Chhep II, it seems that every village has an area of forest allocated for them and villagers can only tap trees situated within the boundaries of that area. On the other hand, in other communes like Mlou Prey, there is no division of the forest for each village and people from different villages can tap the trees of the same area. Prices also vary seasonally, in the dry season resin seems to be of higher quality than in the wet season and therefore prices are higher. Dry season prices ranged in the interval between 12,000-16,000 riel for a 30 litre container, folling to 10,000-13,000 riel/30 litre container in the wet season. Prices in this area seem to be much lower than in other parts of the country such as Mondulkiri province where the farmer can get over 20,000 riel for a 30 l. container. Logging does not seem to be a problem for the resin tapping activity. According to the villagers, logging companies are not interested in the tree species that produce resin. In Pgneak roleuk villagers said that they had some problems with the logging company in the past for cutting down some resin trees, but nowadays there is a committee that resolves any dispute between them and the logging company. Ever since this committee was set up no more resin trees have been cut down according to the villagers. 7.2 Food Economy Zones The contribution of the forest to people s livelihoods varies gradually from one village to another and it seems to be the most discriminatory factor for the division of the area in Food Economy Zones. Therefore, from the assessment at field level conducted in the area and after analysing the information collected, it was decided to divide the area in the following two Food Economy Zones : Food Economy Zone 1: Livelihoods dependent on rice production and animal raising. Reasonable access to markets and health services. Food Economy Zone 2: Livelihood dependent on rice production, animal raising and forest products. Limited access to markets and health services. 192

193 Apart from these factors, the availability of fish, especially in Putrea and Kampong Sralaou communes, also influences the population food security situation. However, this factor is not considered discriminatory for the division of the area in additional food economy zones. In the map below both districts are divided in these two Food Economy Zones : Food economy zone 1 Food economy zone Wealth ranking per Food Economy Zone: Wealth Indicators: Assets that reduce vulnerability or infer wealth include: - Land : Rice fields with dikes particularly if situated near the village or water sources. - Wooden house: The cut of the wood whether planks or sticks indicates disposable incomes. A metal or tiled roof also implies disposable incomes. A wooden house may indicate ownership of an oxcart unless the village is very near a forest or in areas where large amounts of logging takes place. In areas of commercial logging, resource poor families may have well cut wooden houses. Wooden houses may indicate former prosperous times - it is possible to find such houses void of possessions inside from former distress sales or from the past looting by the different armed groups in the area. 193

194 - Livestock: Allows ploughing of fields, renting out during ploughing, use for transportation with an oxcart, available for distress sales in stress periods. - Oxcart: Indicates that the family may have something to sell (fruits, rice or forest products). Allows collection of far greater amounts of firewood or resin. May be rented out at rates approximately double that of typical daily rural labour. By allowing market access, it increases bargaining power, income opportunities and profitability for the family. - Motorbike/ Bicycle: Allows families to transfer garden, rice or forest products to market thereby realising higher prices and increases bargaining power for sales and purchases. Allows participation in small trading activities. By decreasing transport costs (in terms of time spent travelling/walking) it increases profitability of forests and rice farm produce. - Vegetable garden: Vegetables in the garden can indicate improved health, higher education,access to water and market activities. - Health: Good health; particularly of children, babies, pregnant/lactating/elderly women. Indicates access to food and medicines as well as some level of education. - Appearance: New or clean clothes, dressed hair, general nice appearance, no skin infections. - Rice Mill: Or other small businesses such as wood saw, tyre pump, shops, motos. - Many items and tools under the house such as wooden planks, resin containers, tools, thatch or stored food, indicates activities in the household and prosperity whether the house is large or small, made of thatch or wood. Assets or circumstances which may indicate household impoverishment: - Land: Limited rice fields. Chamkar fields are generally some distance away in mountains or forest. Production will involve long treks with families sleeping in the fields for five days a week. Families are vulnerable to illness particularly malaria during harvest times. The size of the chamkar land is proportionate to manpower capacity within the family. Chamkar plots often cannot be ploughed because of the tree trunks and roots. - House: Reeds and thatch, not wood. A house made of wood implies the family has an oxcart unless the house is near a forest. Roof made of thatch. - No Livestock: Families will have to rent livestock if they have a rice field. Livestock may have been sold in former stress periods. - No Oxcart: Cannot collect or transport large amounts of produce (wood, fruits or rice). Dependence on visiting traders for sales and reduced bargaining power 194

195 - Few possessions: Low level of activities in the family. Nothing to sell in distress periods. - Poor health: Babies, children under five and lactating mothers. Untreated medical conditions and skin diseases. - Appearance: People particularly women take care of their clothes. Ragged clothes and unwashed appearance (unless returning from rice fields etc) generally implies impoverishment and constrained access to water - Few tools: Food incomes are dependent on access to tools. Families rarely if ever sell them. Production and incomes will be constrained by lack of tools. Wealth Groups: Using the «proportional piling» PRA method, these groups of villagers divided the local population in four wealth groups, with the following results: Food Economy Zone 1: - Rich: 4% of families. Farmers that own large extensions of paddy rice fields (3-6 Has) and livestock, especially cattle and buffaloes. Apart from the activity at the farm they have a motorbike or oxcarts and are involved in trade or work for the government (local authorities, health worker, etc) as well as giving credit to poor families in cash or rice. They own large wooden houses with a metallic roof and many household items inside (particularly the electric ones such as radio-cassette and television) and many times they are the owners of the local rice mill. Rich families are present in villages were there are large extensions of productive paddy rice fields or trade, such as around Chey Sen district capitals and Kampong Sralaou village. For the rest of villages families are usually divided in three wealth groups. - Middle: 32% of families. Middle families own a reasonable surface of agricultural land (1-2 Has) that assures enough rice production for the year at the same time that growing other crops and raising livestock. Apart from the activity at the farm they may work for the government (lower level than the rich) have bicycles and oxcarts and are involved in petty trade, give credit to poor families or own a small business in the village (shop, rice mill, wood saw, etc.). 195

196 In general, these families are very similar to the rich ones but they own less quantity of the same assessts and entitlements (less land and livestock, they have a bicycle instead of a motorbike and so on). Their houses are made of wood or thatch with a metallic roof and also with many items inside, electrical ones included. - Poor: 37% of families. In oposition to rich and middle families, poor families main characteristic is their limited rice production that makes them to face seasonal shortages on a yearly basis. This lack of rice is mostly due to the lack of enough land or livestock. In order to complement this shortfall in rice production, they carry out temporary works for the rich and middle as well as foraging for food in the forest. They own no more than one hectare of paddy rice fields and a similar surface of chamkar land. Their houses are of medium size and made of thatch. They also own livestock in small quantites, it is not unusual that they take care of female cattle that belongs to rich families in exchange of one of the calves that they might produce. Very Poor: 27% of families. Families in this category face the same constraints and problems than poor families but to a larger extent. Families with very limited rice production that suffer from long food shortages on a regular basis (up to 12 months). They live in a small thatch house, have limited manpower, very little or no livestock and cultivate exclusively chamkar rice fields. As the poor do with cattle, they also look after pregnant sows and poultry from the rich and they get paid with 50% of the offsprings. Female or amputee headed families, unaccompanied elders and orphans, families with large numbers of dependants (especially children under five) and recently arrived families with limited access to land, limited household assets and possible impaired access to community support mechanisms usually fall into this cathegory, as they lack labour power and are therefore unable to participate in certain food, agricultural or employment activities. Their limited education and fewer income sources limit opportunities to improve food supply and income. Therefore, the range of posibilities to cope with food or income shortages is severely curtailed. These families engage themselves in the following number of strategies to make up for the extremely low farm production: Search in forests for wild vegetables and animals to eat or sale Collection and sale of firewood or thatch Agricultural labour; clearing land, assisting in rice fields Distress sales of livestock. Borrowing money or rice from relatives or neighbours Consumption reduction (lower number of meals per day). 196

197 Food Economy Zone 2: Population is also divided in four wealth groups in this Food Economy Zone, with each group being very similar to their homologe in the Foof Economy Zone 1 (FEZ1). However, they have fewer possessions and livestock numbers than in the FEZ1 as well as a smaller surface of agricultural land (middle families already have chamkar plots in this zone unlike in the FEZ1 that only poor and very poor families have chamkar plots). Main activity is still rice farming but secondary activities are more related to the forest for all wealth groups, in FEZ1 mostly the poor goes to the forest foraging for food. In this zone the forest is an important source of food and income for the poor and the middle as well. Percentage of families on each wealth group per Food Economy Zone: 32% 24% 37% 42% 27% 31% Food Economy Zone 1 Food Economy Zone 2 4% 3% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor In general, the percentage of families on each wealth group is very similar in both Food Economy Zones, although it seems that poverty levels are somewhat higher in FEZ 2 due to the lack of trade. Sources of Food: Food Economy Zone 1 : In the chart we see that rich and middle families have more food from the farm as they produce more rice than the rest. Also they have more products for bartering and money to go to the market. Market here refers to the food that has been bought or bartered and does not come from the farm or the forest. It does not necessarily mean that the famlies get that food from what is supposed to be a «conventional market». Generally, the poorer the families the more they rely on the forest as a source of food. However. this trend does not apply to the very poor families that get most of their food in exchange of labour in the farms of the rich and middle families. 197

198 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Rice Market Forest Worker Food Economy Zone 2 : As it was said before in the description of the two zones, in the FEZ 2 the contribution of the farm as a source of food is lower and higher from the forest. This difference is especially relevant for the very poor families that do not get any food from working for other families. 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Rice Market Forest During the field visit of the assessment team to both districts, 22% of poor families interviewed and 58% of the very poor declared to face yearly rice shortages longer than 6 months, as shown in the following diagram: 45% 30% 28% 7% 15% 34% 8% 33% Very Poor Poor 9-12 months 6-8 months 3-6 months less than 3 months Length of the hunger gap In most villages families can borrow rice at low or no interest at all. Only in some communes of Chey Sen dsitrict, like Tosou, Khyang, Saang and Chhrach rice loans are given at high interest rates. 198

199 The following information about interest rates for rice loans was collected during the field visit: Village Rice loan interest Khyang 100% Promol Pdom 100% Teuk Lech 70% Preus K aok 50% Kampong Po 50% In the remaining 7 villages visited, no interest for the rice loan needs to be paid. Income Sources: Food Economy Zone 1 : The same reasoning that has been used for food sources applies to income sources, with most families getting more income from the farm and animal raising. Depending on the yields for evey particular season, families market important amounts of rice after the harvest, up to 50%. Rich families also get an important income from trade, whereas the rest complement their income with temporary jobs and some forest products for the very poor such s torches made of resin and sold at the village. 80% 70% 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Business Rice Animal Raising Worker Forest 199

200 Food Economy Zone 2 : In this zone poor families go to the forest to collect resin and wood while the middle and rich families, that have got the oxcart, transport and sell them to the trader. 60% 50% 40% 30% 20% 10% Business Rice Animal Raising Worker Forest 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Resin tapping is an important source of income for local families. In Pgneak Roleuk, villagers claimed that every family has an average number of 50 trees for resin tapping. As to Narong and Mlou Prey villages, average ownership of trees according to the wealth group is as follows: Number of trees Middl e Poor Very Poor Sources of Expenditure: Food Economy Zone 1 : Almost one quarter of the household s money is spent on food. Medicines, household items, school fees, ceremonies and agricultural inputs are other important expenses for the families. 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Food Health Education Clothes Ceremonies 200

201 Food Economy Zone 2 : In this zone familes expend more on food and health and less in education, clothes and ceremonies, which seems to be directly related to the general higher poverty levels of these communes. 40% 35% 30% 25% 20% 15% 10% 5% 0% Rich Middle Poor Very Poor Food Health Education Clothes Ceremonies As production is predominantly for home consumption, marketable surpluses are limited thereby producing seasonal price variations. As a major proportion of household income is spent on food, food deficit households are vulnerable during the lean period. Illiteracy per wealth group According to the villagers that attended the PRA sessions, illiteracy rates are higher in the poorer wealth groups. Results from the PRA exercice are as follows: Rich 35% Middle 64% Poor 71% Very Poor 79% This information is mainly indicative of the direct relation between wealth and illiteracy. More accurate information about the number of people that can read and write are given in the part of this report that deals with education. 8. Calendar of activities and Gender Analysis In general, male and female members of the household have distinct separate roles in their contribution to the houshold s economy. Generally, men are in charge of cash generating activities that need to be done far away from the household. On the other hand, women usually take care of the food producing activities close to the household. 201

202 Female activities diagramme: Small livestock and poultry Rice milling Household tasks and child care Fetch water Wome Time-consuming tasks at the rice fields that require stamina but not phisical Collect firewood and thatch Some female activities are also undertaken by children in the family such as fetching water. Male activities diagramme: Cattle and buffalo raising Woodcutin Tasks at the rice fields that require phisical Travelling (trade) Hunting and fishing Men Collect i Grow cash crops This division of tasks within the family has some flexibility, as it is always survival oriented and to optimise the use of labour within the household. For instance, if there is a water source nearby the house, it will be the woman the one that grows vegetables but if there is no water source then vegetables will be grown by the man in the chamkar plots (usually far away from the house). The distance from the village required to do the activity is usually an important factor that determines if that task will be done by men or women. - Calendar of activities: The year round calendar of activities is mostly defined by the different tasks related to rice production. The rest of secondary activities adapt to the requirements of the rice fields and are included into the calendar whenever it is not a peak period of labour demand for the rice fields. The calendar of activites changes from village to village depending on their particular chracteristics such as distance to the forest or to the water sources, below it is represented the calendar for men in Kralot village that was visited during the field visit of the asessment team: 202

203 RAIN Activities Hunting Resin J an Fe b M ar A pr M ay Khmer New Year Land preparation Ju n Sowin g Ju l Wild veg Leaves Tubers Woodcutt ing Fishing Au g Se pt Transplanting O ct N ov Pchum Beng Harvest It is usually in the dry season and during the gap periods between tasks in the rice fields when families have time to dedicate to secondary activities. However, for some activities like harvesting wild vegetables or fishing their seasonality also determines their optimum time. For women : D ec RAIN Activi ties Ja n Fe b Collecti ng thatch M ar A pr Khmer New Year Collec t firewo od May Jun J ul Land prepara tion Sowi ng A ug Se pt Transplant ing O ct N ov Pchum Beng Harvest D ec Work at the household and child care take most of their time and are conducted throughout the year 203

204 9. Main concerns of the local population In the villages visited, men and women were separated in different groups and the assessment team requested them to enumerate what they consider to be the main problems at the community as well as at the household level. Results of this activity are presented in the following chart : Agriculture Education Water Health Roads Domestic violence Women Men Robberies AgricAgriculture Most problems enumerated by both, men and women, were related to agriculture. Main one was the low livestock numbers, especially of draught animals. High mortality and morbidity in domestic animals ; lack of agricultural land, lack of seeds and irrigation facilities. A shortage of fish was usually mentioned. In some villages families complaint about illegal fishing practices such as the use of poison and explosives that has a negative impact on fish resources and directly affects the health of people and livestock. Education Women showed concern about their illiteracy and poor knowledge on issues that directly affect their lives such as health, hygiene, childcare or agriculture. On the other hand, men considered the lack of school buildings as the main problem in education. Water Villagers view the lack of water sources as one of the main constraints to increase agriculture production. The situation is more severe in Chey Sen district than in Chhep. Dykes and ponds for irrigation of rice fields and to provide water for cattle and buffaloes. Ringwells, boreholes and water jars for the family needs and home stead food production. Women see water more of a priority as they are the ones that have to walk long distances to fetch water for the family. 204

205 Health Scarce and expensive medicines, poor health of the population and high morbidity rates. Lack of kowledge on health related issues such as birth pacing and prevention of diseases. Roads Bad roads that degrade every season with no rehabilitation system. This acts as a major hindrance for trade and severely limits income sources for the whole population. Domestic violence It is usually associated to alcoholism in male members of the household (usually the head of the family). There seems to be a relation between the wealth status of the family and domestic violence as this problem usually happens in the poor and very poor cathegories. More women than men consider domestic violence to be a problem. Robberies As mentioned before, for the local population "roberies" has been the main issue since the peace arrived in Especially cattle and buffaloes. 10. Food insecurity and vulnerability. Based on the opinion of key informants, local population and assessment team, in Chey Sen and Chhep districts the following factors are considered to contribute towards food insecurity and poor nutritional status of the local population: Remote communities with poor infrastructures, lacking market access from wet season cut off, insecurity and geographic distance. Population in Kampong Sralaou communes have the additional problem of being more economically linked to Laos than to Cambodia. Although they can have access to health and education services in Laos, these services are usually far more expensive than in the rest of communes. Besides their limited knowledge of Khmer language further increases their vulnerability. History of conflict and enforced household mobility resulting in impoverishment with fewer household goods, valuables and livestock. Insecure areas with frequent robberies, especially of cattle and buffaloes. Livelihood dependence on high risk rain fed agriculture. Limited irrigation, chronic problems of pestilence and diseases in crops, droughts and floods. Resource poor farmers act to minimise risk rather than maximise profits, therefore constraining output potential in the long run. 205

206 Limited knowledge of appropriate agricultural production methods. Environmental degradation mostly due to deforestation. Affecting soil conservation, water resources and rainfall. Variable food production, seasonal incomes and purchasing power from seasonal price fluctuations - variable prices with large proportion of household expenditure spent on food Narrow food entitlement and income portfolios. Cycles of indebtedness resulting in ever diminishing access to household surplus production. Absence of access to credit Absence of veterinary skill and animal health services. Limited knowledge on hygiene, limited access to health and education facilities (high illiteracy rate). Nutritional deficiencies, poor housing and sanitation leading to poor health particularly in the wet season. Almost three quarters of poor families and over 90% of the very poor face seasonal rice shortages and are food insecure. This shortfall in rice production is mostly due to the lack of enough land and livestock. Chamkar fields dependent families, female or amputee headed families, unaccompanied elders and orphans, families with large numbers of dependants (especially children under five) and recently arrived families with limited access to land, limited household assets and possible impaired access to community support mechanisms are usually food insecure, as they lack labour power and are therefore unable to participate in certain food, agricultural or employment activities. With a high illiteracy rate, their limited education and fewer income sources further inhibits their opportunities to improve food supply and income. These families face greater barriers in acquiring access to credit because of their known limited opportunities of income generation. Therefore, the range of posibilities to cope with food or income shortages is severely curtailed. The strategies employed by vulnerable families to cope with food shortages act to further increase long term vulnerability as they directly impact on their resource bases exhausting future production capacity: Distress sales reduce or destroy future agricultural, food and income production capacity Impaired health and production capacity from consumption reduction and nutrient deficiencies Indebtedness with high interest rates. Benefits accrued in good years are spent repaying debts accrued in bad years rather than investing in enhanced production or protection strategies. Families are unable to build savings or reserves for future food stocks. Depletion of fish stocks and wild animals and vegetables through over foraging, fishing and hunting Deforestation and destruction of woodlands and trees beyond sustainable levels Collection of forest products may incorporate staying in high risk malaria areas 206

207 Poor families are more dependent upon community assistance, which is necessarily reduced during food shocks. Such families are forced to reduce the quantity and quality of the food they consume, as they are less able to produce more food or access credits of any sort. Their poor access to land and water sources as well as their lower income limit opportunities to improve and diversify their diet. Therefore, it is difficult to ensure food security for such groups in the event of food shocks. 400 Chey Sen Number of handicapped, orphans and female headed families in these districts: Source: Village data book-department of Planning. Female and handicapped headed families as well as the elderly and orphans are considered particularly vulnerable as they lack labour power and are therefore unable to participate in certain food, agricultural or employment activities. Income portfolios are more limited and livelihoods more readily destroyed. Some of the elderly allow other families to work their land and they are given some of the harvest or they assist the families in transplanting. 11. Recommendations. Chhep Handicapped Orphans<15 Female headed families Chey Sen Chhep Despite the relative stability that both districts have enjoyed since the civil strife came to an end in 1998, large parts of the local population are still food insecure. Although the droughts that seriously affected provinces in lowland Cambodia also reduced rice production in this area (still to be assessed when data from the last harvest is available), the natural resources available in the forest act as an essential source of food and income that counteracts the inmediate negative effects of food shocks for the most vulnerable households and there does not seem to be an inmediate need for short term food assisstance. However, the nature of food insecurity in these districts is deeply rooted in several interlinked factors that traps the local population in endemic cyrcles of poverty, ignorance and malnutrition. In such a situation a long term approach is needed to strengthen food security in a sustainable and equitable way. 207

208 Interventions need to be designed considering the social and ethnic diversity of these two districts as well as the important role that women play in assuring food security at the household level. Proposed interventions: Transport infraestructure - Rehabilitation of roads to improve access to services and trade. Construction of bridges, culverts and drainage systems in roads. Water infraestructure: - Providing access to safe drinking water, particularly in communes of Chey Sen district. - Create or rehabilitate irrigation structures such as wells, ponds and dykes. Health Services: - Improve access of the local population to medical treatment and medicines. - Capacity building and training of health workers, private clinics, traditional healers and birth attendants. - Child growth monitoring. - Regular distribution of vitamin A tablets and iron capsules for children under five and pregnant/lactating women. - Village-based health promotion activities. Livestock: - Restocking of livestock applying the same traditional systems of caring for the animal in exchange of a part of the offsprings. - Provide animal health services at village level (VLA) and vaccination campaigns. 208

209 Homestead food production: - Promotion of Vegetable growing at the home garden through the distribution of vegetables seeds and tools with the appropriate technical training. - Promotion of household ponds for fish raising. Ponds can be dug through a cash for work system that would increase income during the lean period and reduce pressure on the forest's natural resources. Community development Interventions design to develop the capacity of communities to adress food insecurity in their villages and provide systems to cope with food shortages and build up household entitlements. - Community rice banks that allows food insecure families to borrow rice at low interest rates during the lean period. - Community forest management projects for a sustainable use of the forest's natural resources, as livelihoods are heavily dependent on them. - Capacity building of village development committees for identification of needs and design of village development action plans. 209

210 Annex 1.13: Potential for Eco-tourism Considerable potential exists in the Northern Plains to develop eco-tourism, both as a short excursion for visitors to the Preah Vihear temple, and for bird-watcher enthusiasts wanting to visit more remote locations. Eco-tourism is a newly developing concept in Cambodia, and there are several initiatives to develop community-based Eco-tourism. WCS is a member of Cambodia Community-based Eco-tourism network. The Northern Plains being one of the first such sites within Cambodia, the Eco-tourism component in this project will be able to contribute to development of Eco-tourism in the country. Preah Vihear Temple The recent development of new roads to the Angkorian-era Preah Vihear temple is encouraging local tourism. Substantial increases in the number of visitors to the temple are expected in the next few years, and development of tourism is an objective of provincial and national authorities. The road linking the temple to the provincial capital of Preah Vihear (and the national road network) was built through the Kulen Promtep Wildlife Sanctuary key site for conservation. The two villages of Tukhung and Thmatboey are found inside the wildlife sanctuary near the Stoeng Sen River. Nearby both villages are sites of particular importance for several rare bird species. In the wet season a large area around the Stoeng Sen floods, and is under 1-3 metres of water. A colony of darters, adjutants and black-necked storks breeds in the flooded forest at this time. Outside of the Tonle Sap this is the only known darter colony in Cambodia. Sarus Crane and Ibis also breed in the flooded grasslands and forests; this is one of the most important breeding sites for the species (ICF data). Both villages would be suitable candidates for establishing an eco-tourism project. Tukhung is located on the main road from the provincial capital to Preah Vihear temple (an extension of the national road to the province), and Thmatboey is 4km off this road. A new road is currently being built linking the temple with Siem Reap - this road will also pass through Tukhung, but not the provincial capital. The bird colonies can be visited during the wet season, by a short boat ride from Tukhung. The whole visit might take only 2 hours, as a stop-of on the way to the temple. Thmatboey is easy to visit during the dry season, when villagers/rangers could guide tourists to see the ibises, which are easily found near the village. Bird-Watchers to Preah Vihear Protected Forest The Preah Vihear Protected Forest has become known amongst birdwatchers since the rediscovery of the Giant Ibis in 2000/2001. WCS now receives >10 requests a year from groups interested to travel to the region, despite a complete lack of advertising. In 2003, project staff encountered a foreign Bird-watching tourist who had traveled solo to the Preah Vihear Protected Forest key site. The same area was also visited by the first-ever organized bird tour to Cambodia, Birdquest, in 2003 and a proposal from a Singapore-based group has just been received for

211 Given that the interest exists the challenge is how to develop a structure for eco-tourism to manage this in a manner that provides benefits to the wildlife and local communities. The attached appendix gives the perspectives from one of the guides of the Birdquest tour. It was after this tour visited the project site that the district and commune chiefs approached WCS staff to request information about who the foreigners were who arrived by their own transport, stayed 3 days, and then departed without informing or acknowledging local authorities. 211

212 Appendix. A Plea for a more Conservation-sensitive approach to Birding Tourism Frédéric Goes, osmose, Siem Reap, Cambodia Background From 9th to 22nd of March 2003, I participated to the first-ever organised bird tour to Cambodia, as group co-leader for UK-based Birdquest, a leading birding tour company. The expedition visited Kompong Thom grassland area (Bengal Florican), camped 3 days in Preah Vihear savanna-forest (Giant Ibis) and traveled to Siem Pang district, Stung Treng province (Mekong Wagtail, White-shouldered Ibis) before ending up in Siem Reap for day-trip to the Tonle Sap (Greater Adjutant, Milky Stork) and the Ang Tropeang Thmor Reserve (Sarus Crane). From a twitching point of view, the trip was a full success all expected bird highlights being at the rendezvous. Travel and logistic went smoothly and no health or safety problems impaired the journey, despite the age of the participants ( former athletes in their 60s to 70s) and a 40 Co overwhelming heat. However, having being involved in bird conservation in-country for several years, I realized during the trip that this type of consumerist birding does by no way contribute neither to long-term conservation objectives nor to local awareness and development. More disturbingly, it may even be, involuntary conservation antagonist due to its UFO s effect a strange, fast-speed and puzzling phenomenon observed by villagers of remote Cambodian forests. Local conservation and development issues generated by birding tourism Three main issues were identified during the trip. They were all involuntary provoked and resulted basically from lack of awareness and precautions both from the groups of visitors and from local communities. They essentially reveal how premature this kind of trip is for Cambodia and for unprepared, remote communities. The issues all appeared very conspicuously in Siem Pang, a district village used as our base during 3 days. 1. Conservation paradoxes This was observed in two instances. In the first case, we came back from our bird search to give back the pickup (the only available in the whole district) to its owner when we found out his wife about to fry several Thick-billed Green Pigeons. She happily showed me a full basket of c. 20 life birds for future meals (see photo). The owner belongs to the family of the retired district governor; not exactly an example of abiding by the Cambodian wildlife protection laws, as expected (?) from high government officials. There was no attempt to hide this practice to me, as the lady didn t see any antagonism between renting her truck for bird watching and eating bird. Probably also her understanding of exactly what was the exact purpose of our group was close to zero. 212

213 The next morning, as we came back from our walk to our parking spot, I heard tiny squawking coming from the bag of the motorbike driver. During his hours of waiting, he managed to buy Parakeet nestlings from a passing buy villager who had just collected them. Again, he didn t see any wrongdoing or antagonism between driving us for birding and buying these nestlings by pity for the birds. Other members of the group realized the problem and showed their indignation. The driver was then sincerely sorry and vowed to give the nestlings back to the collector and to ask him to put them back on the nest! This highlights how fast-food birders have to face crude realities of bird conservation issues in poor countries, whether they wanted to ignore it or not. 2. Sideline incentive for wildlife collection Many households in Siem Pang town were seen having wildlife pets such as Pig-tailed Macaques and Lesser Adjutants fledglings (see photos), reflecting the widespread habit of hunting, trapping and harvesting of wildlife in these Lao-ethnic riverine communities. I visited some of those and inquired briefly to the pet s owners and relatives about the provenance and history of the animals. At several instances, people proposed me to find the ibises so that we could see them and buy them. This clearly showed how the purpose of our visit was largely distorted. Such biased, reducted understanding of the nature of our interest for birds may result in creating a perceived market for rare species and therefore act as indirect incentive for locals to collect species which were not particularly targeted by hunters-trappers previously. 3. Local economy disruption As there was only one four-wheel truck available and suitable enough for our group, we readily accepted the proposed price, probably well above the usual market prices. Motorbikes were also rented. Local NGO workers having to rent vehicles to travel the next day to a village for their work reported me they had problems finding motorbikes at usual rates because of our group s impact. Recommendations and mitigation measures It is advisable that all stakeholders involved are aware of the above issues and take steps to avoid they are repeated, or at least to minimize them, were such trips to be renewed in the future. Here are a few recommendations I feel would be appropriate and realistic in order to address them. 1. To restrict the dissemination of survey results regarding highly priced species Details on localities and practical information about newly found populations of much looked after species should not be freely and readily communicated outside the scientific world. Conservation bodies should impose themselves a birding quarantine period in such cases. The restriction would end when a system is put in place to ensure the visit of birding groups will not have detrimental impact to conservation objectives and local development issues. This amounts to set up a targeted local awareness program and to establish a ecotourism committee. It may require 2 to 3 years of community-based work, depending on funds available, the type of conservation issues and the size of the population in the target area. 213

214 2. To hold meetings with the community Formal or informal evening meetings between the community where the birders stay and themselves will greatly improve local awareness and foster appropriate attitude, at least in contact with the group. This should avoid the surrealistic situations decribed in issue 1 above (conservation paradoxes). The meeting should be attended by local leaders, service providers (accommodation, food sellers, vehicles owner), NGO s and other interested villagers. Birders should explain the purpose of their visit, what species they come to see and why, and discuss with the villagers about conservation issues as well as development issues. 3. To contribute financially to a local development project A donation to a community support project should be officially handed over at the meeting*. This will significantly enhance the strength and impact of the conservation message the meeting should send. This however requires preliminary work with the community to identify the most appropriate project to be supported. Best is a concrete, visible public works like a water pumps, a building (even toilets), a bridge or road Otherwise, an envelop to support a local NGO s project component is an alternative. Important is here to have reliable people overseeing its implementation, ensuring feedback of the aid results (photo, brief report), plus having a visual label recalling the donor and the key bird s to protect so as to remind people the conservation message linked with the donation. * Birdquest donated $600 to the Sam Veasna Fund. It is recommended that it is used for a local conservation awareness project in Siem Pang. 4. To set up ecotourism committees Remote and small communities seeing the new but limited arrival of nature tourists could set up a local committee to oversee this new activity. This idea was suggested to me by the women working for YWAM in Siem Pang. The committee should organise services, fees and rules so that it benefit the largest possible number of families, and also contribute to raise local awareness about ecotourism and its conservation message. 214

215 Annex 1.14: Maps See separate file 215

216 SECTION II : TOTAL WORKPLAN AND BUDGET

217 FINANCING PLAN Summary The total financial package of the intervention (excluding preparatory funds) is estimated to be US$ 4,468,618. Of this, the GEF is requested to support incremental costs through a grant of US$ 2,300,000, in addition to the US$ 210,000 dispersed during the PDF-B. All co-financing sources, WCS, Seila/PLG and the RGC, are parallel funding with a total value of US$ 2,665,518 including monies dispersed during the PDF-B. The table below summarises the co-financing sources. An incremental cost analysis has been provided as Annex 6 in Section 1. Name of Cofinancier (source) WCS (preparatory phase) WCS (preparatory phase) Co-financing Sources Classification Type Amount (US$) Status NGO Grant 260,000 Dispersed during PDF-B NGO Committed in-kind 215,400 Dispersed during PDF-B WCS NGO Grant 1,100,000 Confirmed. See letter attached. WCS NGO Committed in-kind 500,000 Confirmed. See letter attached. Seila/PLG (Year 1) Multilateral donor project Grant 132,402 Confirmed. See letter attached. Seila/PLG Multilateral donor project Committed in-kind 331,005 Confirmed. See description below and RGC (preparatory phase) EA Committed in-kind RGC EA Committed in-kind Sub-Total Co-financing 2,665,518 WCS letter attached. 21,500 Dispersed during PDF-B 105,210 RGC has endorsed the project. WCS dispersed US$ 475,400 during the PDF-B phase and has committed co-financing of US$ 1,600,000 (US$ 500,000 in-kind, US$ 1,100,000 grant) to the full project. This has been calculated on the basis of US$ 200,000 per annum, including the 1-year preparatory phase to the full project following the end of the PDF-B.

218 Seila/PLG Seila/PLG is committing various financial resources to the five provinces (Preah Vihear, Banteay Meanchey Odor Meanchey, Stung Treng and Siem Reap) of the Northern Plains project. Some of these resources are for unrelated activities or for activities which can be considered baseline to the GEF proposed project. However, considerable resources are being directed to specific activities that are crucial for the success of the CALM project and which are recognised in the project logistical framework. The current phase of Seila/PLG is due to last until 2005, however UNDP funding to PLG is expected to be renewed for the phase. The annual PLG planning process is particularly relevant for CALM and activities leading to Outcome 1: Integrated conservation and development planning at the landscape-level. Without PLG activities there would be no forum to integrate project achievements at key sites into district, provincial or landscape plans. In 2004 and 2005 the annual UNDP financing for these processes will be approximately $50,000 per province. If biodiversity values are integrated into only 20% of planning activities, the total in would be $100,000, with a further $250,000 anticipated for if the current contribution is maintained at this level. PLG also provides funding to Provincial Departments, through the Provincial Rural Development Committee (PRDC). In 2004 and 2005 $32,402 will be allocated to activities that directly contribute to natural resources management and are within the CALM logistical framework (such as establishing community forests). Even if the Seila/PLG contribution remains the same, at a minimum level, over the contribution is expected to be $81,005. In reality, the CALM project is expected to motivate a greater contribution than this from Seila/PLG through influencing the ability of the relevant Government agencies to apply for resources, though this cannot now be estimated. From the committed budgets of Seila/PLG and the operational plans for coming years, it is expected that a total of US$463,407 will be provided for activities directly related to the CALM project.

219 DETAILED BUDGETS A. GEF (annual ATLAS budget) ITEM DETAILS Agency ATLAS CODE YEAR 1 YEAR 2 YEAR 3 YEAR 4 YEAR 5 YEAR 6 YEAR 7 TOTALS $2,300, Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Intl Chief Technical Advisor WCS ,000 75,600 39,690 41, , ,208 Intl Training Advisors WCS ,000 12, ,600 Natl Project Manager WCS ,040 9,490 9,963 10,459 10,980 11,527 12,101 73,558 Study Tours. Site workshops and national workshops. Provincial Steering Committee Meetings Travel WCS ,000 9,000 9,000 5,000 2,000 4,000 2,000 36,000 Trainers WCS ,000 3,000 3,000 3, , ,000 Reports/Publications WCS ,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 11,500 Supplies WCS ,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 7,000 $ 443, Applying Mainstreaming Measures Intl NRM Specialist WCS ,000 12,600 13, , ,722 Intl Communities/Education Specialist WCS ,000 12,600 13, , ,722 Intl Monitoring GIS Specialist Natl Communities Specialists WCS ,000 12,600 13, ,830 WCS ,240 4,450 4, ,361 Communities Officers WCS ,272 13,920 14,600 8,759 5,590 3,977 4,173 64,292 Local Staff Villagers WCS , ,536 Buying Imagery Aerial Photos WCS , ,750 Boundary Demarcation WCS ,250 2,500 1, ,500 Incentive Scheme WCS ,750 2,800 5,250 5,250 5,250 3,500 2,800 26,600 Payments Site-level training. Sitelevel Travel WCS ,000 3,000 3,000 2, ,250 workshops. National Trainers WCS ,000 3,000 3,000 3, ,000 workshops. Reports/Publications WCS , , ,500 5,000

220 Expendable Equipment and Supplies Non-Expendable Equipment Motorbikes (4), Computer Stations (2), GPS (4) WCS ,750 1,750 1,000 1, ,000 WCS , ,200 Equipment Maintenance & Fuel Motorbikes (6) WCS ,620 1,620 1,620 1, ,100 $ 311, Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Intl PA Advisor WCS ,000 25,200 26,460 13,892 14,586 15,315 16, ,534 Intl Monitoring GIS Specialist WCS ,000 12,600 13, ,830 Intl Communities/Education Specialist WCS ,000 12,600 13, , ,722 GIS Specialist WCS ,640 3,820 4,009 4,207 4, ,092 Natl Site Managers WCS ,740 12,325 12,939 13,584 14,261 14,972 15,719 95,541 Eco-tourism Specialist WCS ,440 2,560 2, ,686 Eco-tourism Officers WCS ,240 1,300 1,363 2,669 2,799 9,371 Law Enforcement Officers WCS ,640 19,540 20,485 21,477 18,023 5, ,069 Rangers WCS ,920 10,920 10,920 10,920 10,920 9,720 7,620 71,940 Education Officers WCS ,960 5,200 5,452 1,429 1, ,540 Monitoring Officers WCS ,416 4,632 4,859 3,406 3,573 1,886 1,978 24,749 Local Staff Teacher WCS ,200 1,200 1,800 1,800 1, ,200 Supplements Support Staff Drivers, Cooks WCS ,300 2,366 2,435 2,508 2,284 2, ,959 Audio/Visual Production WCS ,000 5,000 5,000 5, ,000 Contract : Database WCS , , ,000 Programming Contract : Infrastructure WCS ,505 54,837 15, ,010 development Contract : Imagery and WCS , , , ,000 interpretation Posters WCS ,000 5,000 5,000 5, ,000 Reports/Publications WCS , ,000 1,250 2,000 9,000

221 Boundary Demarcation and WCS ,250 4,500 1,250 1, ,250 Signboards Site-level training. Sitelevel Travel WCS ,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1, ,500 workshops. National Trainers WCS ,000 3,000 3, , ,000 workshops. Expendable Equipment Supplies WCS ,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 2,250 1,250 19,750 Expendable Equipment Annual ranger/patrol WCS ,157 1,980 1,980 1,980 1,860 1,320 1,040 12,317 team equipment Expendable Equipment Vulture Restaurant Cows WCS ,500 2,500 2,500 2, ,000 Non-Expendable Equipment Non-Expendable Equipment Equipment Maintenance & Fuel Hi-lux (2), Motorbikes (10), Computer Stations (4), GPS (10), Radios (9), Generators (10) Education: TV, Video, Generator Hi-lux (2), Motorbikes (20), Radios (20), Generators (12) WCS , ,950 WCS , ,000 WCS ,540 9,540 9,540 9,540 9,540 9,540 7,140 64,380 $1,087, Project Management and Evaluation Natl Finance Director WCS ,832 5,072 5,324 5,589 2,949 3,095 3,248 30,109 Support Staff WCS ,140 3,293 3,454 3,622 3,799 3,985 4,181 25,475 Support Staff (MAFF) NEX ,800 4,800 4,800 4,800 4,800 4,800 4,800 33,600 Local Staff WCS ,600 Communication Costs WCS ,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 2,400 16,800 Communication Costs NEX ,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 7,000 Office Rental WCS ,600 3,600 3,600 3,600 3,000 3,000 2,400 22,800 Office Equipment and WCS ,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 1,200 1,200 1,200 13,600 Supplies International and National Travel, Field Visits, DSAs WCS ,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 4,000 4,000 3,000 43,000

222 National Travel, Field NEX ,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 13,000 Visits, DSAs Project Steering Committee NEX ,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 14,000 Audit NEX ,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 21,000 Independent Evaluations NEX , ,000 60,000 WCS Support Services WCS ,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 15,000 10,000 10, ,000 Expendable Equipment Batteries, Medical WCS ,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 14,500 Kits etc.. Non-Expendable Computer Stations WCS , , ,000 Equipment Equipment Maintenance & Hi-lux (1) WCS ,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 8,400 Fuel Inception Phase: Inception Workshop NEX , ,000 National Travel, Field Visits, DSAs NEX , ,000 Office Rental NEX , ,000 Supplies NEX , ,000 Communication NEX Reports/Publications NEX $ 456,884 B. WCS (7-year budget) ITEM DETAILS ATLAS CODE TOTAL COST TOTALS $1,600, Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Staff Intl Training Advisors ,600 Natl Project Manager ,558 Activities Study Tours. Site-level training. Travel ,000 Site workshops and national workshops. Provincial Steering Trainers ,000 Committee Meetings Reports/Publications ,500

223 Supplies , Applying Mainstreaming Measures Staff Intl NRM Specialist ,722 Intl Communities/Education Specialist ,722 Intl Monitoring GIS Specialist ,830 Natl Communities Specialists ,361 Communities Officers ,014 Local Staff Villagers ,584 Activities Buying Imagery Aerial Photos ,750 Boundary Demarcation ,500 Incentive Scheme Payments ,600 Site-level training. Site-level Travel ,250 workshops. National workshops. Trainers ,000 Reports/Publications ,000 Equipment Expendable Equipment and Supplies ,000 Equipment Maintenance & Fuel Motorbikes (6) , Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Staff Intl PA Advisor ,534 Intl Monitoring GIS Specialist ,830 Intl Communities/Education Specialist ,722 GIS Specialist ,092 Natl Site Managers ,541 $ 166,658 $ 394,431

224 Eco-tourism Specialist ,686 Eco-tourism Officers ,371 Law Enforcement Officers ,069 Rangers ,940 Education Specialists ,155 Education Officers ,540 Monitoring Officers ,748 Local Staff Teacher Supplements ,200 Support Staff Drivers, Cooks ,959 Activities Contract : Infrastructure development ,990 Reports/Publications ,000 Boundary Demarcation / Signboards ,250 Site-level training. Site-level Travel ,500 workshops. National workshops. Trainers ,000 Equipment Expendable Equipment Supplies ,750 Expendable Equipment Annual ranger/patrol team equipment ,317 Expendable Equipment Vulture Restaurant Cows ,000 Non-Expendable Equipment Vulture Trap ,000 Equipment Maintenance & Fuel Hi-lux (2), Motorbikes (20), Generators (12), Radios (20) ,380 $ 844, Project Management and Evaluation Staff Natl Finance Director ,164 Support Staff ,475 Local Staff ,600

225 Activities Communication Costs ,800 Office Rental ,800 Office Equipment and Supplies ,600 National Travel, Field Visits, DSAs ,000 International Travel ,000 Equipment Expendable Equipment Batteries, Medical Kits etc ,500 Equipment Maintenance & Fuel Hi-lux (1) ,400 $ 194,338 C. Seila/PLG (7-year budget) ITEM DETAILS ATLAS CODE TOTAL COST TOTALS $ 463, Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Support to ExCom, Training and Capacity-building Salary support to staff ,000 Travel, DSAs, etc ,000 Training Costs to Commune Councils ,937 Motorcycle Maintenance & Fuel ,700 Office Supplies ,200 Communications ,680 Materials/handouts ,195 Snacks ,808 Seila T-shirts and caps ,500 Provincial Planning Process DSA for staff ,146 Materials/handouts ,514 Snacks ,660

226 Office Supplies ,680 Camera and motorbike ,240 Computer training course 469 Contingency cost 1, Applying Mainstreaming Measures Support to Provincial Departments - Preah Vihear Contract to Prov Dept Environ Community Forestry ,000 Contract to Prov Dept Land Mgmt Education on Land-use policy ,000 Support to Provincial Departments - Oddar Meanchey Contract to Prov Dept Land Mgmt Land-use plan ,697 Contract to Prov Dept Environ Community Forestry , Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Support to Provincial Departments - Preah Vihear Contract to Prov Dept Environ Environmental Education ,000 Support to Provincial Departments - Stung Treng Contract to Prov Dept Environ Environmental Education ,000 $ 350,000 $ 78,407 $ 35,000 D. RGC (7-year budget) ITEM TOTAL COST TOTALS $ 105, Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes National Programme Office National Programme Director 6,300 NPD support staff (two counterparts) 6,300 Attendance of personnel at meetings Provincial Steering Committee 2,520 Contributions from other government staff

227 Attendance at meetings, workshops, training etc 5,250 Contributions to documents etc 1,050 Government decision making process leading to approving key project outputs 2, Applying Mainstreaming Measures Contributions from other government staff Attendance at meetings, workshops, training etc 5,250 Contributions to documents etc 525 Government decision making process leading to approving key project outputs 2, Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management Provincial Office and Management Provincial project co-manager (2 people) 12,600 Provincial Support staff 8,400 Office space rent 33,600 Utilities/building maintenance etc 8,400 Contributions from other government staff Attendance at meetings, workshops, training etc 2,625 Contributions to documents etc 1,050 Government decision making process leading to approving key project outputs 2, Project Management and Evaluation Attendance of personnel at meetings National Steering Committee 2,520 Technical Working Group Meetings 2,520 $ 23,520 $ 7,875 $ 68,775 $ 5,040

228 WORKPLAN (see Detailed Budgets [above] for a breakdown of costs under each outcome) Outcomes TIMEFRAME (Years) Output Indicators Yr1 Yr2 Yr3 Yr4 Yr5 Yr6 Yr7 Responsible Party BUDGET Source and Amount 1. Incorporating biodiversity into landscape-level planning processes Outcome 1. Integrated conservation and development planning at the landscapelevel 1.1 Training of provincial staff from MoE, MAFF, MLMUPC in planning and project management. These staff will be responsible for implementation of new laws and conservation priorities. 1.2 Training and awareness (through Component 3) in conservation priorities and planning for relevant staff in all provincial governments in the Northern Plains. 1.3 Incorporate village PLUP land-use plans into commune development plans (supported by Seila/PLG). 1.4 Incorporation of commune development plans into district integration workshops and provincial planning processes, supported by Seila/PLG. 1.5 Holding of integration workshops and stakeholder consultations to disseminate project plans and receive input from other planning agencies. 1.6 Establish a framework through the Provincial Rural Development committee and Provincial Steering Committee to integrate conservation priorities into development planning. 1.7 Co-ordinate conservation activities with Military, Concessionaires and development agencies. Formation of agreements. 1.1 Training completed during years 1-4. Number of people trained. 1.2 Number of people trained during years Commune Development Plans from the villages where PLUP is completed (Component 2). 1.4 District integration workshops, and provincial plans shown to include village PLUP plans. 1.5 Number of people consulted or attending workshops, agencies involved. 1.6 Planning recognizes conservation priorities and adapts development plans as a result. 1.7 Meetings and resultant agreements. Monitoring reports of agreements. WCS WCS WCS and Seila/PLG WCS and Seila/PLG WCS and Seila/PLG WCS and Seila/PLG WCS, MAFF and MoE GEF: $443,866 WCS: $166,658 Seila/PLG: $350,000 RGC: $23,520

229 1.8 Integration of project conservation plans into sectoral planning processes, including provincial government (PLG), MoE, MAFF and Ministry of tourism. 2. Applying Mainstreaming Measures Outcome 2a. Establishment of appropriate community land tenure and resourceright use Outcome 2b. Community engagement in natural resource management 2a.1 Training courses in years 1-2 in new laws and PLUP process. Visits to other relevant national projects. 2a.2 Preparation of PLUP maps and formation of village natural resource management committees. 1.8 Endorsement of plans in land-use by Seila/PLG committees, MoE committees, PLG committees, MAFF committees, Ministry of tourism. Government support for key sites for conservation. 2a.1 Number of people attending training courses and visiting other projects. 2a.3 Conflict resolution in villages. 2a.3 Conflict resolution completed in priority villages in year 2, with extension to remaining areas in year 3. 2a.4 Cooperation with authorities to formally recognize PLUP maps. Workshops to disseminate results. 2a.5 Demarcation of village land-use areas and development of local agreements on land-use maps. 2a.6 Consolidate outputs into GIS system for national registration. 2b.1 Training and awareness workshops on Sustainable Natural Resource and Environmental Management, agreements and regulations for government staff and communities. 2b.2 Design of appropriate mechanism for an incentive scheme: how the scheme will function and be monitored. WCS, MAFF, MoE and Seila/PLG WCS 2a.2 Natural resource management committees created in 5 priority villages around two key sites in year 1. Extension to villages in remaining key sites by year 3. WCS 2a.4 PLUP maps receive formal recognition in year 2 for priority villages, extension to remaining areas by year 5. Number of people attending workshops. 2a.5 Demarcations completed for priority villages by year 2, remaining villages by year 4. 2a.6 All project data stored in database and linked to a provincial-level GIS system 2b.1 Number of people attending training courses. Set of village regulations. 2b.2 Report. WCS WCS, MAFF, MoE and Seila/PLG WCS WCS WCS WCS GEF: $311,861 WCS: $394,431 Seila/PLG: $78,407 RGC: $7,875

230 2b.3 Development of village agreements (including Community Forestry Agreements) for management of natural resources, including agreements on the situations when enforcement activities will be used. Initiation of agreement monitoring system. 2b.4 On-going evaluation of village agreements produced in priority villages. 2b.5 Negotiations with villages regarding key conservation issues. Implementation of incentive scheme to cover the results of these negotiations. 2b.6 Regular auditing of incentive scheme activities for adaptive management, including community surveys in years 3 and 6 to measure impact on livelihoods (for contribution to impact indicator). 2b.3 Agreements completed and signed by priority villages by year 2. 2b.4 Adapted village agreements resulting from evaluations. 2b.5 Contracts between the project and priority villages governing incentive structures. Revised village regulations. 2b.6 Adapted management plans. Reports on community livelihood impact indicator levels in years 3 and 6. 2b.7 Extension of activities to further villages. 2b.7 Village agreements and contracts. WCS, MAFF, MoE and Seila/PLG WCS WCS WCS WCS 3. Strengthening capacity for biodiversity management 3a.1 Establish management structures within existing FA and MoE systems for key sites. Provide training to staff in management and financing., Outcome 3a. Establishment of long-term financial and management sustainability 3a.2 Provide equipment and adequate infrastructure for key sites. 3a.3 Establish an accountable financial system, for the long-term running of the project. 3a.4 Annual and long-term management plans for key sites. 3a.5 Determine long-term running costs to maintain necessary project initiatives (especially Component 2 and Component 3) in the longterm at each key site. 3a.1 Government management structures. Number of staff trained. 3a.2 Equipment purchased and buildings funded. 3a.3 Project financial system. 3a.4 Written management plans for each key site produced annually and every 5 years, from year 2. Management plans are adapted based upon results of monitoring program (Component 3d). 3a.5 Incremental cost matrix MAFF, MoE and WCS MAFF, MoE and WCS WCS MAFF, MoE and WCS WCS GEF: $1,087,389 WCS: $844,573 Seila/PLG: $35,000 RGC: $68,775

231 Outcome 3b. Increased public awareness of the key project sites for conservation and the need for sustainable use of natural resources 3a.6 Establish a framework for key species ecotourism that benefits biodiversity and local villages, through incentive schemes and agreements created under Component 2. 3a.7 Evaluate feasibility of establishing a trust fund, partnerships and capacity development to mobilize resources to cover costs identified under Activity 3s.5. 3a.8 Secure additional long-term government and NGO commitment to cover costs identified under Activity 3a.5 and management costs under Activity 3a.1. 3b.1 Identification of education requirements and methods. Consideration of strategies required for different groups (military vs. communities). 3b.2 Preparation of environmental education materials, training of staff. 3b.3 Education activities in all villages surrounding key sites and with armed forces across the landscape. 3b.4 Building local/provincial support for key species conservation, based upon plan developed in 3b.1 and 3b,2, Includes mobile education unit, capacity-building for provincial and local authorities and study tours. 3b.5 On-going evaluation of education activities and their impact. 3a.6 Eco-tourism guidelines, payment system and management system. 3a.7 Recommendations of feasibility report acted upon. 3a.8 Necessary funding commitment from NGOs and Government. 3b.1 Plan of environmental education project. 3b.2 Pre-testing assessment. Number of staff trained. 3b.3 Priority villages and armed forces bases completed by year 2, remaining areas by year 4. 3b.4 Component plan developed in year 2 based on outcomes of 3b.1 and 3b.2. Activity reports from education teams. 3b.5 Evaluation shows increased awareness of target audience. WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS Outcome 3c. Reduction in illegal commercial exploitation of biological resources and their components 3c.1 Production of agreements with local authorities, communities and security forces. 3c.2 Assemble staff and define law enforcement protocol, target areas and activities. Develop a strategy for curtailing border wildlife trade. 3c.3 Training, equipment and infrastructure provided for provincial government enforcement staff. 3c.1 Agreements produced by the end of year 1. 3c.2 Team structures and staffing. Written plan of proposed enforcement activities. 3c.3 Number of people trained and equipped. WCS WCS MAFF, MoE and WCS MAFF, MoE and WCS

232 Outcome 3d. Adequate data for conservation management purposes 3c.4 Demarcation of protected sites within the landscape. 3c.5 Development of a database to monitor effectiveness of enforcement activities, with a reporting system. 3c.4 Boundaries established and marked on the ground. 3c.5 Evidence of use of the data management system, including generated reports. 3c.6 Evaluation of enforcement activities. 3c.6 Reduced wildlife trade and illegal logging demonstrated by reports and data collected by enforcement teams. 3d.1 Planning of monitoring program, including methodology, monitoring sites and protocols. 3d.2 Training of staff in monitoring methodologies in years d.1 Report on the proposed monitoring program in year 1. 3d.2 Staff training materials; number of people trained. 3d.3 Trial of monitoring program. 3d.3 Monitoring program established in one key site during year 1. First year report. 3d.4 Development of a data management system for the monitoring program, with training of provincial staff in its use. 3d.5 On-going evaluation of trial monitoring program. 3d.6 Extension of program to other key sites by year 2. 3d.4 Data management system and documentation. Number of staff trained. 3d.5 Adaptation of monitoring program following from the results of evaluations. 3d.6 Implementation and yearly reports. 3d.7 Monitoring of Vulture Populations 3d.7 Annual reports of vulture numbers MAFF, MoE and WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS WCS 3d.8 Annual evaluation of site activities based on results of monitoring program to identify problems and priority interventions for following year. 4. Project Management and Evaluation. 3d.8 Adaptation of site management plans resulting from problems analysis. Priorities established for each site intervention. WCS WCS

233 Outcome 4. Adequate reporting on project outcomes and indicators 4.1 Establishment of project office and administrative staff 4.2 Regular meetings of Project Steering Committee to monitor and advise on implementation, ensuring initiatives are integrated into government strategy and approved. 4.3 Rolling and Annual evaluation of project activities based upon results of monitoring program and progress made towards outcome indicators. 4.1 Office and staff exist 4.2 Minutes of meetings. 4.3 Adaptation of rolling and annual workplans for project implementation units resulting from analysis. 4.4 Mid-term and final reviews 4.4 Reports from reviews. WCS WCS, MAFF, MoE and Seila/PLG WCS GEF: $456,884 WCS: $194,338 RGC: $5,040 WCS

234 SECTION III : OTHER AGREEMENTS

235 Co-financing letters (see attached) - UNDP for Seila/PLG - WCS - RGC (from MoE GEF focal point) Support letters (see attached) - Preah Vihear Military - Preah Vihear Police - Preah Vihear Governor

236 SECTION IV : APPROVED EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND ANNEXES

237 PROJECT EXECUTIVE SUMMARY GEF COUNCIL WORK PROGRAM SUBMISSION AGENCY S PROJECT ID: PIMS 2177 COUNTRY: Cambodia PROJECT TITLE: Establishing Conservation Areas Landscape Management(CALM) in the Northern Plains GEF AGENCY: UNDP OTHER EXECUTING AGENCY (IES): MAFF DURATION: 7 years GEF FOCAL AREA: Biodiversity GEF OPERATIONAL PROGRAM: OP 3 GEF STRATEGIC PRIORITY: BD-2 - Mainstreaming Biodiversity in Production Landscapes and Sectors ESTIMATED STARTING DATE: August 2004 IA FEE: US$382,000 FINANCING PLAN (US$) GEF PROJECT/COMPONENT Project 2,300,000 PDF A PDF B 210,000 PDF C Sub-Total GEF 2,510,000 CO-FINANCING* WCS (PDF B phase) 475,400 WCS (cash/parallel) 1,100,000 WCS (in-kind) 500,000 Seila/PLG (cash/parallel) 132,402 Seila/PLG (in-kind) 331,005 RGC (in-kind, PDF B phase) 21,500 RGC (in-kind) 105,210 Sub-Total Co-financing: 2,665,518 Total Project Financing: 5,175,518 FINANCING FOR ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES IF ANY: LEVERAGED RESOURCES IF ANY: *Details provided under the Financial Modality and Cost Effectiveness section CONTRIBUTION TO KEY INDICATORS OF THE BUSINESS PLAN: 1. The project will incorporate biodiversity aspects into land-use management plans and policies at national and sub-national levels and assist in the implementation of plans accordingly ,000 ha of production systems that contribute to biodiversity conservation or the sustainable use of its components against the baseline scenario Record of endorsement on behalf of the Government: His Excellency Khieu Muth Date: January 8, 2004 Director General, Ministry of Environment His Excellency Mok Mareth Minister, Ministry of Environment Approved on behalf of the UNDP-GEF. This proposal has been prepared in accordance with GEF policies and procedures and meets the standards of the GEF Project Review Criteria for work program inclusion Yannick Glemarec UNDP-GEF Deputy Executive Coordinator Tim Clairs Project Contact Person Date: 8 April 2004 Tel: tim.clairs@undp.org